Chapter 505-3 EDUCATOR PREPARATION RULES

Rule 505-3-.01 Requirements and Standards for Approving Educator Preparation Providers and Educator Preparation Programs

(1) Purpose. This rule delineates state requirements and standards for the approval of educator preparation providers (EPPs) and programs for the initial and continuing preparation of educators.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Accreditation: (1) A process for assessing and enhancing academic and educational quality through external, often voluntary, peer review. (2) A decision awarded and process certified by an accrediting organization. For the purposes of educator preparation provider (EPP) and program approval, GaPSC recognizes three (3) types of accreditation: Regional Accreditation, National Accreditation, and Specialized Accreditation. Each type of accreditation is defined in subsequent definitions.
(b) Administrative Approval: A process used in lieu of the Developmental Approval Review exclusively for endorsement programs and available only to GaPSC-approved EPPs. Administrative approval involves a staff review of an approval application and a curriculum map in which key assessments are described and mapped to program content standards. After an endorsement program is administratively approved, it will be reviewed against all applicable standards in the EPP's next Continuing Approval Review.
(c) Advanced Preparation/Degree-Only Program: An educator preparation program at the post-baccalaureate level for the continuing education of educators who have previously completed initial preparation and are certified in the program's subject area or field of certification. Advanced preparation/degree-only programs commonly award graduate credit and include masters, specialist, and doctoral degree programs.
(d) Approval: A process for assessing and enhancing academic and educational quality through peer review, to assure the public that an educator preparation provider (EPP) and/or program has met institutional, state, and national standards of educational quality; also, a Georgia Professional Standards Commission (GaPSC) decision rendered when an EPP or program meets GaPSC standards and annual reporting requirements.
(e) Approval Review: Examination of evidence and interviews of stakeholders conducted by GaPSC reviewers either on-site at an institution/agency, or electronically using web and telephone conferencing systems as part of a Developmental, First Continuing, Continuing, Focused, or Probationary Review. Although not an approval review, the Substantive Change process is used when certain changes are made to the design or operations of approved program (see definition aq, below).
(f) B/P-12: Formerly P-12, the term B/P-12 references schools serving children aged birth to grade 12.
(g) Branch Campus: A campus that is physically detached from the parent university or college and has autonomous governance. A branch campus generally has full student and administrative services with a CEO and is regionally accredited separately from the parent campus. For approval purposes, GaPSC considers branch campuses distinct from the parent institution and therefore a separate EPP. For approval purposes, a branch campus located in the state of Georgia having an original, or main, campus located in another state or country is considered an out-of-state institution and is therefore ineligible to seek GaPSC approval as an EPP.
(h) Candidates/Teacher Candidates: Individuals enrolled in programs for the initial or advanced preparation of educators, programs for the continuing professional development of educators, or programs for the preparation of other professional school personnel. Candidates are distinguished from students in B/P-12 schools. Candidates in programs leading to Teaching (T) certification may also be referred to as Pre-service Teacher Candidates. (The term enrolled is used in the GaPSC approval process to mean the candidate is admitted and taking classes.)
(i) Clinical Educators: All educator preparation provider (EPP) and B/P-12 school-based individuals, including classroom teachers, who assess, support, and develop a candidate's knowledge, skills, or professional dispositions at some stage in the clinical experiences. The term Clinical Educators is intended to be inclusive of the roles of Mentor Teacher, B/P-12 Supervisor, and Faculty Supervisor. EPPs are expected to clearly define the roles and responsibilities of all clinical educators with whom candidates interact.
(j) Clinical Practice: Culminating residency (formerly referred to as student teaching) or internship experiences with candidates placed in classrooms for at least one (1) full semester where they experience intensive and extensive practices in which they are fully immersed in the learning community and provided opportunities to develop and demonstrate competence in the professional roles for which they are preparing. In initial preparation programs in Service (S) and Leadership (L) fields, candidates will complete such culminating residency or internship experiences in placements that allow the knowledge, skills, and dispositions included in the programs to be practiced and applied. In non-traditional preparation programs, such as GaTAPP, clinical practice is job-embedded as candidates must be hired as a classroom teacher to be admitted to the program.
(k) Content Knowledge: The central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structures of a discipline (Source: CAEP Glossary).
(l) Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP): The national accreditation organization formed as a result of the unification of the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Teacher Education Accreditation Council (TEAC). CAEP advances excellence in educator preparation through evidence-based accreditation that assures quality and supports continuous improvement to strengthen B/P-12 student learning. CAEP accredits educator preparation providers (EPPs).
(m) Dispositions: Moral commitments and professional attitudes, values, and beliefs that underlie educator performance and are demonstrated through both verbal and non-verbal behaviors as educators interact with students, families, colleagues, and communities.
(n) Distance Learning: A formal educational process in which instruction occurs when candidates and the instructor are not in the same place at the same time. Distance learning can occur through virtually any media including asynchronous or synchronous, electronic or printed communications.
(o) Distance Learning Program: A program delivered primarily (50% or more contact hours) through distance technology in which the instructor of record and candidates lack face-to-face contact and instruction is delivered asynchronously or synchronously (see definition n). These preparation programs include those offered by the EPP through a contract with an outside vendor or configured as a consortium with other EPPs, as well as those offered solely by the provider.
(p) Dual-field Program: Dual-field educator preparation programs result in candidates meeting, through the completion of one degree program, all requirements and standards for two fields of preparation as defined by two distinct Educator Preparation Rules, and therefore qualifying for two fields of certification as defined by two distinct Certification Rules. Dual-field program candidates must complete all requirements for both fields (one field cannot be optional), and candidates must attempt the state-approved content assessment for both fields prior to program completion.
(q) Dyslexia and Other Related Disorders: Dyslexia is a specific learning disability that is neurological in origin, which is characterized by difficulties with accurate or fluent word recognition and by poor spelling and decoding abilities. These difficulties typically result from a deficit in the phonological component of language that is often unexpected in relation to other cognitive abilities and the provision of effective classroom instruction. Secondary consequences may include problems in reading comprehension and reduced reading experience that can impede the growth of vocabulary and background knowledge. Other related disorders include aphasia, dyscalculia, and dysgraphia.
1. Aphasia: Aphasia is a condition characterized by either partial or total loss of the ability to communicate verbally or through written words. A person with aphasia may have difficulty speaking, reading, writing, recognizing the names of objects, or understanding what other people have said. The condition may be temporary or permanent and shall not include speech problems caused by loss of muscle control.
2. Dyscalculia: Dyscalculia is the inability to understand the meaning of numbers, the basic operations of addition and subtraction, or the complex operations of multiplication and division or to apply math principles to solve practical or abstract problems.
3. Dysgraphia: Dysgraphia is difficulty in automatically remembering and mastering the sequence of muscle motor movements needed to accurately write letters or numbers.
(r) Educator Preparation Program: A planned sequence of courses and experiences for preparing B/P-12 teachers and other professional school personnel that leads to a state certification. The three (3) types of educator preparation programs are described in definitions aa (Initial), s (Endorsement), and c (Advanced/Degree-Only).
(s) Educator Preparation Provider (EPP): The institution of higher education (IHE), college, school, department, agency, or other administrative body responsible for managing or coordinating all programs offered for the initial and continuing preparation of teachers and other school personnel, regardless of where these programs are administratively housed.
(t) Endorsement Program: A planned sequence of courses and experiences, typically three (3) to four (4) courses in length, designed to provide educators with an additional, specific set of knowledge and skills, or to expand and enhance existing knowledge and skills. Successful completion of an endorsement program results in the addition of the endorsement field to the Georgia educator certificate designating expertise in the field. Endorsement programs may be offered as non-credit bearing programs, or they may lead to college credit; they must be approved by the GaPSC and administered by a GaPSC-approved EPP, and may be offered as either a stand-alone program or, unless otherwise specified in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rules through , embedded in an initial preparation or advanced/degree-only program. Depending on the needs of the individual educator, endorsement programs may also be included as a part of an educator's professional learning plan/goals. See GaPSC Rule , ENDORSEMENTS.
(u) EPP Readiness Framework: Formerly called Preconditions. Fundamental requirements that undergird the GaPSC standards that must be met as a first step in the approval process and before an EPP is permitted to schedule a Developmental Approval Review.
(v) Field Experiences: Activities that include organized and sequenced engagement of candidates in settings providing opportunities to observe, practice, and demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions delineated in institutional, state, and national standards. The experiences must be systematically designed and sequenced to increase the complexity and levels of engagement with which candidates apply, reflect upon, and expand their knowledge and skills. Since observation is a less rigorous method of learning, emphasis should be on field experience sequences requiring active professional practice or demonstration, and including substantive work with B/P-12 students and B/P-12 personnel as appropriate. In non-traditional preparation programs (e.g., GaTAPP), field experiences occur outside candidates' classrooms with students with different learning needs and varied backgrounds in at least two (2) settings during the clinical practice.
(w) First Continuing Review: The First Continuing Review is conducted three (3) to four (4) years after a Developmental Review to determine if the EPP and/or initial educator preparation program(s) have evidence of meeting all applicable standards.
(x) Georgia Teacher Academy for Preparation and Pedagogy (GaTAPP): Georgia's non-traditional preparation program for preparing career changers for certification as B/P-12 teachers. See GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY (GaTAPP).
(y) Grade Point Average (GPA): A quantitative indicator of candidate achievement. Letter grades are converted to numbers and averaged over a period of time.
(z) Induction: (1) The formal act or process of placing an individual into a new job or position and providing appropriate support during the first three (3) years of employment. The Georgia Department of Education defines The Induction Phase Teacher as any teacher who has been hired into a new permanent position in any Georgia school. (2) A Georgia level of professional type educator certification; for additional information see GaPSC Rule 505-2-04 INDUCTION CERTIFICATE.
(aa) Information Literacy: An intellectual framework for understanding, finding, evaluating, and using information activities which may be accomplished in part by fluency with information technology, in part by sound investigative methods, but most importantly, through critical discernment and reasoning (adopted from The Association of College and Research Libraries).
(ab) Initial Preparation Program: A program designed to prepare candidates for their initial, or first professional type certificate in a Teaching (T), Leadership (L), or Service (S) field. Examples include degree programs at the baccalaureate, masters, or higher levels; or post-baccalaureate programs, non-degree certification-only programs, and non-traditional programs, such as the Georgia Teacher Academy for Preparation and Pedagogy (GaTAPP) or Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership program. Programs leading to an educator's first certificate in a particular field are considered initial preparation even if the educator is certified in one or more other fields.
(ac) Local Unit of Administration (LUA): 1. A local unit of administration (LUA) is a local education agency or a regional educational service agency, including but not limited to public, waiver, strategic waiver system, charter system or charter schools and private schools (i.e., faith-based schools, early learning centers, hospitals, juvenile detention centers, etc.). State agencies and public and private institutions of higher education requiring certification for employment purposes are included in this definition.
(ad) Media Literacy: The ability to encode and decode the symbols transmitted via media and the ability to access, analyze, evaluate, and communicate information in a variety of forms, including print and non-print messages. Also known as the skillful application of literacy skills to media and technology messages (adopted from the National Association for Media Literacy Education).
(ae) Mentor Teacher: A B/P-12 employed teacher and an expert practitioner who supports the development of a pre-service or novice teacher by assessing and providing feedback on instructional practice; interactions with students, colleagues, and parents; classroom management; and professionalism. Mentor teachers are typically involved with faculty supervisors in the formal supervision and evaluation of pre-service clinical practice experiences (residency/internship). The term Mentor Teacher is often used synonymously with the terms Cooperating Teacher and B/P-12 Supervisor. The terms B/P-12 Supervisor and Faculty Supervisor are described in definition au.
(af) National Accreditation: National accreditation is conducted by an accrediting organization which develops evaluation criteria and conducts peer evaluations to assess whether or not those criteria are met. National accrediting agencies operate throughout the country and review entire institutions, EPPs, or programs in specific content fields. The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges (SACSCOC) is an example of a national accrediting organization that reviews institutions. CAEP (see definition l) is an example of a national accrediting organization that reviews EPPs. The National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) is an example of a national accrediting organization that reviews programs in a specific field.
(ag) Nationally Recognized Program: A program that has met the standards of a national specialized professional association (SPA) that is a constituent member of CAEP. The term National Recognition signifies the highest level of SPA recognition awarded to programs.
(ah) Non-traditional Teacher Preparation Program (GaTAPP): A program designed to prepare individuals who at admission hold an appropriate degree with verified content knowledge through a major or its equivalent in the content field or a passing score on the state-approved content assessment in the content field. If the state-approved content knowledge was not required at admission, it must be passed for program completion. Non-traditional teacher preparation programs lead only to a certificate, not to a degree or college credit and:
1. Feature a flexible timeframe for completion;
2. Are job-embedded, allowing candidates to complete requirements while employed by a regionally accredited local unit of administration (school district or private school), a charter school approved by the Georgia State Charter School Commission, or a charter school approved by the Georgia Department of Education as a classroom teacher full-time or part-time for at least a half day;
3. Require that candidates are supported by a Candidate Support Team;
4. Require an induction component that includes coaching and supervision;
5. Provide curriculum, performance-based instruction, and assessment focused on the pedagogical knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary for the candidate to teach his/her validated academic content knowledge; and
6. Are individualized based on the needs of each candidate with respect to content knowledge, pedagogical skills, learning modalities, learning styles, interests, and readiness to teach. See GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY (GaTAPP).
(ai) Out-of-State Institution: An institution of higher education administratively based in a state within the United States other than Georgia, or another country.
(aj) Pedagogical Content Knowledge: A core part of content knowledge for teaching that includes: core activities of teaching, such as determining what students know; choosing and managing representations of ideas; appraising, selecting and modifying textbooks; and deciding among alternative courses of action and analyzing the subject matter knowledge and insight entailed in these activities (Source: adapted from the CAEP Glossary).
(ak) Pedagogical Knowledge: The broad principles and strategies of classroom instruction, management, and organization that transcend subject matter knowledge (Source: CAEP Glossary).
(al) Pedagogical Skills: An educator's abilities or expertise to impart the specialized knowledge/content and skills of their subject area(s) (Source: CAEP Glossary).
(am) Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (PPEMs): A set of common measures applied to all teacher preparation programs leading to initial certification in a field. Teacher Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (TPPEMs) are further defined in GaPSC Rule EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION.
(an) Program Completer: A person who has met all the requirements of a GaPSC-approved or state-approved out-of-state educator preparation program to include all GaPSC requirements such as attempting all assessments required for state certification.
(ao) Regional Accreditation: Regional accreditation is conducted by an accrediting organization that develops evaluation criteria and conducts peer evaluations to assess whether or not those criteria are met. Six (6) regional accreditors operate in the United States to conduct educational accreditation of public, private, for-profit, and not-for-profit schools, colleges, and universities in their regions. The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools (SACS) is the regional accreditor for the southern region. The SACS accrediting organization for P-12 schools is the Council on Accreditation and School Improvement (SACSCASI), also known as Cognia. The SACS accrediting organization for institutes of higher education is the Commission on Colleges (SACSCOC).
(ap) Specialized Accreditation: Specialized accrediting organizations operate throughout the country to review programs and some single-purpose institutions. Like national and regional accreditors, specialized accreditation organizations develop evaluation criteria and conduct peer evaluations to assess whether or not those criteria are met.
(aq) Specialized Professional Association (SPA): A constituent member of CAEP representing a particular disciplinary area that develops standards for the approval of educator preparation programs in that area and reviews programs for compliance with those standards.
(ar) Substantive Change Procedure: Process used for EPPs to submit changes that are considered significant, including additional levels of program offerings and changes to key assessments or leadership personnel.
(as) Supervisor: An individual involved in the oversight and evaluation of educator preparation candidates during field and clinical experiences. In most cases one or more individuals are involved in the formal supervision of clinical experiences-a supervisor employed by the EPP and one or more supervisors employed by the B/P-12 site hosting a pre-service educator. The term Faculty Supervisor refers to the employee of the EPP and the term B/P-12 Supervisor (sometimes referred to as Mentor Teacher or Cooperating Teacher) refers to the school-based employee who hosts a pre-service educator for the culminating residency or internship.
(at) Technology Literacy: Using technology as a tool to research, organize, evaluate, and communicate information and understanding the ethical and legal issues surrounding the access and use of information.
(au) Traditional Preparation Program: A credit-bearing program designed for the preparation of educators offered by an institution of higher education.
(av) Year-long Residency: An extended clinical practice lasting the entire length of the B/P-12 school year, in the same school, in which candidates have more time to practice teaching skills with students under the close guidance of experienced and effective B/P-12 teachers licensed in the content area the candidate is preparing to teach. Candidates fully participate in the school as a member of the faculty, including faculty meetings, parent conferences, and professional learning activities spanning, if feasible, the beginning (e.g., pre-planning) and ending (post-planning) of the academic year. (Candidates may participate in post-planning at the end of the junior year if it is not possible for them to participate at the end of the senior year). These extended residencies also include supervision and mentoring by a representative of the preparation program who, along with the B/P-12 supervisor, ensures the candidate is ready for program completion and is eligible for state certification.
(3) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(a) Authorization for the establishment of Georgia Educator Preparation Providers (EPPs).
1. The following types of organizations administratively based in the state of Georgia (as determined by the location of the office of the President or the single highest ranking executive officer of the institution/agency/organization) are eligible to seek GaPSC approval as an EPP for the purpose of preparing educators: Regionally accredited institutions of higher education; regionally accredited local units of administration with student enrollment over 30,000; Regional Educational Service Agencies (RESAs); and other education service organizations.
2. Out-of-state organizations that are Accredited without conditions or probation by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP) and that are approved without conditions or probation by the state in which the organization is administratively based are eligible to seek GaPSC approval to offer, through a branch or satellite campus and/or by online delivery, non-credit-bearing certification-only programs leading to initial teacher certification. Out-of-state program providers offering credit-bearing and/or degree-granting programs are not eligible for GaPSC approval. Once approved by GaPSC, an out-of-state organization must maintain CAEP Accreditation and home state approval in good standing (without conditions or probation) to continue qualifying for GaPSC approval.
(b) Accreditation of Institutions/Agencies with an Educator Preparation Provider (EPP).
1. Institutions of higher education with a college, school, department or other entity that is a GaPSC-approved EPP shall be fully accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges (SACSCOC), at the level(s) of degree(s) granted by the institution. The institution shall submit program(s) for GaPSC approval corresponding to the appropriate level of accreditation and in a field recognized for certification by the GaPSC. If an institution has submitted an application for change in degree level to a GaPSC-accepted regional accreditation agency, and is seeking Developmental Approval of a program(s) at the proposed new degree level by the GaPSC, the institution must be regionally accredited at the new degree level prior to approval review by the GaPSC. See GaPSC Rule GaPSC-ACCEPTED ACCREDITATION FOR CERTIFICATION PURPOSES.
2. Local education agencies, RESAs, or other approved, non-IHE providers shall admit candidates who hold degrees from a GaPSC-accepted accredited institution of higher education appropriate for the certificate sought. GaPSC-approved EPPs offering Career Technical and Agricultural Education (CTAE) programs, including GaTAPP providers, may admit individuals who do not hold post-secondary degrees who are seeking CTAE certification in certain fields (see GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY (GaTAPP). See GaPSC Rule GaPSC-ACCEPTED ACCREDITATION FOR CERTIFICATION PURPOSES for a list of acceptable accrediting agencies.
(c) GaPSC Approval of Educator Preparation Providers (EPPs).
1. Prior to seeking GaPSC approval for the first time (Developmental Approval), an eligible institution, agency, or organization and all educator preparation program(s) it seeks to offer in Georgia must be approved by its governing board. See paragraph (3) (a) for eligibility requirements.
2. GaPSC approval standards for EPPs and programs shall at a minimum be adapted from the most recent version of the standards of the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
3. EPPs administratively based in the state of Georgia for which GaPSC has regulatory authority may choose to seek and/or maintain CAEP accreditation. If the most recent accreditation visit was conducted jointly by GaPSC and CAEP, the GaPSC will accept CAEP accreditation of an EPP and the EPP shall be recognized as approved by GaPSC until the end of the seven (7)-year approval cycle, or for a shorter period of time if, during the seven (7)-year cycle GaPSC action is necessitated by persistently low (Low Performing) status or non-compliance with GaPSC rules. If CAEP accreditation of the EPP is delayed, denied, or revoked, GaPSC will render an EPP approval decision. If the accreditation visit is conducted solely by CAEP, GaPSC approval of the EPP will be based upon the implementation of the state approval process and a final EPP approval decision will be rendered by the Georgia Professional Standards Commission. Program approval is contingent upon EPP approval.
4. LUAs, qualifying organizations (see paragraph (3) (a) 1 and 2), and IHEs seeking GaPSC approval as an EPP shall follow all applicable GaPSC policies and procedures to include the EPP Readiness Framework to determine eligibility for a review, approval review requirements, post review requirements, Commission decisions, public disclosure policy, and annual reporting procedures. In order to maintain approval status, all GaPSC-approved EPPs must maintain regional or GaPSC-accepted accreditation and must comply with all applicable GaPSC rules and policies including, but not limited to, those regarding Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures annual reporting, and data submission requirements. Failure by GaPSC-approved EPP to fully comply with GaPSC Educator Preparation, Certification, and Ethics Rules, Commission approval decisions, or agency procedures and/or requirements may result in changes in approval status up to and including revocation of approval. Failure to comply with federal reporting requirements may result in fines.
5. EPPs must have completed the GaPSC approval process and be approved by the GaPSC before candidates are enrolled in educator preparation programs and begin taking classes.
6. For EPPs offering initial preparation programs leading to a Teaching (T), Leadership (L), or Service (S) certificate, GaPSC EPP approval cycles shall include Developmental Approval valid for three (3) years and Continuing Approval valid for seven (7) years. The Developmental Approval Review is used to determine if a new EPP has the capacity to meet state standards and it is followed, in three (3) to four (4) years, by a First Continuing Review to determine if the EPP has evidence of meeting state standards. Following the First Continuing Review, the GaPSC will conduct Continuing Reviews of the EPP and all preparation programs at seven (7) year intervals. For IHEs seeking to maintain CAEP accreditation, the state Continuing Review will be scheduled such that the state review will be completed and the resulting GaPSC approval decision will be rendered prior to the beginning of the CAEP site visit. GaPSC will require a Focused Approval Review or a Probationary Review of an approved or accredited EPP and/or its educator preparation programs in fewer than seven (7) years if annual performance data indicate standards are not being met, or if a previous approval review indicates pervasive problems exist that limit provider capacity to offer programs capable of meeting standards and requirements specified in GaPSC educator preparation and certification rules, or if GaPSC staff determine the EPP is out of compliance with state rules.
7. For EPPs offering only endorsement programs, GaPSC EPP approval cycles shall include Developmental Approval valid for seven (7) years and Continuing Approval every seven (7) years thereafter.
8. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall comply with all GaPSC reporting requirements, to include the timely submission of data in all appropriate candidate-level, program-level, and EPP-level reporting systems (e.g., Traditional Program Management System [TPMS], Non-Traditional Reporting System [NTRS], Provider Reporting System [PRS], and federal annual reports on the performance of the EPP and all educator preparation programs). Out-of-state EPPs offering initial teacher preparation programs to Georgia residents and/or to residents of other states who fulfill field and clinical experiences in Georgia B/P-12 schools shall comply with all applicable GaPSC reporting requirements, to include the submission of data in TPMS and other systems that may become applicable. EPPs shall report according to the schedules and timelines below and shall accurately provide all data elements. Failure to report on time and accurately may negatively impact EPP approval status. See GaPSC Rule EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION.
(i) Enrollments. GaPSC-approved EPPs and out-of-state EPPs with candidates completing field and clinical experiences in Georgia schools shall, through the appropriate GaPSC reporting system (i.e., Non-Traditional Reporting System [NTRS] or Traditional Program Management System [TPMS]), enter all applicable data for candidates enrolled in Teaching (T), Leadership (L), and Service (S) field programs leading to initial Georgia certification, and in Endorsement programs according to the following schedule:
(I) October 31: The deadline for entering all candidates newly enrolled in the summer semester that most recently ended and all candidates newly enrolled in the current academic year fall semesters.
(II) March 31: The deadline for entering all candidates newly enrolled in current academic year spring semester.
(ii) Clinical Practice Beginning Date and Cooperating Teacher GA Cert ID. GaPSC-approved EPPs and out-of-state EPPs with candidates completing clinical experiences in Georgia schools shall enter in TPMS the beginning date of Clinical practice and cooperating teacher GA Cert ID according to the following schedule:
(I) September 30: The deadline for entering Clinical Practice Begin Date and Cooperating Teacher GA Cert ID for all candidates, including those who are employed as a teacher of record, beginning supervised clinical practice (student teaching/internship/residency) at the beginning of the B/P-12 academic year.
(II) February 28: The deadline for entering Clinical Practice Begin Date and Cooperating Teacher GA Cert ID for all candidates, including those who are employed as a teacher of record, beginning supervised clinical practice (student teaching/internship/residency) at the mid-point of the B/P-12 academic year.
(III) For any candidates beginning clinical practice at other times (e.g., not at the beginning or mid-point of the academic year), the Clinical Practice Begin Date and Cooperating Teacher GA Cert ID must be entered no later than 30 days after the first day of the supervised clinical practice (student teaching/internship/residency).
(iii) Completions and Withdrawals. GaPSC-approved EPPs and out-of-state EPPs with candidates completing field and clinical experiences in Georgia schools shall, through the appropriate GaPSC reporting system (i.e., Non-Traditional Reporting System [NTRS] or Traditional Program Management System [TPMS]), enter all applicable data related to candidate completions and withdrawals within sixty (60) days of the event.
(iv) For federal, Title II, reporting purposes, October 7 is the deadline for entering all initial teaching candidates who were enrolled, withdrawn, or completed a GaPSC-approved program during the prior September 1 - August 31.
9. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall notify all enrolled candidates when EPP and/or program approval is revoked or when approval status is changed to Probation. Notification must be made within sixty (60) days after such a GaPSC decision is granted, in written form via letter or e-mail, and a copy must be provided to GaPSC by the EPP head. This notification must clearly describe the impact of the approval status change on candidates and the options available to them. EPPs must maintain records of candidates' acknowledgement of receipt of the notification.
(d) GaPSC Approval of Educator Preparation Programs.
1. Educator preparation programs leading to Georgia educator certification shall be offered only by GaPSC-approved EPPs. All initial preparation programs and endorsement programs must be approved by the GaPSC.
2. GaPSC-approved EPPs seeking approval to add new initial preparation programs must receive governing board approval for the program(s) before submitting the GaPSC Intent to Seek Approval form.
3. GaPSC-approved EPPs seeking approval for preparation programs leading to Georgia educator certification shall follow all applicable GaPSC program approval policies and procedures in effect at the time of the requested approval and shall comply with revised policies in accordance with timelines published by the GaPSC.
4. Initial educator preparation programs and endorsement programs shall be approved by the GaPSC before candidates are enrolled and begin program coursework.
5. GaPSC-approved EPPs, in conjunction with preparations for an EPP approval review, shall submit program reports conforming to GaPSC program standards and program review requirements for approval. Programs may also be submitted to GaPSC-accepted Specialized Professional Associations or program accrediting agencies for national recognition or accreditation. If the highest level of recognition or accreditation, in most cases National Recognition or Accreditation, is granted for a program, state approval procedures will be reduced to remove duplication and will include only those components necessary to ensure Georgia-specific standards and requirements are met. Programs submitted for national recognition or accreditation that are not granted National Recognition (e.g., granted Recognition with Conditions or any level of recognition lower than National Recognition) or Accreditation must comply with all applicable GaPSC program approval review requirements. See the guidance document accompanying this rule for the list of GaPSC-accepted SPAs and program accrediting agencies.
6. GaPSC approval of initial preparation programs in Teaching (T), Leadership (L), and Service (S) fields shall include a Developmental Approval Review to determine if the new educator preparation program has the capacity to meet state standards. Developmental Approval is valid for three (3) to four (4) years and is followed by a First Continuing Review to determine if the educator preparation program has evidence of meeting state standards. Following the First Continuing Review, the GaPSC will conduct Continuing Reviews of the educator preparation programs in conjunction with the EPP Continuing Review at seven (7) year intervals.
7. GaPSC approval of new endorsement programs shall include an Administrative Approval process to determine if the new program has the capacity to meet state standards followed by a Continuing Approval Review of the program in conjunction with the next scheduled EPP Continuing Review, and Continuing Reviews every seven (7) years thereafter.
8. The GaPSC will require a Focused Approval Review or a Probationary Review of an approved educator preparation program in fewer than seven (7) years if a previous approval review indicates pervasive problems exist limiting program capacity to meet standards and requirements specified in GaPSC educator preparation and certification rules.
9. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall submit program(s) for GaPSC approval corresponding to the appropriate level of preparation (initial or endorsement) and in a certification field authorized in GaPSC Certification Rules. Although advanced/degree-only preparation programs are neither reviewed nor approved by GaPSC, those accepted by GaPSC for the purposes of certificate level upgrades must be listed in the GaPSC Certificate Upgrade Advisor. See GaPSC Certification Rule CERTIFICATE UPGRADE.
10. GaPSC-approved EPPs with approved programs in the fields of Educational Leadership Tier I, and Curriculum and Instruction or Teacher Leadership are eligible to request, through the GaPSC Substantive Change process, approval to offer a dual-field program conforming to the definition of Dual-field Program [see paragraph (2) (p)] and the applicable Educator Preparation Rule for the program. Dual-field programs may be offered only in the fields of (1) Curriculum and Instruction and Educational Leadership Tier I, and (2) Teacher Leadership and Educational Leadership Tier I. After GaPSC approval of a dual-field program, during subsequent First Continuing and Continuing Approval Reviews of the EPP and all programs, in addition to the reviews of each of the single field programs, a dual-field program will be reviewed as a separate program. GaPSC-approved dual-field programs are subject to the same reporting requirements as single-field programs.
11. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall make program decisions based upon program purpose, institutional mission, supply and demand data, and B/P-12 partner needs, and shall attempt to include a variety of options for program completion (e.g., multiple delivery models, degree options, and individualized programs; additional examples are provided in the guidance document accompanying this rule).
12. Ongoing GaPSC approval of educator preparation programs is contingent upon EPP approval status, the performance of the EPP and its programs, and compliance with GaPSC rules and reporting requirements. (See GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION.)
13. Out-of-state EPPs offering initial teacher preparation programs to Georgia residents and/or to residents of other states who fulfill field and clinical experiences in Georgia B/P-12 schools shall ensure their candidates hold the Georgia Pre-Service Certificate prior to beginning any field and clinical experiences in any Georgia B/P-12 school required during program enrollment. The requirements for this certificate are outlined in GaPSC Rule PRE-SERVICE TEACHING CERTIFICATE. Out-of-state EPPs preparing candidates for Georgia certification who are employed as a teacher of record while enrolled in their programs shall ensure their candidates hold the appropriate Georgia Teaching (T) certificate (e.g., Provisional Certificate, Permit, or Waiver Certificate). Out-of-state EPPs must also ensure their candidates meet all program assessment requirements outlined in this rule in paragraphs (3) (e) (6); the requirements specified in GaPSC Certification Rule CERTIFICATION BY STATE-APPROVED PROGRAM, paragraph (2) (d) 2; and the requirements outlined in GaPSC Certification Rule INDUCTION CERTIFICATE, including the required amount of time spent in the culminating clinical experience (i.e., student teaching or internship occurring after, and not including, field experiences), and passing the ethics and content assessments.
14. Out-of-state institutions offering initial teacher preparation programs to Georgia residents and/or to residents of other states who fulfill field and clinical experiences in Georgia B/P-12 schools are subject to all applicable data collection requirements referenced in paragraph (3) (c) 8. and described in GaPSC Rule EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION.
(e) Educator Preparation Program Requirements.
1. Admission Requirements.
(i) The Georgia Educator Ethics Assessment must be passed prior to enrollment in a traditional or non-traditional initial educator preparation program and to qualify for the Pre-Service Teaching Certificate (see GaPSC Rule PRE-SERVICE TEACHING CERTIFICATE).
(ii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates admitted to initial preparation programs at the post-baccalaureate level have attained appropriate depth and breadth in both general and content studies, with a minimum of a bachelor's degree from a GaPSC-accepted accredited institution. Candidates seeking certification in Career Technical and Agricultural Education (CTAE) fields must hold a high school diploma or GED, or an associate's degree or higher in the field of certification sought, as delineated in applicable GaPSC Certification Rules. CTAE candidates admitted with a high school diploma or GED must complete both the associate's degree and the initial teacher preparation program to earn a professional type certificate. The preparation program must be completed within three years; an additional year is allowable if needed to complete the associate's degree.
2. Pre-service Certificate Request.
(i) GaPSC-approved EPPs must ensure all candidates admitted and enrolled in traditional initial teacher preparation programs at the baccalaureate level or higher request the Pre-Service Certificate before beginning field and clinical experiences in Georgia B/P-12 schools, except for candidates who hold a valid Georgia Professional, Provisional, Permit, or Waiver teaching certificate, and are currently employed in a Georgia school. Out-of-state EPPs must ensure candidates enrolled in initial teacher preparation programs and completing field and clinical experiences in Georgia B/P-12 schools request the Pre-Service Certificate prior to beginning field and clinical experiences, except for candidates who hold a valid Georgia Professional, Provisional, Permit, or Waiver teaching certificate, and are currently employed in a Georgia school; such candidates must be enrolled in programs leading to a certification field issued by the GaPSC. See GaPSC Rule PRE-SERVICE TEACHING CERTIFICATE for Pre-Service certification requirements.
(ii) Successful completion of a criminal record check is required to earn the Pre-Service Certificate. See GaPSC Certification Rule PRE-SERVICE TEACHING CERTIFICATE.
3. Candidate Monitoring and Support. EPPs shall monitor each cohort aggregate GPA for changes, document any point at which the cohort GPA is less than 3.0, disaggregate the data by race and ethnicity and any other mission-related categories, analyze the data to identify specific needs for candidate support, and develop and implement plans to provide the needed supports.
4. Program Content and Curriculum Requirements.
(i) Preparation programs for educators prepared as teachers shall incorporate the latest version of the Teacher Assessment on Performance Standards (TAPS) published by the Georgia Department of Education. Preparation programs for educators prepared as leaders shall incorporate these standards into those courses related to instructional leadership to assure leadership candidates understand the TAPS standards as they apply to the preparation and continued growth and development of teachers.
(ii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require a major or equivalent in all middle grades, secondary, and in P-12 fields where appropriate such as certain Special Education programs, which require fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content. The equivalent of a major is defined for middle grades (4-8) as a minimum of fifteen (15) semester hours of coursework in the content field and for secondary (6-12) as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of coursework in the content field. Content field coursework must meet expected levels of depth and breadth in the content area and shall address the program content standards required for the field as delineated in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rules through .
(iii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates in all initial preparation programs complete a sequence of courses and/or experiences in professional studies that includes knowledge about and application of professional ethics and behavior appropriate for school and community, ethical decision-making skills, and specific knowledge about the Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators. Candidates are expected to demonstrate knowledge and dispositions reflective of professional ethics and the standards and requirements delineated in the Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators. In addition to candidates meeting the state-approved ethics assessment requirement in (e) 1. (i) and (e) 6. (iii) (see GaPSC Rule CERTIFICATION AND LICENSURE ASSESSMENTS), GaPSC-approved EPPs shall assess candidates' knowledge of professional ethics and the Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators either separately or in conjunction with assessments of dispositions.
(iv) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates are prepared to implement Georgia state mandated standards (i.e., Georgia Performance Standards [GPS], Georgia Standards of Excellence, College and Career Ready Standards, and all other GaDOE-approved standards) in each relevant content area. EPPs shall ensure candidates are also prepared to implement any Georgia mandated educator evaluation system. EPPs shall ensure educational leadership candidates understand all state standards and have the knowledge and skills necessary to lead successful implementation of standards in schools.
(v) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates seeking teacher certification to demonstrate knowledge of the definitions and characteristics of dyslexia and other related disorders; competence in the use of evidence-based instruction, structured multisensory approaches to teaching language and reading skills, and accommodations for students displaying characteristics of dyslexia and/or other related disorders; and competence in the use of a multi-tiered systems of support framework addressing reading, writing, mathematics, and behavior, including:
(I) Universal screening;
(II) Scientific, research-based interventions;
(III) Progress monitoring of the effectiveness of interventions on student performance;
(IV) Data-based decision-making procedures related to determining intervention effectiveness on student performance and the need to continue, alter, or discontinue interventions or conduct further evaluation of student needs; and
(V) Application and implementation of response-to-intervention and dyslexia and other related disorders instructional practices in the classroom setting.
(vi) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates seeking certification to demonstrate satisfactory proficiency in computer and other technology applications and skills, and satisfactory proficiency in integrating Information, Media and Technology Literacy into curricula and instruction, including incorporating B/P-12 student use of technology, and to use technology effectively to collect, manage, and analyze data for the purpose of improving teaching and learning. This requirement may be met through content embedded in courses and experiences throughout the preparation program and through demonstration of knowledge and skills during field and clinical experiences. Candidates shall also demonstrate the specialized knowledge and skills necessary for effective teaching in a distance learning environment.
(vii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates seeking certification in a Teaching (T) field, the field of Educational Leadership (L), or the Service (S) fields of Media Specialist and School Counseling to complete either five (5) or more quarter hours or three (3) or more semester hours of coursework in the identification and education of children who have special educational needs or the equivalent through a Georgia-approved professional learning program with a grade of B or better. This requirement may be met in a separate course, or content may be embedded in courses and experiences throughout the preparation program (see GaPSC Rule SPECIAL GEORGIA REQUIREMENTS). In addition, candidates in all fields must have a working knowledge of Georgia's framework for the identification of differentiated learning needs of students and how to implement multi-tiered systems of support addressing the range of learning needs.
(viii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates seeking teacher certification demonstrate the appropriate level of competence in the teaching of reading, as described for each Teaching (T) field in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(ix) GaPSC-approved EPPs offering endorsement programs shall ensure the programs are designed to result in candidates' expanded knowledge and skills in creating challenging learning experiences, supporting learner ownership and responsibility for learning, and in strengthening analysis and reflection on the impact of planning to reach rigorous curriculum goals, as specified in GaPSC Rules through . Unless specified otherwise in GaPSC Rules through , endorsement programs may be offered as stand-alone programs or embedded in initial preparation or degree-only programs. Embedded endorsement programs must include field experiences specifically for meeting endorsement standards and requirements, as well as any additional grade levels addressed by the endorsement. These field experiences must be in addition to those required for the initial preparation program. Although field experiences in specific grade bands are not required for endorsement programs, candidates must have opportunities to demonstrate the knowledge and skills delineated in endorsement standards in as many settings as necessary to demonstrate competence with children at all developmental levels addressed by the endorsement. In addition to field experience requirements, the GaPSC Continuing Approval process for embedded endorsement programs will require EPPs to provide evidence of meeting a minimum of one (1) of the following (2) options:
(I) Option 1: Additional Coursework. Endorsement programs are typically comprised of three (3) or four (4) courses (the equivalent of nine [9] or twelve [12] semester hours). To fully address the additional knowledge and skills delineated in endorsement standards, it may be necessary to add endorsement courses to a program of study.
(II) Option 2: Additional Assessments(s). Candidates' demonstration of endorsement program knowledge and skills must be assessed by either the initial preparation or advanced/degree-only program assessments or via additional assessment instruments specifically designed to address endorsement program content.

See the guidance document accompanying this rule for further clarification of expectations for endorsement programs.

(x) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall provide information to each candidate on Georgia's tiered certification structure, professional learning requirements, and employment options.
5. Requirements for Partnerships, and Field Experiences and Clinical Practice.
(i) Effective partnerships with B/P-12 schools and/or school districts are central to the preparation of educators. At a minimum, GaPSC-approved EPPs shall establish and maintain collaborative relationships with B/P-12 schools, which are formalized as partnerships and focused on continuous school improvement and student growth and learning through the preparation of candidates, support of induction phase educators, and professional development of B/P-20 educators. EPPs are encouraged to establish and sustain partnerships meeting higher levels of effectiveness, as described in the guidance document accompanying this rule.
(ii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require in all programs leading to initial certification in Teaching (T), Leadership (L), or Service (S) fields, and endorsement programs, field experiences that include organized and sequenced engagement of candidates in settings providing them with opportunities to observe, practice, and demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions delineated in all applicable institutional, state, and national standards. The experiences must be systematically designed and sequenced to increase the complexity and levels of engagement with which candidates apply, reflect upon, and expand their knowledge and skills. Since observation is a less rigorous method of learning, emphasis should be on field experience sequences requiring active professional practice or demonstration and including substantive work with B/P-12 students or B/P-12 personnel as appropriate depending upon the preparation program. Field experience placements and sequencing will vary depending upon the program. In non-traditional preparation programs, such as GaTAPP, field experiences occur outside candidates' classrooms with students with different learning needs and varied backgrounds in at least two settings during the clinical practice. Refer to the guidance document accompanying this rule for additional information related to field experiences and clinical practice.
(iii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates complete supervised field experiences consistent with the grade levels of certification sought. For Birth Through Kindergarten programs, field experiences are required at three (3) age levels: ages 0 to 2, ages 3 to 4, and 5 (kindergarten). For Elementary Education programs (P-5), field experiences are required in three (3) grade levels: PK-K, 1-3, and 4-5. For middle grades education programs, field experiences are required in two (2) grade levels: 4-5 and 6-8. Programs leading to P-12 certification shall require field experiences in four (4) grade levels: PK-2, 3-5, 6-8, and 9-12; and secondary education programs (6-12) shall require field experiences in two (2) grade levels: 6-8 and 9-12.
(iv) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure candidates complete supervised clinical practice (residency/internships) in the field of certification sought and only in fields for which the EPP has been approved by the GaPSC. Clinical practice for all fields must occur in regionally accredited public schools, charter schools approved by the Georgia State Charter School Commission, charter schools approved by the Georgia Department of Education, out-of-state charter schools approved by the state's charter schools commission or department of education, private schools accredited by a GaPSC-accepted accreditor, Department of Defense schools, or in international settings meeting accreditation criteria specified in GaPSC Rule GAPSC-ACCEPTED ACCREDITATION; VALIDATION OF NON-ACCREDITED DEGREES. Candidates in Birth Through Kindergarten programs may participate in residencies or internships in regionally accredited schools, in pre-schools or child care centers licensed by the Georgia Department of Early Care and Learning (DECAL, also known as Bright from the Start), Head Start, or in pre-schools accredited by USDOE- or CHEA-accepted accrediting agencies. Candidates of GaPSC-approved EPPs must meet all applicable Pre-Service Certificate requirements, regardless of clinical practice placement location. Clinical practice must be designed and implemented cooperatively with B/P-12 partners and candidates' experiences must allow them to demonstrate their developing effectiveness and positive impact on all students' learning and development. Although year-long residencies/internships as defined herein (see paragraph (2) (av)) are recognized as most effective, teacher candidates must spend a minimum of one (1) full semester or the equivalent (500 hours) in residencies or internships. GaPSC preparation program rules for service and leadership fields may require more than one (1) full semester of clinical practice; see GaPSC Rules through .
(v) B/P-12 educators who supervise candidates (mentors, cooperating teachers, educational leadership coaches/mentors, Service (S) field supervisors) in residencies or internships at Georgia schools shall meet the following requirements:
(I) B/P-12 supervisors shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience in a Teaching (T), Leadership (L), or Service (S) role; and
(II) If the residency or internship is completed at a Georgia school requiring GaPSC certification, the B/P-12 supervisor shall hold a renewable Professional Certificate in the content area of the certification sought by the candidate. In cases where a B/P-12 supervisor holding certification in the content area is not available, the candidate may be placed with an educator with at least three (3) years of experience holding a GaPSC Permit in the content area of the certification sought by the candidate or with a professionally certified educator in a related field of certification (related fields are defined in Appendix C of the guidance document accompanying this rule). For Teaching (T) field candidates who are employed as the full-time teacher of record while completing residency or internship in a school requiring GaPSC certification, the B/P-12 supervisor must hold Professional Certification.
(III) If the residency or internship is completed at a Georgia school that has the legal authority to waive certification, the B/P-12 supervisor must hold a Clearance Certificate. See GaPSC Certification Rule CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE.
(IV) The Partnership Agreement shall describe training, evaluation, and ongoing support for B/P-12 supervisors and shall clearly delineate qualifications and selection criteria mutually agreed upon by the EPP and B/P-12 partner. The Partnership Agreement shall also include a principal or employer attestation assuring educators selected for supervision of residencies/internships are the best qualified and have received an annual summative performance evaluation rating of proficient/satisfactory or higher for the most recent year of experience.
(V) Certificate IDs (to include Clearance Certificate IDs as applicable) of B/P-12 supervisors must be entered in TPMS or NTRS, along with the Clinical Practice beginning date, by the deadlines specified above in paragraph (3) (c) 8. (ii).

It is the responsibility of GaPSC-approved EPPs and out-of-state EPPs who place candidates seeking Georgia certification in Georgia schools for field and clinical experiences to ensure these requirements are met.

6. Assessment Requirements.
(i) State-approved Content Assessment.
(I) Eligibility: EPPs shall determine traditional program candidates' readiness for the state-approved content assessment and shall authorize candidates for testing only in their field(s) of initial preparation and only at the appropriate point in the preparation program.
(II) Attempts: GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require all enrolled candidates to attempt the state-approved content assessment (resulting in an official score on all parts of the assessment) within the content assessment window of time beginning on a date determined by the EPP after program admission and ending on August 31 in the year of program completion, and at least once prior to program completion. Candidates enrolled in a traditional (IHE-based), initial preparation program at the bachelor's degree level leading to Middle Grades certification must attempt the state-approved content assessment in each of the two (2) areas of concentration, as required for program completion and receive an official score on each assessment prior to program completion. For more information on Middle Grades areas of concentration, see GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM.
(III) Passing Score: Unless specified otherwise in Educator Preparation Program Rules (505-3-05 - 505-3-.79), a passing score on all applicable state-approved content assessments is not required for program completion; however, a passing score is required for state certification. See GaPSC Rule CERTIFICATION AND LICENSURE ASSESSMENTS, and GaPSC Rule PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE.
(ii) State-approved Literacy Assessments.
(I) Eligibility: EPPs shall determine initial preparation program candidates' readiness for the appropriate state-approved literacy assessment and shall authorize candidates for attempting the assessment aligned with their fields of preparation and only at the appropriate point in the preparation program. See the guidance document accompanying this rule for the alignment of preparation fields with literacy assessments.
(II) Attempts: GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates enrolled in state-approved programs leading to certification in Teaching (T) fields to attempt the appropriate state-approved literacy assessment (resulting in an official score) prior to program completion.
(III) Passing Score: With the exception of the GaTAPP program (See GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY [GaTAPP]), a passing score on all applicable state-approved literacy assessments is not required for program completion; however, a passing score is required for state certification. See GaPSC Rule CERTIFICATION AND LICENSURE ASSESSMENTS, and GaPSC Rule PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE.
(iii) State-approved Performance-based Assessments.
(I) Eligibility: EPPs shall determine initial preparation program candidates' readiness for the state-approved performance-based assessments in GaPSC-approved Teacher Leadership programs and Educational Leadership Tier II programs and shall authorize candidates for testing only in their field(s) of preparation and only at the appropriate point in the preparation program.
(II) Attempts: GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates enrolled in state-approved Teacher Leadership and Educational Leadership Tier II preparation programs to attempt the state-approved performance-based assessment resulting in an official score prior to program completion.
(III) Passing Score: A passing score on all applicable state-approved performance-based assessments is not required for program completion; however, a passing score is required for state certification. See GaPSC Rule CERTIFICATION AND LICENSURE ASSESSMENTS, EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE, and TEACHER LEADERSHIP.
(iv) State-approved Educator Ethics Assessment.
(I) Program Admission:
A. Candidates who enroll in initial teacher preparation programs must pass the Georgia Educator Ethics Assessment prior to beginning program coursework. Educators who hold a valid Induction, Professional, Lead Professional, or Advanced Professional Certificate are not required to pass the assessment if they enroll in an initial preparation program for the purpose of adding a new Teaching (T) field.
B. Candidates who enroll in any GaPSC-approved Educational Leadership program must pass the Georgia Ethics for Educational Leadership Assessment prior to beginning program coursework.
7. Program Completion Requirements.
(i) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall require candidates completing initial preparation programs to have a 2.5 or higher overall GPA on a 4.0 scale. Non-traditional program providers do not issue grades and therefore are not subject to this requirement; however, non-traditional EPPs must verify all program requirements are met as specified in GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY (GaTAPP).
(ii) GaPSC-approved EPPs may accept professional learning, prior coursework, or documented experience the EPP deems relevant to the program of study in lieu of requiring candidates to repeat the same or similar coursework for credit.
(iii) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall provide, at appropriate intervals, information to candidates about instructional policies and requirements needed for completing educator preparation programs, including all requirements necessary to meet each candidate's certification objective(s), the availability of EPP services such as tutoring services, social and psychological counseling, and job placement and market needs based on available supply and demand data.
(iv) GaPSC-approved EPPs shall provide performance data to candidates that they may use to inform their individual professional learning needs during induction.
(f) Verification of Program Completion and Reporting of Ethics Violations.
1. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall designate an official who will provide evidence to the GaPSC that program completers have met the requirements of approved programs, including all applicable Special Georgia Requirements, and thereby qualify for state certification.
2. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall submit, in a timely manner, any documentation required of them by the GaPSC Certification Division for program completers seeking GaPSC certification.
3. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall ensure program completers meet all requirements of the approved program in effect at the time the candidate was officially admitted to the program and any additional program requirements with effective dates after program admission, as described elsewhere in this rule.
4. Should program completers return to their GaPSC-approved EPP more than five (5) years after completion to request verification of program completion, providers shall require those individuals to meet current preparation requirements to assure up-to-date knowledge in the field of certification sought.
5. GaPSC-approved EPPs shall immediately report to GaPSC any violations of the Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators by enrolled candidates. Failure to report ethical violations may result in changes in approval status that could include revocation of approval. Out-of-state EPPs placing candidates in Georgia schools for field and clinical experiences are expected to collaborate with Georgia B/P-12 partners to immediately report ethics violations. Procedures for reporting ethical violations are addressed in the guidance document accompanying this rule.

Rule 505-3-.02 Educator Preparation Provider Annual Reporting and Evaluation

(1) Purpose. This rule states requirements for the annual evaluation of educator preparation programs and educator preparation providers, and requirements for annual reporting of program effectiveness by educator preparation providers that prepare individuals for certification as education personnel in Georgia.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Advanced Preparation/Degree-Only Program: An educator preparation program at the post-baccalaureate level for the continuing education of educators who have previously completed initial preparation and are certified in the program's subject area or field of certification. Advanced preparation/degree-only programs commonly award graduate credit and include masters, specialist, and doctoral degree programs.
(b) Approval: A process for assessing and enhancing academic and education quality through peer review, to assure the public that an educator preparation provider (EPP) and/or educator preparation program has met institutional, state, and national standards of educational quality; also, a Georgia Professional Standards Commission (GaPSC) decision rendered when an EPP or educator preparation program meets GaPSC standards and required annual reporting requirements.
(c) Approval Review: Examination of evidence and interviews of stakeholders conducted by GaPSC Site Visitors either on-site at an institution/agency, or electronically using web and telephone conferencing systems as part of a Developmental, First Continuing, Continuing, Focused, or Probationary Review.
(d) Candidates/Teacher Candidates: Individuals enrolled in programs for the initial or advanced preparation of educators, programs for the continuing professional development of educators, or programs for the preparation of other professional school personnel. Candidates are distinguished from students in B/P-12 schools. Candidates in programs leading to Teaching (T) certification may also be referred to as Pre-service Teacher Candidates. (The term enrolled is used in the GaPSC approval process to mean the candidate is admitted and taking classes.)
(e) Certified/Classified Personnel Information (CPI): A tri-annual data collection performed by the Georgia Department of Education of active certified and classified employees at each school/district location. The data includes job assignment, subject matter, percentage of time assigned, local years of service, years of experience for payroll purposes, employment basis, and contract salary including all supplements for each certified employee.
(f) Clinical Practice: Culminating residency (formerly referred to as student teaching) or internship experiences with candidates placed in classrooms for at least one (1) full semester where they experience intensive and extensive practices in which they are fully immersed in the learning community and provided opportunities to develop and demonstrate competence in the professional roles for which they are preparing. In initial preparation programs in Leadership (L) or Service (S) fields, candidates will complete such culminating residency or internship experiences in placements that allow the knowledge, skills, and dispositions included in the programs to be practiced and applied. In non-traditional preparation programs, such as GaTAPP, clinical practice is job-embedded as candidates must be hired as a classroom teacher to be admitted to the program.
(g) Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP): The national accreditation organization formed as a result of the unification of the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Teacher Education Accreditation Council (TEAC). CAEP advances excellence in educator preparation through evidence-based accreditation that assures quality and supports continuous improvement to strengthen B/P-12 student learning.
(h) Educator Preparation Program: A planned sequence of courses and experiences for preparing B/P-12 teachers and other professional school personnel that leads to a state certification. See the definitions for the three (3) types of educator preparation programs: Initial, Endorsement, and Advanced/Degree-Only.
(i) Educator Preparation Provider (EPP): The institution of higher education (IHE), college, school, department, agency, or other administrative body responsible for managing or coordinating all programs offered for the initial and continuing preparation of teachers and other school personnel, regardless of where these programs are administratively housed.
(j) Endorsement Program: A planned sequence of courses and experiences, typically three (3) to four (4) courses in length, designed to provide educators with an additional, specific set of knowledge and skills, or to expand and enhance existing knowledge and skills. Successful completion of an endorsement program results in the addition of the endorsement field to the Georgia educator certificate designating expertise in the field. Endorsement programs may be offered as non-credit bearing programs, or they may lead to college credit; they must be approved by the GaPSC and administered by a GaPSC-approved EPP, and may be offered as either a stand-alone program or, unless otherwise specified in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rules through , embedded in an initial preparation or advanced/degree-only program. Depending on the needs of the individual educator, endorsement programs may also be included as a part of an educator's professional learning plan/goals. See GaPSC Rule ENDORSEMENTS.
(k) Field Experiences: Activities that include organized and sequenced engagement of candidates in settings providing opportunities to observe, practice, and demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions delineated in institutional, state, and national standards. The experiences must be systematically designed and sequenced to increase the complexity and levels of engagement with which candidates apply, reflect upon, and expand their knowledge and skills. Since observation is a less rigorous method of learning, emphasis should be on field experience sequences requiring active professional practice or demonstration, and that include substantive work with B/P-12 students and B/P-12 personnel as appropriate. In non-traditional preparation programs (e.g., GaTAPP), field experiences occur outside candidates' classrooms with students with different learning needs and varied backgrounds in at least two (2) settings during the clinical practice.
(l) Induction: (1) The formal act or process of placing an individual into a new job or position and providing appropriate support during the first three (3) years of employment. The Georgia Department of Education defines The Induction Phase Teacher as any teacher who has been hired into a new permanent position in any Georgia school. (2) A Georgia level of professional educator certification; for additional information see GaPSC Rule 505-2-04 INDUCTION CERTIFICATE.
(m) Initial Preparation Program: A program designed to prepare candidates for their initial, or first, professional certificate in a Teaching (T), Leadership (L), or Service (S) field. Examples include degree programs at the baccalaureate, master's, or higher levels; or post-baccalaureate programs, non-degree certification-only programs, and non-traditional programs, such as the Georgia Teacher Academy for Preparation and Pedagogy (GaTAPP) or Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership program. Programs leading to an educator's first certificate in a particular field are considered initial preparation even if the educator is certified in one or more other fields.
(n) Non-traditional Teacher Preparation Program (GaTAPP): A program designed to prepare individuals who at admission hold an appropriate degree with verified content knowledge through a major or its equivalent in the content field or a passing score on the state-approved content assessment in the content field. If the state-approved content knowledge was not required at admission, it must be passed for program completion. Non-traditional teacher preparation programs lead only to a certificate, not to a degree or college credit and:
1. Feature a flexible timeframe for completion;
2. Are job-embedded allowing candidates to complete requirements while employed by a regionally accredited local unit of administration (school district or private school), a charter school approved by the Georgia State Charter School Commission, or a charter school approved by the Georgia Department of Education as a classroom teacher full-time or part-time for at least a half day;
3. Require that candidates are supported by a Candidate Support Team;
4. Require an induction component that includes coaching and supervision;
5. Provide curriculum, performance-based instruction, and assessment focused on the pedagogical knowledge, and dispositions necessary for the candidate to teach his/her validated academic content knowledge; and
6. Are individualized based on the needs of each candidate with respect to content knowledge, pedagogical skills, learning modalities, learning styles, interests, and readiness to teach. See GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY (GaTAPP).
(o) Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (PPEMs): A set of common measures applied to all teacher preparation programs leading to initial certification in a field. Teacher Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (TPPEMs) are further defined in this rule.
(p) Out-of-State Institution: An institution of higher education that is administratively based in a state within the United States other than Georgia.
(q) Program Completer: A person who has met all the requirements of a GaPSC-approved or state- approved out-of-state educator preparation program, to include all GaPSC requirements such as attempting all assessments required for state certification.
(r) State-approved Content Assessment: A content-specific, standardized test aligned with preparation program standards (state and national) and Georgia's P-12 curriculum, and developed to ensure that educators have the content knowledge necessary for successful performance as an educator. A passing score on the appropriate assessment is required for state certification.
(s) Teacher Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (TPPEMs): A set of common measures applied to all GaPSC-approved teacher preparation programs leading to initial certification in a Teaching field.
(t) Traditional Preparation Program: A credit-bearing program designed for the preparation of educators offered by an institution of higher education.
(3) General Requirements and Applicability.
(a) The requirements stated in this rule apply to all GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers (EPPs) and all educator preparation programs leading to initial certification.
(b) Data will be reported in the aggregate, so as not to identify individual program candidates. Personally identifiable information will not be reported by GaPSC.
(4) Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (PPEMs).
(a) Completion Reporting Year. The PPEM reporting year for program completion starts September 1 and ends August 31.
(b) Teacher Preparation Program Effectiveness Measures (TPPEMs) are comprised of a set of three measures representing the performance of candidates while enrolled in the preparation program and their performance in the classroom after program completion when completers are employed in Georgia public schools or Georgia public charter schools and in their fields of preparation. TPPEMs are collected and reported annually. TPPEM measures include:
1. Employer Perceptions of Preparation data are derived from the common, statewide survey conducted annually of employers of those program completers (referred to as inductees) employed in Georgia public or public charter schools. For each cohort, the survey will be administered one time near the end of the first year of inductees' employment in the field of preparation.
2. Inductee Perceptions of Preparation data are derived from the common, statewide survey, conducted annually of those program completers employed in Georgia public or public charter schools and in their fields of preparation. For each cohort, the survey will be administered one time near the end of the first year of inductees' employment in the field of preparation.
3. Assessment of Content Knowledge (state-approved content assessment; Georgia Assessments for the Certification of Educators [GACE]).
(i) Every candidate enrolled in a teacher preparation program for which there is a GACE content assessment must attempt the entire assessment (all tests within the assessment) within a window of time beginning at a point determined by the EPP and ending on August 31 in the reporting year of program completion, and at least once prior to program completion (an attempt results in an official score on all tests within the assessment). Candidates enrolled in non-traditional teacher preparation programs may be required to pass the appropriate GACE content assessment prior to program admission, depending upon the field of certification sought (see GaPSC Rule GEORGIA TEACHER ACADEMY FOR PREPARATION AND PEDAGOGY).
(ii) For all teacher preparation programs, the best attempt for each program completer prior to or on August 31 in the reporting year of program completion will be used in reporting.
(c) Refer to the PPEM Technical Specifications document for additional information on each measure, and the schedule of data collection and reporting.
(5) Annual Reporting.
(a) State Reporting.
1. All GaPSC-approved EPPs are required to regularly and accurately submit all required candidate-level data to the Traditional Program Management System (TPMS) or the Non-traditional Reporting System (NTRS) as appropriate for all programs offered and according to the timelines established in Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS, paragraph (3) (c) 8.
2. Out-of-state EPPs with teacher candidates fulfilling field and clinical experiences in Georgia schools are required to regularly and accurately submit to TPMS all data specified by GaPSC staff in association with the issuance of the Pre-Service Certificate, and in accordance with the reporting requirements and deadlines specified in Rule , paragraph (3) (c) 8.
(b) Federal Reporting: Title II. All GaPSC-approved EPPs are required to submit annually the data required for federal Title II reporting. Failure to submit Title II data, accurately, completely, and by published deadlines may result in adverse changes in approval status, up to and including recommendation to the Commission of revocation of approval, and may result in fines.
(6) Uses of PPEMs and Annual Report Data.
(a) Reporting to EPPs. When sufficient data are available, PPEMs will be provided annually to each GaPSC-approved EPP. All data will be aggregated at the program level; no individual level data will be provided. EPPs are expected to use PPEMs and other data to improve programs.
(b) Reporting to the Georgia Professional Standards Commission. PPEMs will be provided annually to the 18-member standards commission via the public dashboard; data will be aggregated at the program and EPP levels and no individual level data will be provided.
(c) Reporting to Other State Agencies. The Georgia Professional Standards Commission is a participating agency in GAAWARDS, Georgia's Academic and Workforce Analysis and Research Data System, which is the state's Pre-K through workforce (P20W) longitudinal data system. Data of individual candidates is provided to GAAWARDS annually. All personally identifiable information is removed prior to being used for research purposes.
(d) Reporting to the Public. PPEMs will be provided to the public annually via the GaPSC website. Data will be aggregated at the program and EPP levels; no individual level data or aggregations of fewer than ten (10) individuals will be provided.

Rule 505-3-.03 Foundations of Reading, Literacy, and Language

(1) Purpose. This rule states reading, literacy, and language content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach children aged birth through kindergarten and children in any subject in grades P-12, and it supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Alphabetic Principle: The idea that letters and letter patterns represent the sounds of spoken language.
(b) Comprehension: Comprehension is the cognitive process of understanding and interpreting information, usually in the context of language, both spoken and written. It involves the ability to extract meaning from words, sentences, and larger units of text or speech, as well as making connections between ideas, drawing inferences, and synthesizing information.
(c) Explicit Instruction: Instruction that is taught directly and clearly, leaving little to chance. Teachers begin by modeling the objective, ensuring that students know what is expected. Students then practice along with the teacher, and finally, they complete the task individually (e.g., I do, we do, you do). Explicit instruction includes practice with immediate corrective feedback.
(d) Fluency: The ability to act (speak, read, write) with ease, accuracy, automaticity/appropriate rate, and prosody. It is an essential component of reading because it permits the reader to focus on constructing meaning from the text rather than on decoding words.
(e) Grapheme: A letter or letter combination that spells a phoneme; it can be one, two, three, or four letters in English (e.g., i, ou, igh, ough).
(f) Language (expressive, receptive, and pragmatic language): (1) Expressive Language: Sharing thoughts and feelings through body language, gestures, facial expressions, vocalizations, or words. (2) Receptive Language: Understanding what others are communicating; understanding the intents of others. (3) Pragmatic Language: The social use of verbal and nonverbal communication.
(g) Literacy: The capacity to engage with and skillfully utilize various forms of communication, including reading, writing, speaking, listening, and digital media, to effectively express, interpret, and interact with a variety of ideas and perspectives.
(h) Morpheme: The smallest meaningful unit of a language that cannot be further divided. A "base," or "root" is a morpheme in a word that gives the word its principle meaning.
(i) Phoneme: The smallest unit of sound in a spoken word; an individual speech sound.
(j) Phonemic Awareness: The ability to detect and manipulate the smallest units (i.e., phonemes) of spoken language. For example, recognition that the word cat includes three distinct sounds or phonemes represents phonemic awareness. Individuals with phonemic awareness can blend phonemes to form spoken words, segment spoken words into their constituent phonemes, delete phonemes from spoken words, add phonemes, and substitute phonemes.
(k) Phonics: An approach to teaching reading that emphasizes the systematic relationship between the sounds of language and the graphemes (i.e., letters or letter combinations) that represent those sounds. Learners apply this knowledge to decode printed words.
(l) Phonological Awareness: Phonological awareness is the ability to recognize and manipulate the sound structures within spoken language. This skill encompasses the identification and manipulation of various linguistic components, including (1) syllables, such as /book/, (2) onsets and rimes, such as /b/ and /ook/, and (3) individual phonemes, such as /b/, /oo/, and /k/.
(m) Science of Reading/Scientific Reading Instruction: An evidence-based approach to teaching reading and writing that is rooted in the understanding of cognitive science and its connection to educational outcomes. This method trains educators to teach reading by addressing syllables, morphology, sound-symbol correspondence, semantics, and syntax in a clear, systematic, and diagnostic manner. The approach holistically integrates speaking, listening, reading, and writing by offering explicit, systematic, and tailored instruction in areas such as phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics, syllable patterns, morphology, semantics, and syntax, ensuring a comprehensive and inclusive literacy development experience.
(n) Spelling: The process of representing a language by means of a writing system.
(o) Systematic Instruction: The use of a planned, logical sequence to introduce elements taught, building from the simplest to those that are more complex.
(p) Vocabulary: The collection of words that an individual knows, understands, and actively employs in both written and oral communication. This personalized set of words is dynamic and evolves through exposure to diverse sources and experiences. This definition differs from lexicon, which encompasses the entire set of words within a language.
(q) Written Expression: A complex process of using various cognitive operations to translate ideas and thoughts into a written language.
(3) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall ensure candidates meet the standards specified below for programs leading to initial teacher certification. The standards are adapted from the standards published in 2017 by the International Literacy Association (ILA), the Georgia Early Learning and Development Standards (GELDS) published in 2013, the Knowledge and Practice Standards published in 2018 by the International Dyslexia Association (IDA), and the standards published in 2017 by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC). GaPSC-approved programs shall incorporate these standards by Fall 2024.
(b) Programs that prepare Birth Through Kindergarten and Special Education Preschool teachers shall meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Language and Literacy Acquisition.
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that the development of language is the foundation for literacy development.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that language is developed within the context of relationships.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that social engagement is the means by which we proactively gauge language development.
(iv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that engagement through frequent, social interactions with adults and peers as evidenced by investment, independence, and initiation is the fuel for language development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that when children are engaged their use of language is frequent, functional, socially oriented, and fluid across settings.
(vi) Candidates will know and be able to explain indicators and phases of typical language development including expressive, receptive, and pragmatic language across the birth to kindergarten continuum.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge that language development is essential for individuals to communicate needs, formulate ideas, develop and maintain relationships, and solidify understanding of concepts.
(viii) Candidates are able to cite evidence and give practical examples showing how phonological awareness skills affect attainment of future literacy skills.
(ix) Candidates will be able to identify and explain how language development influences cognitive and emotional development, which contributes to literacy and writing development. Candidates will be able to cite examples in practice and explain how to continuously notice, support, and nurture language development across the developmental continuum.
(x) Candidates understand and explain research describing the effects of communication styles and dialects on foundational early language and literacy learning.
(xi) Candidates will know and be able to explain that language development is vital to the use of one's "inner dialogue" required for self-regulation.
(xii) Candidates understand the various ways in which infants and young children communicate their needs, wants, feelings through the use of language (e.g., gestures, body language, facial expressions, vocalizations, or words).
(xiii) Candidates understand the ways in which infants and young children experiment with expressive language to enhance their communication (e.g., spontaneous vocal play, crying).
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the ways in which all domains of development impact language development (e.g., fine motor, gross motor, cognitive, and emotional development).
2. Application: Methods and Assessment.
(i) Curriculum and Instruction.
(I) Candidates will implement developmentally responsive practices that meet the instructional needs of students who are at different points of language and literacy development.
(II) Candidates select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(III) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate instructional approaches and materials that are evidence-based, developmentally responsive, and integrated across language and literacy domains with an emphasis on individual, small, and large group conversations, play, storytelling, rhyming, singing, and writing activities.
(IV) Candidates plan, modify, and implement developmentally responsive explicit, systematic, cumulative, and teacher-directed and child-directed instruction in the foundational skills of language and literacy, including phonological awareness, alphabetic principle, phonics, reading fluency, vocabulary development, listening and reading comprehension, print awareness, and written expression.
(V) Candidates scaffold instruction to support learners based on their development, including those with different learning needs. Concepts across the age bands include:
I. Phonological and phonemic awareness
A. Progression of sound and phonological-awareness skill development across age
B. Sound awareness
C. Phonological sensitivity
D. Rhyming
E. Syllabication
F. Segmenting, deleting, manipulating phonemes
G. Consonant and vowel phonemes
II. Print awareness
A. Recognition that print has meaning
B. Environmental print
C. Book handling skills
D. Recognition that print is read left to right, top to bottom
E. Recognition of a letter, a word, a sentence
III. Phonics and word recognition
A. Alphabetic principle
B. Phoneme-grapheme correspondence
C. English orthography
D. Systematic, cumulative, and explicit teaching of basic decoding and spelling rules and letter patterns (digraphs, diphthongs, blends, onset-rime, etc.)
E. Teaching regular and irregular words
F. Teaching decoding of multisyllabic words
G. Decodable texts and sound walls in teaching beginning readers
IV. Reading fluency
A. Automatic word reading
B. Oral reading fluency including accuracy, automaticity, and prosody
C. Varied techniques and methods for building reading fluency
D. Appropriate uses of assistive technology
V. Listening and reading comprehension
A. Background knowledge
B. Use of pictures and other visual cues, props (puppets, storyboards, etc.)
C. Inferencing
D. Instructional routines appropriate for each major genre: informational text, narrative text
E. Teacher's role as an active mediator of text-comprehension processes (text-to-self, text-to-text, and text-to-world)
(VI) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate evidence-based and developmentally responsive instruction and materials to develop writing processes and orthographic knowledge for all learners. They use a structured approach to explicitly teach skills related to written expression. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Written expression
A. Supports small and large muscle development needed to support writing
B. Developmental phases of writing (random marks, holds simple tools)
C. Dictation of children's drawings and thoughts (writes words to describe or name pictures)
D. Use of inventive spelling
E. Planning, translating (drafting), reviewing, and revising
F. Research-based principles for teaching letter formation
G. Research-based principles for teaching written spelling and punctuation
H. Developmental phases of the writing process
I. Appropriate uses of assistive technology in written expression.
(VII) Candidates plan, modify, and implement evidence-based and integrated instruction and materials to support and nurture expressive, receptive, and pragmatic language development. They use a range of instructional approaches, including multi-modal and multi-sensory strategies and context-based instruction. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Expressive, receptive, and pragmatic language development
A. Adult and peer interaction
B. Uses developmentally responsive strategies to support progression of language development
C. Role or creation of a stimulating environment including multi-modal materials to enhance engagement - as indicated by learners' investment, independence, and initiation - in supporting/nurturing language development
(VIII) Candidates plan, modify, and implement evidence-based and integrated instruction and materials to develop vocabulary knowledge for all learners. They use a range of instructional approaches, including direct instruction, context-based instruction, and word-learning strategies. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Vocabulary development
A. Adult and peer interaction
B. Uses strategies to support progression of vocabulary development
C. Role of expressive language including non-verbal (gestures, eye contact) and verbal (vocalizations, babbling) in vocabulary development
D. Role or creation of a stimulating environment including multi-modal materials to enhance engagement as indicated by learners' investment, independence, and initiation
E. Role of vocabulary development and vocabulary knowledge in oral and written language comprehension
F. Sources of wide differences in students' vocabularies
G. Indirect (contextual) methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
H. Direct, explicit methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
(IX) Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to create a positive, language and literacy-rich learning environment anchored in materials that promote play, conversation, and exploration (e.g., dramatic play materials, books, blocks) that support and nurture engagement between children and peers, and children and adults.
(ii) Assessment and Evaluation
(I) Candidates use observational methods for universally noticing and monitoring, screening if necessary, enhancing opportunities to scaffold students' language and literacy development.
(II) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments for language and literacy development, including universal monitoring, screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments.
(III) Candidates utilize results of all data collection methods related to language and literacy development to inform and enhance developmentally responsive practices to support learning in universal settings including everyday routines, rituals, and activities.
(IV) Candidates integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meaning of educational assessment data for sharing with caregivers, including parents, other educators, and healthcare providers.
3. Language and Literacy Professional Dispositions and Practices.
(i) Candidates promote language and literacy development for all students by using developmentally responsive practices and engaging in ethical and effective practices that honor all students' linguistic backgrounds.
(ii) Candidates continuously reflect on their practices, engage in ongoing appreciative inquiry and peer mentorship through collaboration with other educators and advocate for students and their families to support and nurture language and literacy development.
(c) Programs that prepare Elementary Education (P-5), Special Education General Curriculum/Elementary Education (P-5), and Middle Grades Reading teachers shall meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Literacy Acquisition.
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate an understanding that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(iv) Candidates demonstrate the ability to identify and explain how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and striving readers, including motivation, self-efficacy, linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(viii) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(ix) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(x) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
(xi) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the typical developmental progression of oral language, phoneme awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(xii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the reciprocal relationships between decoding, word recognition, spelling, morphology, and vocabulary knowledge.
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of listening, speaking, viewing, and visually representing, and their centrality to literacy learning.
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the most common intrinsic differences between strong and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
2. Application: Methods and Assessment.
(i) Curriculum and Instruction.
(I) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(II) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate instructional approaches and materials that are evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and integrated across literacy domains related to the following areas: phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics, word recognition, reading fluency, vocabulary, listening and reading comprehension, and written expression.
(III) Candidates plan, modify, and implement explicit, systematic, cumulative, and teacher-directed instruction in the foundational skills of reading, including phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics, word recognition, reading fluency, and listening and reading comprehension. Candidates scaffold instruction to support all learners in reading, including those with different learning needs. Concepts related to this area include:
I. Phonological and phonemic awareness
A. Consonant and vowel phonemes
B. Phonological sensitivity
C. Phonemic-awareness difficulties
D. Progression of phonemic-awareness skill development across age and grade
E. Rhyming
F. Segmenting, deleting, manipulating phonemes
G. Syllabication
II. Phonics and word recognition
A. Alphabetic principle
B. Phoneme-grapheme correspondence
C. English orthography
D. Systematic, cumulative, and explicit teaching of basic decoding and encoding rules and letter patterns (digraphs, diphthongs, blends, onset-rime, etc.)
E. Teaching regular and irregular words
F. Teaching decoding of multisyllabic words
G. Decodable texts and sound walls in teaching beginning readers
III. Reading fluency
A. Automatic word reading
B. Oral reading fluency including accuracy, automaticity, and prosody
C. Varied techniques and methods for building reading fluency (e.g., repeated reading, echo reading, and Reader's Theater)
D. Appropriate uses of assistive technology
E. Repeated and echo reading strategies
IV. Listening and reading comprehension
A. Background knowledge
B. Inferencing
C. Factors that contribute to deep comprehension
D. Instructional routines appropriate for each major genre: informational text, narrative text, and argumentation
E. Role of sentence comprehension in listening and reading comprehension
F. Teacher's role as an active mediator of text-comprehension processes (text-to-self, text-to-text, and text-to-world)
(IV) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate evidence-based and developmentally appropriate instruction and materials to develop writing processes and orthographic knowledge for all learners. They use a structured approach to explicitly teach skills related to written expression. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Written expression
A. Handwriting skills in print and cursive
B. Motor skills and letter/word formation
C. Transcription and writing fluency
D. Major skill domains that contribute to written expression
E. Planning, translating (drafting), reviewing, and revising
F. Genre
G. Research-based principles for teaching letter formation, both manuscript and cursive
H. Research-based principles for teaching written spelling and punctuation
I. Developmental phases of the writing process
J. Appropriate uses of assistive technology in written expression.
(V) Candidates plan, modify, and implement evidence-based and integrated instruction and materials to develop vocabulary knowledge for all learners. They use a range of instructional approaches, including direct instruction, context-based instruction, and word-learning strategies. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Vocabulary
A. Role of vocabulary development and vocabulary knowledge in oral and written language comprehension
B. Sources of wide differences in students' vocabularies
C. Indirect (contextual) methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
D. Direct, explicit methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
E. Morphological awareness
(VI) Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to create a positive, literacy-rich learning environment anchored in digital and print literacies.
(ii) Assessment and Evaluation.
(I) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments, including screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments, for gathering evidence on students' language acquisition and literacy development.
(II) Candidates use observational skills and results of student work to determine students' reading, literacy, and language strengths and needs, and select and administer other appropriate formal and informal assessments for assessing students' language and literacy development.
(III) Candidates utilize results of various assessment measures to inform and modify instruction and understand and apply basic principles of test construction and formats, including reliability, validity, criterion, and normed.
(IV) Candidates use assessment data in an ethical manner, interpret data to explain student progress, and inform families and colleagues about the function and purpose of assessments.
(V) Candidates understand and utilize well-validated screening tests designed to identify students at risk for reading difficulties and students who exhibit characteristics of dyslexia and understand and apply the principles of progress monitoring and reporting with Curriculum-Based Measures (CBMs), including graphing techniques.
(VI) Candidates understand and utilize informal diagnostic surveys of phonological and phonemic awareness, decoding skills, oral reading fluency, comprehension, spelling, and writing.
(VII) Candidates read and interpret the most common diagnostic tests used by psychologists, speech-language professionals, and educational evaluators.
(VIII) Candidates integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meaning of educational assessment data for sharing with students, parents, and other teachers.
3. Literacy Professional Dispositions and Practices.
(i) Candidates promote high-quality literacy learning for all students by using responsive practices and engaging in ethical and effective practices that honor all students' linguistic backgrounds.
(ii) Candidates act in the best interests of striving readers and maintain the public trust by providing accurate and scientifically supported best practices in the field.
(iii) Candidates continuously reflect on their practices, engage in ongoing inquiry, and advocate for students and their families to enhance literacy learning.
(d) Programs that prepare Middle Grades (4-8) teachers of English language arts, mathematics, science, and social science shall ensure candidates meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Literacy Acquisitions.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate an awareness that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(iv) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(viii) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
(xi) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the typical developmental progression of oral language, phoneme awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships between decoding, word recognition, spelling, morphology, and vocabulary knowledge.
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of listening, speaking, viewing, and visually representing, and their centrality to literacy learning.
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between strong and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
2. Application: Curriculum and Instruction.
(i) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(ii) Candidates apply adolescent literacy in reading and writing for vocabulary development, word recognition reading comprehension and fluency. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
(I) Reading grade-level texts from a variety of genres with greater focus on higher-order skills such as analyzing texts and developing perspective
(II) Reading comprehension for text complexity
(III) Writing for a range of authentic purposes and genres
(IV) Morphology for understanding multisyllabic words
(V) Oral and silent reading fluency
(VI) Systematically teach the decoding of multisyllabic words
(iii) Candidates apply adolescent literacy development to develop disciplinary literacy and content area literacy; developing academic vocabulary and writing for research. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
(I) Demonstrate skill in integrating literacy into specific disciplinary studies
(II) Develop awareness and skill in utilizing a range of content area literacy strategies across the curriculum.
3. Assessment and Evaluation.
(i) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments, including screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments, for gathering evidence on students' language acquisition and literacy development.
(ii) Candidates utilize results of various assessment measures to inform and modify instruction and understand and apply basic principles of test construction and formats, including reliability, validity, criterion, and normed.
(iii) Candidates use assessment data in an ethical manner, interpret data to explain student progress, and inform families and colleagues about the function and purpose of assessments.
(iv) Candidates integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meaning of educational assessment data for sharing with students, parents, and other teachers.
(e) Programs that prepare Secondary (6-12) teachers shall meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Literacy Acquisitions.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the five language processing requirements for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships between phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge.
(iv) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(viii) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the typical developmental progression of oral language, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(ix) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
2. Application: Curriculum and Instruction.
(i) Candidates develop disciplinary literacy and content area literacy; developing academic vocabulary and writing for research. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
(I) Demonstrate skill in integrating literacy into specific disciplinary studies.
(II) Develop awareness and skill in utilizing a range of content area literacy strategies across the curriculum, including informational text.
3. Assessment and Evaluation.
(i) Candidates should be familiar with the student support services available in their school or district. These may include reading specialists, writing tutors, or special education services.
(ii) Candidates should collaborate with student support service providers to ensure that students receive appropriate services. This may involve sharing information about the student's strengths and weaknesses, providing feedback on interventions, and monitoring the student's progress.
(f) Programs that prepare teachers for the Special Education (P-12) fields of General Curriculum, Adapted Curriculum, Deaf Education, Physical and Health Disabilities, and Vision Impairment shall meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Literacy Acquisition.
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate an understanding that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(iv) Candidates demonstrate the ability to identify and explain how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(viii) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(ix) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(x) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
2. Application: Methods and Assessment.
(i) Curriculum and Instruction.
(I) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(II) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate instructional approaches and materials that are evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and integrated across literacy domains. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Reading grade-level texts from a variety of genres with greater focus on higher-order skills such as analyzing texts and developing perspective
II. Reading comprehension for text complexity
III. Writing for a range of authentic purposes and genres
IV. Morphology for understanding multisyllabic words
V. Oral and silent reading fluency
VI. Systematically teach the decoding of multisyllabic words
VII. Content area literacy
VIII. Academic vocabulary
IX. Demonstrate skill in integrating literacy into specific disciplinary studies
(ii) Assessment and Evaluation.
(I) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments, including screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments, for gathering evidence on students' language acquisition and literacy development.
(II) Candidates should be familiar with the student support services available in their school or district. These may include reading specialists, writing tutors, or special education services.
(III) Candidates should collaborate with student support service providers to ensure that students receive appropriate services. This may involve sharing information about the student's strengths and weaknesses, providing feedback on interventions, and monitoring the student's progress.
(IV) Teachers should communicate with parents and guardians about their child's reading and writing deficiencies and the steps being taken to address them. This may involve discussing the student's progress, setting goals, and providing resources for parents to use at home.
(g) Programs that prepare teachers for the P-12 fields of Art, Computer Science, Dance, Drama, Engineering and Technology, English to Speakers of Other Languages, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Education, and Music shall meet the following standards.
1. Knowledge: Literacy Acquisition.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate an awareness that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(v) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(viii) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
2. Application: Methods and Assessment.
(i) Curriculum and Instruction.
(I) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(II) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate instructional approaches and materials that are evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and integrated across literacy domains. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Reading grade-level texts from a variety of genres with greater focus on higher-order skills such as analyzing texts and developing perspective
II. Reading comprehension for text complexity
III. Writing for a range of authentic purposes and genres
IV. Morphology for understanding multisyllabic words
V. Oral and silent reading fluency
VI. Systematically teach the decoding of multisyllabic words
VII. Content area literacy
VIII. Academic vocabulary
IX. Demonstrate skill in integrating literacy into specific disciplinary studies
(ii) Assessment and Evaluation.
(I) Candidates should be familiar with the student support services available in their school or district. These may include reading specialists, writing tutors, or special education services.
(II) Candidates should collaborate with student support service providers to ensure that students receive appropriate services. This may involve sharing information about the student's strengths and weaknesses, providing feedback on interventions, and monitoring the student's progress.

Rule 505-3-.04 Reserved

Rule 505-3-.05 Georgia Teacher Academy for Preparation and Pedagogy (GaTAPP)

(1) Purpose. This rule states specific content standards and requirements for approving non-traditional preparation programs designed for the initial preparation of transition teachers and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rules , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS, , EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION, FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, and GaPSC Certification Rules , GEORGIA EDUCATOR CERTIFICATION, , PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE, and , PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATE. This rule also states specific content standards and requirements for approving non-traditional preparation programs that prepare professionally certified teachers to teach any subject in grades P-5. Field-Specific requirements for the Elementary Education Certification-Only Program through GaTAPP (grades P-5) are described at www.gapsc.com FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. This extension to the GaTAPP rule supplements the requirements in GaPSC Rule , ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (P-5) PROGRAM.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Academic Year (AY): Consists of two (2) full semesters, one (1) of which must include the beginning of a school year.
(b) Candidate Support Team (CST): A team of school-based leaders, mentors, Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) supervisors, and content specialists who monitor, assess, and coach candidates using performance assessment data to improve teaching performance in order to improve student learning.
(c) Coaching: Assisting candidates in transferring knowledge, skills, and understandings in the GaTAPP program into professional practice.
(d) Clinical Practice/Field Experiences:
1. Clinical Practice: Candidates are immersed in the learning community and provided opportunities to develop and demonstrate competence in the professional roles for which they are preparing while supported by the Candidate Support Team. The job-embedded, hands-on experiences provide candidates with an intensive and extensive opportunity to be monitored, assessed, and coached. Performance assessment data from these experiences inform the Individualized Induction Plan/ Professional Learning Plan.
2. Field Experiences: Various early and ongoing field-based opportunities, in which candidates may observe, assist, tutor, instruct, and/or conduct research. Field experiences occur outside the candidate's classroom in settings such as schools, community centers, or homeless shelters.
(e) Dispositions: Moral commitments and professional attitudes, values, and beliefs that underlie educator performance and are demonstrated through both verbal and nonverbal behaviors as educators interact with students, families, colleagues, and communities.
(f) Elementary Education Certification-Only Program: A one (1) year supervised program administered through GaTAPP to prepare teachers with Professional teaching certification in any field issued by the GaPSC with the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to teach all subjects in grades P-5. This program requires an induction component that includes coaching and elementary pedagogical and content instruction for one (1) full academic year. This program does not lead to a degree or college credit.
(g) Highly Qualified Status: Although no longer a federal mandate, candidates admitted into GaTAPP programs have a minimum of a bachelor's degree, Georgia Provisional teacher certification, and verified content knowledge in the subjects they teach. Candidates seeking certification in non-core academic teaching fields are not required to meet "highly qualified requirements" and must complete the program to receive an Induction or Professional certificate by the end of the Provisional certificate validity period.
(h) Individual Induction Plan (IIP): A dynamic plan of action to improve candidate performance collaboratively developed by the CST and the candidate based on performance assessment data. The IIP will be used by the mentor/supervisor to coach the candidate in the twenty-four (24) competencies and dispositions delineated in this rule (also known as a Professional Learning Plan).
(i) Induction: A period of time (frequently up to three (3) years) when educators are new to a teaching or leader position or new to the state, a school, or a school district. In GaTAPP, Induction is the first three (3) years when a newly employed classroom teacher must receive mentoring/coaching from the Candidate Support Team.
(j) Non-traditional Preparation: Post-baccalaureate programs designed for individuals who did not prepare as educators during their undergraduate studies. These preparation programs, designed to lead to an Educator Preparation Provider's recommendation for certification but not a degree, often accommodate the schedules of adults and recognize their earlier academic preparation and life experiences.
(k) Regionally Accredited: A process for assessing and enhancing academic and educational quality through voluntary peer review by a regionally accepted accrediting body to ensure the school district is meeting its standards of educational quality.
(l) Special Education Consultative Teacher: A Special Education teacher who works collaboratively with a content area teacher of record in all content and is not responsible for final scores for students. Candidates in the GaTAPP program are required to develop unit and/or lesson plans based on the Georgia state-approved P-12 performance standards in an academic content area(s) of concentration and to implement those plans in the classroom.
(m) Special Education Teacher of Record: A Special Education teacher who is responsible for the curriculum, instruction, assessment, and record maintenance for the P-12 learner in any of the five (5) academic content concentrations, regular or remedial.
(3) General Requirements.
(a) Educator Preparation Provider Requirements.
1. Eligible Program Providers: GaTAPP programs may be proposed by any GaPSC-approved EPP that can verify, through the program approval process, the ability to provide non-traditional preparation that complies with the definition of GaTAPP and to provide programs that meet all requirements and standards delineated in this rule. GaPSC-approved EPPs at local education agencies shall offer GaTAPP only to those candidates employed by that school system.
2. GaTAPP programs shall prepare individuals with the appropriate degree for the certificate sought in a Professional Teaching field issued by the GaPSC. GaTAPP programs have the following characteristics:
(i) Feature a flexible timeframe of one (1) to three (3) years for completion based on candidates' prior experiences and demonstration of proficiency in program competencies and requirements;
(ii) Do not lead to a degree or college credit;
(iii) Are job-embedded allowing candidates to complete non-traditional preparation path requirements while employed by a regionally accredited local unit of administration (school district or private school), a charter school approved by the Georgia State Charter School Commission, a charter school approved by the Georgia Department of Education, in preschools or child care centers licensed by the Georgia Department of Early Care and Learning (DECAL, also known as Bright from the Start), Head Start, or in pre-schools accredited by USDOE or CHEA-accepted accrediting agencies, as a classroom teacher full-time or part-time for at least a half day;
(iv) Require that candidates are supported by a Candidate Support Team (CST);
(v) Require an induction component that includes coaching and induction for a minimum of one (1) academic year and continuing until completion of the program;
(vi) Provide curriculum, performance-based instruction, and assessment focused on the pedagogical knowledge and skills necessary for the candidate to teach his/her validated academic content knowledge;
(vii) Are individualized based on the needs of each candidate with respect to content knowledge, pedagogical skills, and readiness to teach; and
(viii) Use candidate and non-traditional preparation performance data to inform decision-making regarding continuous improvement of candidate performance, program effectiveness, and provider effectiveness in the non-traditional preparation path.
3. Eligible Certification Fields.
(i) Non-traditional preparation paths are available for all teaching fields. FIELD- SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS for GaTAPP fields are found at www.gapsc.com; and
(ii) As the purpose of GaTAPP is to prepare classroom teachers, service, leadership, and endorsement certifications are not available through GaTAPP. See GaPSC Rule 505-3.-76, ALTERNATIVE PREPARATION FOR EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP PROGRAM for information on alternative certification in the field of Educational Leadership, and GaPSC Rule ALTERNATIVE PREPARATION FOR SPEECH-LANGUAGE ASSOCIATE PROGRAM for information on alternative preparation in the Service field of Speech-Language Associate.
(4) Program Approval Requirements.
(a) Annual Reporting and Evaluation Requirements are described in GaPSC Rule , EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDER ANNUAL REPORTING AND EVALUATION.
(b) Program Admission Requirements.
1. Field-specific admission requirements are described at www.gapsc.com FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
2. All admitted candidates shall meet the following requirements:
(i) Hold a minimum of a bachelor's degree from a GaPSC accepted, accredited institution of higher education; See FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS at www.gapsc.com for the CTAE exception;
(ii) Have verification of passing the Georgia Educator Ethics Assessment;
(iii) Never held a professional teaching certificate in Georgia or any other state or any country; See FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS at www.gapsc.com for the Elementary Education Certification-Only Program exception;
(iv) Hold a valid Georgia Provisional teaching certificate, or Permit, or Waiver Certificate. Candidates accepted into the Elementary Education Certification-Only program must hold a valid Non-Renewable Professional Certificate in Elementary Education as requested by the employing LUA;
(v) Employed by a regionally accredited local unit of administration (school district or private school), a charter school approved by the Georgia State Charter School Commission, or a charter school approved by the Georgia Department of Education, in pre-schools or child care centers licensed by the Georgia Department of Early Care and Learning (DECAL, also known as Bright from the Start), Head Start, or in pre-schools accredited by USDOE or CHEA-accepted accrediting agencies, as full-time teachers or as part-time teachers who teach at least a half day;
(vi) Provide evidence of subject matter competence in the subjects they teach;
(vii) Have a teaching assignment that is appropriate for the field listed on the Georgia teaching certificate; and
(viii) Upon admission, have an Individualized Induction Plan (IIP)/ Professional Learning Plan.
(c) Supervision of Candidate Performance: GaPSC approved EPPs shall provide supervision and assessment of the candidate's performance and coordinate results with observations and assessments by the other CST members.
(d) Assessment of Candidate Performance: GaPSC approved GaTAPP EPPs shall utilize common state-approved assessments and multiple program EPP specific assessments to make decisions regarding candidate program status.
(e) Candidate Support Team (CST): For a minimum of one (1) academic year and continuing throughout the program, all candidates must receive intensive support through a CST meeting the following requirements:
1. Team Composition: all CSTs must be comprised of:
(i) A school-based administrator;
(ii) A GaPSC certified school-based mentor or teaching coach;
(iii) A supervisor employed by the EPP; and
(iv) If not represented by one of the previously described team members, a content specialist who holds certification and expertise in the candidate's teaching field.
2. Team Member Criteria: CST members must hold valid teaching certificates at either the Professional, Lead Professional, or Advanced Professional level and must demonstrate effective teaching performance on the appropriate state or local evaluation system. Educators holding valid Life, Service, or Leadership certificates may serve on CSTs as long as a teaching field certificate is also held or was previously held.
3. Training: Coaches/Mentors and Supervisors of the CST shall be trained in the knowledge, skills, and dispositions that meet the standards and requirements delineated in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule , TEACHER SUPPORT AND COACHING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM or , COACHING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM. School-based administrators receive an orientation regarding program expectations linking the leadership practices to the program.
(f) Serving Professionally Certified Educators: To receive approval to offer a non-traditional path for Professionally certified educators to earn certification in Elementary Education, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider must ensure candidates meet the field-specific content requirements in Rule , ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (P-5) PROGRAM. This extension of the initial teacher preparation program features a one-year (minimum) supervised program for completion based on individualized performance assessment data and does not lead to a degree or college credit.
(5) Candidate Performance Requirements.
(a) Prior to program completion and through the use of performance-based assessments, candidates must demonstrate proficiency in the following professional dispositions:
1. The candidate demonstrates an appreciation of all students, the staff, and the community and capitalizes on their differences;
2. Candidate/student interactions and student/student interactions are friendly, warm, caring, polite, respectful, and developmentally and culturally appropriate;
3. The candidate establishes a culture of learning where students are committed to the value of the subject, accept the candidate's high expectations, and take pride in quality work and conduct;
4. The candidate responds appropriately, respectfully, and successfully to student behavior;
5. The candidate's directions, procedures, and oral and written language are communicated clearly and accurately;
6. The candidate demonstrates flexibility and responsiveness by adjusting lessons, responding to students, and being persistent;
7. The candidate maintains accurate, complete records of student assignments and learning and of non-instructional activities;
8. The candidate frequently and successfully provides instructional information and student progress information to parents and engages families in the school program;
9. The candidate is supportive of and cooperative with colleagues and volunteers and makes substantial contributions to school and district projects;
10. The candidate actively seeks professional development to enhance content and pedagogical skills and actively assists other educators;
11. The candidate proactively serves all students, challenges negative attitudes, and takes a leadership role in high quality decision-making; and
12. The candidate understands and actively participates in the school's School Improvement process.
(b) Prior to program completion and through the use of performance-based assessments, candidates must demonstrate proficiency in the following professional competencies:
1. Planning and Preparation.
(i) The teacher demonstrates solid knowledge of content structure of the discipline, of connections and prerequisite relationships, of content-related pedagogy and of connections with technology;
(ii) The teacher demonstrates a working knowledge of age-group characteristics, of different students' approaches to learning, of students' skills and knowledge levels and language proficiency, and of students' interests and cultural heritage, and knowledge of students' special needs;
(iii) The teacher demonstrates an appreciation of all students, the staff, and the community and capitalizes on their differences;
(iv) The teacher selects instructional goals that are valuable, sequential, clear, aligned with state and national standards, suitable for all students, and balanced among types of learning;
(v) The teacher actively seeks and utilizes varied instructional materials and community resources, including technology, to extend content knowledge, pedagogy, and student learning;
(vi) The teacher's instructional plans are coherent and structured in that learning activities (learning units and lessons), resources, groupings, and time allocations are varied and suitable to the developmental level of the students, to individual students, and to the instructional goals; and
(vii) The teacher utilizes varied assessment methods, including those through technology, that are congruent with the instructional goals for student learning; students' understanding of the criteria and standards; and the teacher designs and utilizes formative results to plan for and differentiate instruction.
2. The Classroom Environment.
(i) Teacher/student interactions and student/student interactions are friendly, warm, caring, polite, respectful, and developmentally and culturally appropriate;
(ii) The teacher establishes a culture of learning where students are committed to the value of the subject, accept the teacher's high expectations, and take pride in quality work and conduct;
(iii) The teacher effectively manages instructional groups, transitions, materials, supplies, non-instructional duties, and supervision of volunteers and paraprofessionals;
(iv) The teacher makes standards of conduct clear, is consistently alert to student behavior, and responds appropriately, respectfully, and successfully to student behavior; and
(v) The teacher arranges the classroom and organizes physical space and materials skillfully, resourcefully, and with safety and accessibility components in place.
3. Instruction.
(i) The teacher's expectations for student learning and classroom procedures are clearly articulated in directions, and both oral language and written language are communicated clearly and accurately modeling standard grammar;
(ii) The teacher's questions and discussion techniques are of high quality and engage all students;
(iii) The teacher utilizes engaging and varied representations of content, instructional strategies, assessment techniques, activities, assignments, technology, grouping configurations, materials and resources, structure and pacing;
(iv) The teacher develops relevant assessment criteria, monitors student learning, and gives meaningful and timely feedback to students and teaches students to self-assess and monitor their own progress;
(v) The teacher demonstrates flexibility and responsiveness by adjusting lessons, responding to students' needs, and being persistent in searches for varied approaches for students who have difficulty learning; and
(vi) The teacher accurately assesses lessons' effectiveness and demonstrates an understanding of how to modify subsequent lessons.
4. Professional Responsibilities.
(i) The teacher maintains accurate, complete records of student assignments and learning and of non-instructional activities;
(ii) The teacher frequently and successfully provides instructional information and student progress information to parents and engages families in the instructional non-traditional preparation path;
(iii) The teacher is supportive of and cooperative with colleagues, is involved in a culture of professional inquiry, and makes substantial contributions to school and district projects;
(iv) The teacher actively seeks professional development to enhance content, pedagogical skills and dispositions, accepts feedback from colleagues, and actively assists other educators;
(v) The teacher demonstrates integrity and ethical conduct; and
(vi) The teacher proactively serves all students, challenges negative attitudes, takes a leadership role in high quality decision-making, and understands and actively participates in the school's School Improvement process.
(c) The GaPSC-approved provider shall assure that all non-traditional preparation path participants meet the applicable standards for each field of certification as specified in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, and meet the twenty-four (24) competencies at the proficient level by path completion, by providing preparation (curriculum, instruction, and assessment) in the following pedagogical content standards:
1. Essential Preparation.
(i) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions in unpacking state and/or national standards for the purpose of teaching all students in the content field in which the candidate is seeking Professional Certification;
(ii) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary in developing pre- and post- assessments that are aligned with state and/or national content standards that clearly demonstrate the students' knowledge and skills as delineated in the state and/or national standards requirements; and
(iii) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to establish benchmarks for monitoring student progress toward meeting state/national content standards.
2. Evidence.
(i) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions in planning, implementing, and using multiple assessments to determine the level of student learning based on the academic content standards of the teaching field to include the:
(I) Development of various types of assessments;
(II) Development of scoring guides for the assessments;
(III) Analysis of student work to assess achievement and gains; and
(IV) Analysis of assessment data to determine instruction to meet individual student needs.
3. Engagement.
(i) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions of planning, implementing, and assessing classroom instruction engaging all students in active learning to include the:
(I) Establishment of a standards-based classroom;
(II) Use of research-based exemplary practices;
(III) Use of activating strategies;
(IV) Use of cognitive strategies;
(V) Use of summarizing strategies;
(VI) Use of questioning strategies;
(VII) Use of Bloom's Taxonomy;
(VIII) Use of cooperative learning strategies;
(IX) Demonstration of the understanding of relationship between engagement and achievement;
(X) Demonstration of the understanding of how to align research-based strategies with Georgia Standards of Excellence;
(XI) Demonstration of the understanding of the role of effective questioning and critical thinking;
(XII) Demonstration of the skills to create acquisition and extending/refining lessons based on research-based strategies;
(XIII) Demonstration of the understanding of how to use strategies and graphic organizers to increase engagement;
(XIV) Demonstration of the understanding of how to write content questions according to Bloom's Taxonomy; and
(XV) Demonstration of the understanding of how to differentiate instruction by content and by learner.
4. Environment.
(i) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions to develop and implement effective classroom management plans that include the:
(I) Appropriate arrangement of classroom that supports student learning; and
(II) Planning and implementation of strategies that produce a learning environment that provides the best opportunity for student learning.
5. Ethics.
(i) The non-traditional preparation path shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to model ethical practices of the education profession. (GaPSC Rule , THE CODE OF ETHICS FOR EDUCATORS).
(d) Program Completion Requirements. Non-traditional EPPs shall require candidates to:
1. Obtain a passing score on the state-approved content assessment in the field of certification sought, unless a passing score is required for program admission in that field (see www.gapsc.com FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS);
2. Obtain a passing score on the state-approved literacy assessment aligned with the field of certification sought.
3. Meet the twelve (12) dispositions, twenty-four (24) competencies, and pedagogical content standards delineated in this rule;
4. Complete an Individual Induction Plan (IIP)/Professional Learning Plan that includes the requirements described in paragraph (2) (h);
5. Meet all of the elements in Standard 6: Requirements and Standards of the Georgia Standards for the Approval of Educator Preparation Providers and Educator Preparation Programs (Georgia Standards); and
6. Meet individual requirements resulting from the analysis of candidate assessment data.
(6) Field-Specific Requirements. To receive approval to offer non-traditional paths to Professional teacher certification in eligible fields, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider must ensure candidates meet all FIELD-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS found at www.gapsc.com.
(7) Field-Specific Exemptions for the Elementary Education Certification-Only Program Through GaTAPP. Since candidates in this program have completed an initial teacher preparation program, they are exempt from the Georgia Educator Ethics Assessment.
(8) Military Exemption for Assessment Requirements. Military retirees or spouses of active-duty military personnel who enter a GaTAPP program without a related degree in the field of certification sought must attempt the content assessment by the end of the first semester in the program and must pass the assessment by the end of the first year.

Rule 505-3-.06 Pedagogy-Only Program

(1) Purpose. This rule specifies the requirements and standards required for approval of initial educator preparation programs offered at the post-baccalaureate level that prepare individuals with the pedagogical knowledge and skills necessary to teach in a field in which they have demonstrated content expertise. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS, and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Eligible Fields. Pedagogy-Only Programs are authorized to prepare individuals for initial certification in the Teaching (T) fields of: Middle Grades (4-8) language arts, mathematics, science, and social science; all Secondary (6-12) fields; and the P-12 fields of Art Education, Computer Science, Dance Education, Drama Education, Engineering and Technology Education, English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) Education, World Languages Education, Health and Physical Education, and Music Education. Excluded from eligibility are the fields of Birth Through Kindergarten, Elementary Education, Middle Grades reading, Reading Education, and all Special Education programs (Rules through ).
(3) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, syllabi, and key assessments addressing the Georgia Teacher Assessment on Performance Standards (TAPS), listed below, published by the Georgia Department of Education.
1. Professional Knowledge. The provider ensures candidates demonstrate an understanding of the curriculum, subject content, pedagogical knowledge, learner development, and the needs of students by providing relevant learning experiences.
2. Instructional Planning. The provider ensures candidates plan for instruction using their understanding of learner development, state and local school district curricula and standards, effective strategies, resources, and data to address the differentiated needs of all students.
3. Instructional Strategies. The provider ensures candidates promote student learning by using research-based instructional strategies relevant to the content to engage students in active learning and to facilitate the students' acquisition of key knowledge and skills. The provider ensures candidates model and apply national or state approved technology standards to engage and improve learning for all students.
4. Differentiated Instruction. The provider ensures that candidates are able to apply critical concepts and principles of P-12 student growth and development. The provider ensures candidates challenge and support each student's learning by providing appropriate content and developing skills which address individual learning differences.
5. Assessment Strategies. The provider ensures candidates systematically choose a variety of diagnostic, formative, and summative assessment strategies and instruments that are valid and appropriate for the content and student population.
6. Assessment Uses. The provider ensures candidates systematically gather, analyze, and use relevant data to measure student progress, to inform instructional content and delivery methods, and to provide timely and constructive feedback to both students and families.
7. Positive Learning Environment. The provider ensures candidates provide a well-managed, safe, and orderly environment that is conducive to learning and encourages respect for all.
8. Academically Challenging Environment. The provider ensures candidates create a student-centered, academic environment in which teaching and learning occur at high levels and students are self-directed learners.
9. Professionalism. The provider ensures candidates exhibit a commitment to professional ethics and the school's mission, participate in professional growth opportunities to support student learning, and contribute to the profession.
10. Communication. The provider ensures candidates communicate effectively with students, families, district and school personnel, and other stakeholders in ways that enhance student learning.
(b) Program Admission Requirements.
1. In addition to meeting all program admission requirements specified in Rule , candidates must meet prior to enrollment the following requirements:
(i) Candidates must hold a minimum of a bachelor's degree from a GaPSC-accepted, accredited institution of higher education; and
(ii) Candidates must provide evidence of expertise in the content of the field of certification sought. This can be accomplished through one of three options:
(I) A major in the field of certification sought earned in conjunction with a bachelor's or higher degree from a GaPSC-accepted, accredited institution of higher education, or
(II) A passing score on the Georgia state-approved content assessment in the field of certification sought, or
(III) Evidence of successful completion of a specified number of semester hours of content area coursework earned in conjunction with a bachelor's or higher degree or through additional coursework from a GaPSC-accepted, accredited institution of higher education. The number of semester hours of content area coursework required for secondary (6-12) and P-12 fields is twenty-one (21) semester hours; and for Middle Grades (4-8) fields, fifteen (15) semester hours of coursework is required in one of the content areas of language arts, math, science, or social science.
(c) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the applicable standards for the teaching of reading for the field of certification sought, as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(d) Program Completion Requirements. Prior to completion, candidates must meet all program completion requirements specified in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS, with one exception; candidates seeking Middle Grades certification through the pedagogy-only program are required to attempt the state-approved content assessment in only one content field.

Rule 505-3-.07 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.08 Repealed

Rule 505-3-.09 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.10 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.11 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.12 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.13 Birth Through Kindergarten Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to work with and teach children with unique learning needs from birth through kindergarten and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards and requirements delineated below for initial early childhood professional preparation programs, as well as the applicable standards delineated in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE. The standards are adapted from standards published in 2019 by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) and the standards published in 2017 by the Council for Exceptional Children- Initial Specialty Set in Early Childhood and cross-walked with the Early Intervention/Early Childhood Special Educator national standards developed by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Child Development and Learning in Context and Individual Learning Differences: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates are grounded in an understanding of the developmental period of early childhood from birth through kindergarten across developmental domains. They understand each child as an individual with unique developmental variations. They understand that all children develop within relationships; that learning is constructed by adults and children together; and that learning occurs within the context of families, languages, communities, and society. Candidates use this multidimensional knowledge to make evidence-based decisions to carry out their responsibilities. They understand how exceptionalities may interact with development and learning, and use this knowledge to provide meaningful and challenging learning experiences for children with unique learning needs. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know and understand early childhood development based on:
(I) Knowledge of developmental theories, coursework, and observation across domains and areas such as physical, cognitive, and linguistic; and
(II) Understanding variability in early development of young children with unique learning needs, such as children with disabilities or children who are bilingual, and the impacts of variability on development and learning.
(ii) Candidates know and understand the biological and environmental factors, both social and physical, that affect pre-, peri-, and postnatal development and learning;
(iii) Candidates know, understand, and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, agencies, strengths, interests, challenges, approaches to learning, experiences and abilities;
(iv) Candidates know and understand the impact of medical conditions and related care on development and learning, as well as on family concerns, resources, and priorities;
(v) Candidates know and understand the ways that development and the learning process for children with unique learning needs occur within multiple contexts, including family, language, and community as well as within a larger societal context of structural inequities; and
(vi) Candidates use multidimensional knowledge of early development (including developmental period of early childhood; etiology, characteristics, and classification of common disabilities in infants and young children; and individual child, development and learning) to make evidence-based decisions that support each child.
2. Family and Community Partnerships: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that successful early childhood education depends upon partnerships with young children's families. They know about, understand, and value the importance of family and community characteristics. They use this understanding to create respectful and linguistically responsive, reciprocal relationships and to engage as partners with families in young children's development and learning. They use community resources to support young children's learning and development and to support families as they also support partnerships with early learning settings, schools and community organizations and agencies. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know about, understand, and value the differences among families and communities;
(ii) Candidates engage as partners with families in young children's development, and learn through respectful and reciprocal relationships;
(iii) Candidates use community resources to support families and young children, as well as work to support the community; and
(iv) Candidates partner with families and other professionals to develop individualized plans and support the various transitions that occur for the young child and their family throughout the birth through kindergarten.
3. Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that the primary purpose of assessment (formal and informal, formative and summative) is to inform instruction and planning for children with unique learning needs in early learning settings. They understand that child observation, documentation, and other forms of assessment are central to the practice of all early childhood professionals. They know how to use observation, documentation, and other appropriate assessment approaches and technically sound tools that minimize discrepancies, and use knowledge of measurement principles and practices to interpret assessment results and guide educational decisions for individuals with unique learning needs. They are responsible and ethical in their use of assessment and assessment results. In partnership with families and professional colleagues, they document individual children's progress, and plan learning experiences that promote positive outcomes for each child. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand that assessment (formal and informal, formative and summative) is conducted to make informed choices and for planning in early learning settings;
(ii) Candidates know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools;
(iii) Candidates align assessment with curriculum; content standards; and local, state, and federal regulations;
(iv) Candidates practice assessment that is ethically and legally grounded and developmentally and linguistically appropriate to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child;
(v) Candidates build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues, including, assisting families in identifying their concerns, resources, and priorities, and integrating family priorities and concerns in the assessment process;
(vi) Candidates assess progress in the five developmental domains, play, and temperament using a variety of materials and contexts to maintain the interests of young children and the assessment process; and
(vii) Candidates emphasize the child's strengths and needs in assessment reports that focus on functional concerns, and participate as a team member to integrate assessment results in the development and implementation of individualized plans.
4. Learning Environments: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates create safe, developmentally responsive learning environments, so that children with unique learning needs become active and effective learners and develop emotional well-being, positive social interactions, and self-determination. They collaborate with other colleagues to create safe learning environments to engage all children in meaningful learning activities and social interactions. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates use motivational and instructional interventions to teach children with unique learning needs how to adapt to different environments. They know how to intervene safely and appropriately with all children. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates select, develop, and evaluate developmentally responsive and functionally appropriate materials, equipment, and environments;
(ii) Candidates organize space, time, materials, peers, and adults to maximize progress in natural and structured environments;
(iii) Candidates embed learning opportunities in everyday routines, relationships, activities, and places;
(iv) Candidates structure social environments, using peer models and proximity, and responsive adults, to promote interactions among peers, parents, and caregivers;
(v) Candidates provide a stimulus-rich indoor and outdoor environment that employs materials, media, and adaptive and assistive technology responsive to individual differences;
(vi) Candidates implement basic health, nutrition, and safety management procedures for infants and young children; and
(vii) Candidates use evaluation procedures and recommend referral with ongoing follow-up to community health and social services.
5. Developmentally and Linguistically Responsive Teaching Strategies: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that teaching and learning with young children is a complex enterprise, and its details vary depending on children's ages, characteristics, and the settings within which teaching and learning occur. They understand and use positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation for their work with young children. They are able to differentiate instruction for individual children and for groups. They use a broad repertoire of developmentally responsive and linguistically relevant, and evidence-based teaching approaches that reflect universal design for learning principles. They understand the importance of play and inquiry in young children's learning and development, and how to support play in early education. They develop and sustain reflective, responsive and intentional practice. They use technologies to support instructional assessment, planning, and delivery for children with unique learning needs, and are familiar with augmentative and alternative communication systems and a variety of assistive technologies to support the communication and learning of children with disabilities. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates use strategies to enhance language development and communication skills of children with unique learning needs. They develop and implement a variety of education and transition plans across a wide range of settings and different learning experiences in collaboration with individuals, families and teams, and teach to mastery and promote generalization of learning. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators' work with young children, and understand how to support child-initiated development and learning in classroom and home settings;
(ii) Candidates understand that the science of learning and child development indicates the need for distinct teaching skills and strategies appropriate to early childhood (such as teacher-scaffolded and -initiated instruction to complement child-initiated learning), along with differentiated instruction to support children's individual needs, including those of bilingual children and children with developmental delays or disabilities;
(iii) Candidates use a broad repertoire of developmentally responsive and linguistically relevant, and evidence-based and evidence-informed teaching skills and strategies that reflect universal design for learning principles;
(iv) Candidates develop and sustain reflective, responsive, and intentional practice;
(v) Candidates link development, learning experiences, and instruction to promote educational transitions, implementing processes and strategies that support transitions, and assisting the family in planning for transition; and
(vi) Candidates design intervention strategies incorporating information from multiple sources and supportive of children's independent functioning in natural environments.
6. Content Knowledge in Early Childhood Curriculum: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates have and apply a solid understanding of the content of the academic disciplines. They understand content knowledge about the central concepts, methods, inquiry and application tools, and structures in each academic discipline. They understand pedagogical content knowledge about how young children learn and process information in each discipline including the learning trajectories for each discipline. They apply this knowledge in using early learning standards and other resources to make decisions about spontaneous and planned teaching practices, and about curriculum development, implementation, and evaluation that will be stimulating, challenging, and meaningful to each child. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand the central concepts, structures of the discipline, and tools of inquiry of the content areas they teach and can organize this knowledge, integrate cross-disciplinary skills, and develop meaningful learning progressions for children with unique learning needs. They understand and use general and specialized content knowledge for teaching across curricular content areas to individualize learning for children with unique learning needs and can modify general and specialized curricula to make them accessible to all children. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand content knowledge and resources, including the central concepts, methods, inquiry and application tools, and structures of the academic disciplines in an early education curriculum;
(ii) Candidates understand pedagogical content knowledge regarding how young children with unique learning needs learn in each discipline, and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 (e.g., universal design for learning, embedded and differentiated instruction) to support young children's learning in each content area;
(iii) Candidates apply, expand, integrate, and update their content knowledge in the disciplines, knowledge of curriculum content resources, and pedagogical content knowledge to their teaching practice;
(iv) Candidates apply current research to the five developmental domains, play, temperament, and address challenging behavior in learning situations; and
(v) Candidates plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate curricula, instruction, and adaptations based on knowledge of individual children, the family, and the community.
7. Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates identify and conduct themselves as members of the early childhood profession and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the early childhood profession. They know and use ethical guidelines and other early childhood professional guidelines. They are continuous, collaborative learners who demonstrate knowledgeable, reflective, and critical perspectives on early childhood education to inform their practice. They have strong communication skills that effectively support their relationships and work with young children, families and colleagues. They understand that differences are a part of families and schools, and that complex human issues can interact with the delivery of special education services. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates on behalf of infants and young children and their families, including awareness of trends and issues (legal, ethical, policy) in early childhood education, early childhood special education, and early intervention. This includes participation in activities of professional organizations relevant to early childhood education, early childhood special education, and early intervention;
(ii) Candidates know about the historical, philosophical foundations and legal basis of services for infants and young children with and without disabilities, and know about and uphold ethical standards and other early childhood professional guidelines (e.g., recognizing signs of emotional distress, neglect, and abuse; following reporting procedures; and implementing family services consistent with due process safeguards);
(iii) Candidates engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice;
(iv) Candidates integrate knowledgeable and critical perspectives on early childhood education and develop the habit of intentional, reflective practice, including, applying evidence-based and Council for Exceptional Children Division for Early Childhood recommended practices for infants and young children including those from a variety of backgrounds;
(v) Candidates use strong communication skills to effectively support young children's learning and development and work with families and colleagues, including integrating family systems theories into practice; and respecting families' choices and goals; and
(vi) Candidates advocate for professional status and working conditions for those who serve infants and young children, and their families.
8. Collaboration: Birth Through Kindergarten candidates collaborate with families, other educators, related service providers, individuals with exceptionalities, and personnel from community agencies in responsive ways to address the needs of all children across a range of learning experiences. They use the theory and elements of effective collaboration, serve as a collaborative resource to colleagues, and use collaboration to promote the well-being of all children across a wide range of settings and collaborators. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know and apply models and strategies of consultation and collaboration, and the roles of families, school and community personnel in planning individualized programs;
(ii) Candidates understand the concerns of families of children with disabilities and strategies to help address these concerns;
(iii) Candidates know responsive factors that promote effective communication and collaboration among families, school personnel, and community members;
(iv) Candidates understand the structures supporting inter-agency collaboration, including interagency agreements, referral, and consultation;
(v) Candidates collaborate with caregivers, professionals, and agencies to support children's development and learning, including involving families in evaluation of services;
(vi) Candidates implement family-oriented services based on the family's identified resources, priorities, and concerns; and
(vii) Candidates provide consultation and coaching in settings serving infants and young children, including use of adult learning principles when consulting with and coaching family members and service providers.
9. Teaching of Reading, Literacy, and Language: The program shall prepare candidates to meet the Birth Through Kindergarten standards specified in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
10. Birth Through Kindergarten Field Experiences: Field experiences and clinical practice are planned and sequenced so that Birth Through Kindergarten candidates develop the knowledge, skills, and professional dispositions necessary to promote the development and learning of young children across the entire developmental period of birth through kindergarten. Field experiences must occur in all three age groups (0 - 2, 3 - 4, and 5) and in at least two early childhood education program settings. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates observe and participate under the supervision of qualified professionals in a variety of settings, including Pre-K, K, licensed childcare programs, Head Start, preschool special education, and grade levels in which children are served according to the Birth Through Kindergarten program grade bands;
(ii) Candidates work effectively over time with children of a variety of ages, with children with varied abilities, and with children reflecting a variety of family systems;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate ability to work effectively during full-time supervised residency and field experiences in at least two different settings, serving children of three different groups (infant/toddler: Birth-2 years; preschool/pre-k: 3-4 years, and Kindergarten: 5 years) and with varying abilities; and
(iv) Candidates analyze and evaluate field experiences, including supervised experiences working with parents, and supervised experiences working with interdisciplinary teams of professionals.

Rule 505-3-.14 Elementary Education (P-5) Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach any subject in grades P-5 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the standards and requirements delineated below. The standards are adapted from the standards published in 2019 by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC), the standards published in 2018 by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP), and the standards published in 2007 by the Association for Childhood Education International (ACEI). A guidance document accompanying this rule provides supporting explanations for the scope and focus of each standard.
(b) The program shall prepare elementary education professionals to meet the following indicators based on content standards published by the Association for Childhood Education International (2007):
1. Reading, Writing, and Oral Language: Candidates demonstrate a high level of competence in the use of English language arts and they know, understand, and use concepts from reading, language and child development, to teach reading, writing, speaking, viewing, listening, and thinking skills and to help students successfully apply their developing skills to many different situations, materials, and ideas;
2. Science: Candidates know, understand, and use fundamental concepts of physical, life, and earth/space sciences. Candidates can design and implement age-appropriate inquiry lessons to teach science, to build student understanding for personal and social applications, and to convey the nature of science;
3. Mathematics: Candidates know, understand, and use the major concepts and procedures that define number and operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, and data analysis. In doing so they consistently engage problem solving, reasoning and proof, communication, connections, and representation;
4. Social Studies: Candidates know, understand, and use the major concepts and modes of inquiry from the social studies, the integrated study of history, geography, the social sciences, and other related areas, to promote elementary students' abilities to make informed decisions as citizens of a democratic society and interdependent world;
5. The Arts: Candidates know, understand, and use, as appropriate to their own understanding and skills, the content, functions, and achievements of the performing arts (dance, music, theater) and the visual arts as primary media for communication, inquiry, and engagement among elementary students;
6. Health Education: Candidates know, understand, and use the major concepts in the subject matter of health education to create opportunities for student development and practice of skills that contribute to good health; and
7. Physical Education: Candidates know, understand, and use, as appropriate to their own understanding and skills, human movement and physical activity as central elements to foster active, healthy life styles and enhanced quality of life for elementary students.
(c) The program shall prepare elementary education professionals to meet the following pedagogical standards adapted from the standards published in 2019 by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) and the standards published in 2018 by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
1. Understanding and Addressing Each Child's Developmental and Learning Needs: Candidates use their understanding of child growth and development, individual differences, and different families, and communities to plan and implement learning environments that provide each child with access to high quality learning experiences that engage and create learning opportunities for them to meet high standards. They work collaboratively with families to gain a holistic perspective on children's strengths and needs and how to motivate their learning.
(i) Candidates use their understanding of how children grow, develop and learn to plan and implement developmentally appropriate and challenging learning experiences within environments that take into account the individual strengths and needs of children across early learning centers, elementary classrooms, and digital learning environments.
2. Working with Families and Communities: Candidates use their understanding of individual differences and different families, and communities to plan and implement learning experiences and environments that build on children's strengths and address their individual needs across early learning centers, elementary classrooms, and digital learning environments.
(i) Candidates work respectfully and reciprocally with families to gain insight into each child in order to maximize his/her development, learning and motivation across early learning centers, elementary classrooms, and digital learning environments.
(ii) Candidates get to know the unique contexts of children and families to appropriately plan and program experiences.
(iii) Candidates work to respectfully and reciprocally work with families to gain insight into each child in order to maximize development, learning, and motivation.
(iv) Candidates communicate with families in ways which foster respect, partnerships, and engagement.
3. Understanding and Applying Content and Curricular Knowledge for Teaching: To support a coherent curriculum, candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major concepts, skills, and practices, as they interpret disciplinary curricular standards and related expectations within and across language and literacy, mathematics, science, social studies, approaches to learning, and social emotional learning. Candidates know the essential concepts, inquiry tools, and structure of content areas, including all academic subjects, and can identify resources to deepen their learning. Candidates know how particular content topics and expectations are connected to each other throughout the early learning (Preschool-Kindergarten), primary (1-3), and intermediate (4-5) grades. Candidates demonstrate understandings related to learning, curricular practices and standards, the academic language of the disciplines, and assessment as they consider within and across grade level progressions. Candidates include digital learning opportunities within and across the core disciplines, including the knowledge base and practices of other content areas of fine and performing arts, and physical education.
(i) Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of the elements of language and literacy critical for purposeful oral, print, and digital communication.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, algorithms, procedures, applications and mathematical practices in varied contexts, and connections within and among mathematical domains.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings and integration of the three dimensions of science and engineering practices, cross-cutting concepts, and major disciplinary core ideas, within the major content areas of science.
(iv) Candidates demonstrate understandings, capabilities, and practices associated with the central concepts and tools in Civics, Economics, Geography, and History, within a framework of informed inquiry.
(v) Candidates demonstrate understanding, capabilities, and practices associated with approaches to learning such as initiative and exploration, attentiveness and persistence, and play for young learners.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings and integration of social emotional development and learning including self-awareness, self-management, responsible decision making, relationship skills, and social awareness.
4. Assessing, Planning, and Designing Contexts for Learning: Candidates assess students, plan instruction, and design classroom contexts for learning. Candidates use developmentally appropriate formative and summative assessment to monitor students' learning and guide instruction. Candidates plan learning activities to promote a full range of competencies for each student. They differentiate instructional materials and activities to address learner differences. Candidates foster engagement in learning by establishing and maintaining social norms for classrooms. Candidates build interpersonal relationships with students that generate motivation, and promote students' social and emotional development.
(i) Candidates use content knowledge, appropriate content standards, and other resources to design, implement, and evaluate developmentally meaningful and challenging curriculum for each child.
(ii) Candidates administer formative and summative assessments regularly to determine students' competencies and learning needs.
(iii) Candidates use assessment results to improve instruction and monitor learning.
(iv) Candidates plan instruction including goals, materials, learning activities, and assessments.
(v) Candidates differentiate instructional plans to meet the unique needs of each students in the classroom.
(vi) Candidates demonstrate competency in a variety of assessment techniques and tools for young children including observation, work samples, and screening.
(vii) Candidates demonstrate the ability to assess learning and development through play for young learners.
5. Guidance, Classroom Management and Challenging Behaviors: Candidates explicitly support motivation and engagement in learning through a variety of evidence-based practices.
(i) Candidates implement developmentally appropriate positive direct guidance practices with young children.
(ii) Candidates utilize developmentally appropriate indirect guidance strategies to foster positive and healthy relationships with young children.
(iii) Candidates manage the classroom by establishing and maintaining social norms and developmentally appropriate behavioral expectations.
(iv) Candidates understand how to manage challenging behaviors using developmentally appropriate evidence based practices.
(v) Candidates use developmentally appropriate strategies to promote classroom community and prosocial skills.
6. Supporting Each Child's Learning Using Effective Instruction: Candidates make informed decisions about instruction guided by knowledge of children and assessment of children's learning that result in the use of a variety of effective instructional practices and modalities that employ print and digital appropriate resources. Instruction is delivered using a cohesive sequence of lessons and employing effective instructional practices. Candidates use explicit instruction and effective feedback as appropriate, and use whole class discussions to support and enhance children's learning. Candidates use flexible grouping arrangements, including small group and individual instruction to support effective instruction and improved learning for every child.
(i) Candidates use a variety of instructional practices that support the learning of every child.
(ii) Candidates teach a cohesive sequence of lessons to ensure sequential and developmentally appropriate learning opportunities for each child.
(iii) Candidates explicitly teach concepts, strategies, and skills, as developmentally appropriate, to guide learners as they think about and learn academic content.
(iv) Candidates provide constructive feedback to guide children's learning, increase motivation, and improve student engagement.
(v) Candidates lead whole class discussions to investigate specific content, strategies, or skills, and ensure the participation of every child in the classroom.
(vi) Candidates effectively organize and manage small group instruction to provide more focused, intensive instruction and differentiate teaching to meet the learning needs of each child.
(vii) Candidates effectively organize and manage individual instruction to provide targeted, focused, intensive instruction that improves or enhances each child's learning.
(viii) Candidates teach concepts and support development through child selected play utilizing developmentally appropriate strategies for young leaners.
7. Developing as a Professional: Candidates promote learning and development of every child through participation in collaborative learning environments, reflective self-study and professional learning, and involvement in their professional community.
(i) Candidates work collaboratively with colleagues, mentors, and other school personnel to work toward common goals that directly influence every learner's development and growth.
(ii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; professional standards, research and contemporary practices; and standards of ethical professional practice.
(iii) Candidates participate in peer and professional learning communities to enhance student learning.
8. Teaching of Reading: The program shall prepare elementary education professionals to meet the Elementary Education (P-5) standards specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(d) The program shall assure field experiences and clinical practice are planned and sequenced so that candidates develop the knowledge, skills, and professional dispositions necessary to promote the development and learning of pre-Kindergarten through fifth grade children in all three age groups (PK-K, 1-3, and 4-5), and in a variety of settings that offer elementary education. The indicators are as follows:
1. Observe and participate under supervision of qualified professionals in a variety of settings and grade levels in which children are served (such as public and private settings, centers, schools, and community agencies);
2. Work effectively over time with P-5 students with varying abilities from a variety of family systems;
3. Demonstrate ability to work effectively during full-time supervised residency (student teaching) and/or practica experiences in at least two different settings, serving children of three different age groups (PK-K, 1-3, and 4-5) and with varying abilities; and
4. Analyze and evaluate field experiences, including supervised experiences working with parents, and supervised experiences working with interdisciplinary teams of professionals.

Rule 505-3-.15 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.16 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.17 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.18 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.19 Middle Grades Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach Middle Grades, grades 4-8, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements. To receive approval, GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the standards delineated below.
(a) Middle Level Teacher Preparation Standards. The program shall prepare candidates who meet the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Association for Middle Level Education (AMLE) for Middle Level Teacher Preparation (2022).
1. Middle Level Philosophy and School Organization. Middle level teacher candidates understand the major concepts, principles, theories, and research underlying the philosophical foundations of developmentally responsive middle level programs and schools, and they work successfully within middle level organizational components as indicated by the following:
(i) Middle Level Philosophical Foundations: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate an understanding of the philosophical foundations of developmentally responsive middle level programs and schools.
(ii) Middle Level Organization and Practices: Middle level teacher candidates use their knowledge of the effective components of middle level programs and schools to foster fair educational practices and to enhance learning for all students. They demonstrate their ability to apply this knowledge and to function successfully, regardless of grade configurations (e.g., grades K-8, 6-8, 7-12). Middle level teacher candidates perform successfully using middle level practices (e.g., interdisciplinary teaming, advisory programs, flexible block schedules, common teacher planning time).
2. Young Adolescent Development. Middle level teacher candidates understand and reflect on the major concepts, principles, theories, and research related to young adolescent development and use that knowledge in their practice. They demonstrate their ability to apply this knowledge when creating healthy, respectful, safe, supportive, and challenging learning environments for each young adolescent they teach. They successfully model middle level practices that affirm the unique differences of all young adolescents as indicated by the following:
(i) Knowledge of Young Adolescent Development: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of young adolescent development. Knowledge of young adolescent development includes the cognitive, physical, social, emotional, and moral characteristics, needs, and interests of young adolescents, inclusive of the central roles technology has in their lives.
(ii) Implications of Young Adolescent Development for Responsive Learning Environments: Middle level teacher candidates use their comprehensive knowledge of young adolescent development to create healthy, respectful, safe, supportive, and technologically rich and challenging learning environments for all young adolescents, including those whose languages, identities, and backgrounds differ from their own or others. Candidates establish relationships with young adolescents in order to understand the uniqueness of each adolescent, especially as it concerns the pervasive role of technology.
(iii) Implications of Individual Differences for Young Adolescent Development: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate their knowledge that individual differences have implications for the development of young adolescents. They are responsive to young adolescents' individual experiences and identities. They successfully model middle level practices that affirm the individual differences of all young adolescents.
3. Middle Level Curriculum. Middle level teacher candidates use their knowledge of the distinct nature and identities of young adolescents when planning and implementing curriculum and instruction. They understand and use concepts, standards, and research to design, implement, and evaluate curriculum. Candidates' understanding covers the broad scope of content standards within their subjects and reflects a thorough grasp of those standards and major concepts. Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate their ability to assist all young adolescents in understanding the interdisciplinary nature of knowledge and skills as indicated by the following:
(i) Context for Middle Level Curriculum: Middle level teacher candidates use their knowledge of the distinct nature and identities of young adolescents when planning and implementing middle level curriculum and when selecting and using instructional strategies.
(ii) Subject Matter Content Knowledge: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate a depth and breadth of content knowledge in the subjects they teach. Candidates demonstrate competence with the broad scope of content standards corresponding to the subjects they teach. Candidates also have a sufficiently deep understanding of the major concepts of content standards such that they are equipped to teach in an engaging manner and to guide students in applying knowledge and skills to real-world problems and transferring knowledge and skills across disciplines.
(iii) Middle Level Curriculum Standards: Middle level teacher candidates use their knowledge of local, state, national, and international standards to frame their teaching. These standards include academic content standards as well as other standards that address the holistic needs of young adolescents (e.g., socio-emotional learning, college and career readiness, technology skill development). They draw on their knowledge of these standards to design, implement, and evaluate developmentally responsive, meaningful, challenging, exploratory, integrative, and diverse curriculum for all young adolescents.
(iv) Interdisciplinary Nature of Knowledge and Skills: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate the interdisciplinary nature of knowledge by helping all young adolescents make connections among subject areas. They facilitate relationships among content, ideas, interests, and experiences by developing and implementing challenging, exploratory, integrative, and diverse curriculum. They model and develop in young adolescents the skills needed for success across diverse settings. These skills include such things as written and oral communication, collaboration, critical thinking, creativity, problem solving, resiliency, digital literacy, information literacy, and citizenship
4. Middle Level Instruction and Assessment. Middle level teacher candidates successfully use their knowledge of instruction and assessment strategies in the subjects they teach. They employ a wide variety of effective teaching, learning, and assessment strategies. Middle level teacher candidates develop and administer formal and informal assessments that are both formative and summative to create and guide meaningful learning experiences as indicated by the following:
(i) Content Pedagogy: Middle level teacher candidates use their knowledge of instruction and assessment strategies that are effective in the subjects they teach, and understand that instruction and assessment are interrelated.
(ii) Middle Level Instructional Strategies: Middle level teacher candidates employ a wide variety of effective, developmentally responsive, and fair teaching, learning, and assessment strategies. They do this in ways that encourage cognitive exploration, creativity, and relevant digital literacy and information literacy skills (e.g., critical thinking, problem solving, evaluation of information gained).
(iii) Middle Level Assessment that Advances Learning: Middle level teacher candidates develop and administer formal and informal assessments that are both formative and summative to create and guide meaningful learning experiences. They do this by assessing prior learning, monitoring progress with the use of technology and data, implementing effective lessons, collaborating with young adolescents to reflect on their learning, and adjusting instruction based on the knowledge gained. Assessment should be fair.
5. Middle Level Professional Roles. Middle level teacher candidates are successful in their various roles as middle level professionals. They serve as informed advocates for all young adolescents and for responsive schooling practices. They engage with families and community members to form collaborative relationships. Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate positive dispositions and engage in ethical professional behaviors as indicated by the following:
(i) Professional Roles of Middle Level Teachers: Middle level teacher candidates understand, critically reflect on, and are successful in their various roles as middle level professionals (e.g., members of interdisciplinary teams, advisors to young adolescents).
(ii) Advocacy for Young Adolescents and Responsive Schooling Practices: Middle level teacher candidates serve as advocates for all young adolescents and for responsive schooling practices. They are informed advocates for effective middle level educational practices and policies, and use their professional leadership responsibilities to create fair and just opportunities for all young adolescents.
(iii) Engaging with Family and Community Members: Middle level teacher candidates value family and community members as assets. They understand the ways unique structures and backgrounds influence and enrich learning. They enact practices and participate in activities that build positive, collaborative relationships with families and community members, leveraging technological tools to enhance engagement.
(iv) Dispositions and Professional Behaviors: Middle level teacher candidates demonstrate positive dispositions toward teaching young adolescents and model high standards of ethical behavior, including the use of technology, and professional competence. They are continuous, collaborative learners who demonstrate knowledgeable, reflective, critical perspectives on their teaching.
(b) Literacy. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and apply scientific principles of teaching literacy at the middle grades level and who meet the following elements of the Standards for Literacy Professionals-Middle/High School Classroom Teacher, published in 2017 by the International Literacy Association (ILA), as well as the applicable standards delineated in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE. This requirement may be met in a separate three (3) semester-hour course, or content may be embedded in courses and experiences throughout the preparation program.
1. ILA Standards for Literacy Professionals, Middle/High School Classroom Teacher.
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major critical theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based foundations of adolescent literacy and language development and the ways in which they interrelate;
(ii) Candidates apply foundational knowledge to critically examine, select, and evaluate curriculum; and design, implement, adapt, and evaluate contextualized instruction to meet the discipline-specific literacy needs of middle school learners;
(iii) Candidates understand, select, and use appropriate, dynamic assessments to gather evidence on middle school students' content knowledge and literacy processes within a discipline to understand strengths and differences among learners, inform instruction and ensure student participation;
(iv) Candidates examine their own backgrounds, identities and opinions, set high expectations for their students, and learn about and appreciate the backgrounds of their students, families, and communities to inform instruction;
(v) Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to create a welcoming learning environment anchored in digital and print literacies; and
(vi) Candidates are lifelong learners who reflect upon the social, political, and cultural nature of their practice; use ongoing inquiry to improve their professional practice and enhance students' literacy learning; advocate for students and their families to enhance student' literacy learning.
2. GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE Standards for Middle Grades Teachers of English language arts, mathematics, science, and social science.
(i) Knowledge: Literacy Acquisitions.
(I) Candidates demonstrate awareness of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(II) Candidates demonstrate an awareness that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(III) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(IV) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(V) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(VI) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(VII) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and struggling readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(VIII) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(IX) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(X) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
(XI) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the typical developmental progression of oral language, phoneme awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(XII) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reciprocal relationships between decoding, word recognition, spelling, morphology, and vocabulary knowledge.
(XIII) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of listening, speaking, viewing, and visually representing, and their centrality to literacy learning.
(XIV) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the most common intrinsic differences between strong and striving readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(ii) Application: Curriculum and Instruction.
(I) Candidates demonstrate an awareness of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
(II) Candidates apply adolescent literacy in reading and writing for vocabulary development, word recognition reading comprehension and fluency. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Reading grade-level texts from a variety of genres with greater focus on higher-order skills such as analyzing texts and developing perspective
II. Reading comprehension for text complexity
III. Writing for a range of authentic purposes and genres
IV. Morphology for understanding multisyllabic words
V. Oral and silent reading fluency
VI. Systematically teach the decoding of multisyllabic words
(III) Candidates apply adolescent literacy development to develop disciplinary literacy and content area literacy; developing academic vocabulary and writing for research. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
I. Demonstrate skill in integrating literacy into specific disciplinary studies
II. Develop awareness and skill in utilizing a range of content area literacy strategies across the curriculum.
(iii) Assessment and Evaluation.
(I) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments, including screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments, for gathering evidence on students' language acquisition and literacy development.
(II) Candidates utilize results of various assessment measures to inform and modify instruction and understand and apply basic principles of test construction and formats, including reliability, validity, criterion, and normed.
(III) Candidates use assessment data in an ethical manner, interpret data to explain student progress, and inform families and colleagues about the function and purpose of assessments.
(IV) Candidates integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meaning of educational assessment data for sharing with students, parents, and other teachers.
(c) Areas of Concentration. Baccalaureate degree programs shall require preparation of candidates in at least two of the following areas of concentration: reading, language arts, mathematics, science, or social science. Post-baccalaureate programs shall require preparation of candidates in at least one of the following areas of concentration: reading, language arts, mathematics, science, or social science.
1. An area of concentration shall be defined as a minimum of fifteen semester hours of content that meet the standards of the appropriate national specialized professional association, as described below.
2. A course taken to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) Literacy, may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. A course taken to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) Literacy, may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.
4. Reading Concentration. Programs that prepare middle grades teachers in the concentration area of reading shall meet the following standards from Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(i) Knowledge: Literacy Acquisition.
(I) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of language processes required for proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse.
(II) Candidates demonstrate an understanding that learning to read requires explicit, structured, and cumulative instruction.
(III) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the reciprocal relationships among the foundations of reading (i.e., phonological awareness, phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge).
(IV) Candidates demonstrate the ability to identify and explain how aspects of cognition and behavior can affect reading and writing development.
(V) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of how environmental and social factors can contribute to literacy development.
(VI) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of major research findings on the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to literacy outcomes.
(VII) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the most common intrinsic differences between proficient and struggling readers, including linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological factors.
(VIII) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the oral language development, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression.
(IX) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of reading and writing skills, including concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, and producing writing appropriate to task.
(X) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the integration of literacy skills across different subject areas.
(ii) Application: Methods and Assessment.
(I) Curriculum and Instruction.
I. Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the principles and practices of scientific reading instruction and apply this knowledge to critically examine literacy curricula; select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts; and provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program for all learners.
II. Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate instructional approaches and materials that are evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and integrated across literacy domains related to the following areas: phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics, word recognition, reading fluency, vocabulary, listening and reading comprehension, and written expression.
III. Candidates plan, modify, and implement explicit, systematic, cumulative, and teacher-directed instruction in the foundational skills of reading, including phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics, word recognition, reading fluency, and listening and reading comprehension. Candidates scaffold instruction to support all learners in reading, including those with different learning needs. Concepts related to this area include:
A. Phonological and phonemic awareness
(A) Consonant and vowel phonemes
(B) Phonological sensitivity
(C) Phonemic-awareness difficulties
(D) Progression of phonemic-awareness skill development across age and grade
(E) Rhyming
(F) Segmenting, deleting, manipulating phonemes
(G) Syllabication
B. Phonics and word recognition
(A) Alphabetic principle
(B) Phoneme-grapheme correspondence
(C) English orthography
(D) Systematic, cumulative, and explicit teaching of basic decoding and encoding rules and letter patterns (digraphs, diphthongs, blends, onset-rime, etc.)
(E) Teaching regular and irregular words
(F) Teaching decoding of multisyllabic words
(G) Decodable texts and sound walls in teaching beginning readers
C. Reading fluency
(A) Automatic word reading
(B) Oral reading fluency including accuracy, automaticity, and prosody
(C) Varied techniques and methods for building reading fluency
(D) Appropriate uses of assistive technology
(E) Repeated and echo readings
D. Listening and reading comprehension
(A) Background knowledge
(B) Inferencing
(C) Factors that contribute to deep comprehension
(D) Instructional routines appropriate for each major genre: informational text, narrative text, and argumentation
(E) Role of sentence comprehension in listening and reading comprehension
(F) Teacher's role as an active mediator of text-comprehension processes
IV. Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate evidence-based and developmentally appropriate instruction and materials to develop writing processes and orthographic knowledge for all learners. They use a structured approach to explicitly teach skills related to written expression. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
A. Written expression
(A) Handwriting skills in print and cursive
(B) Motor skills and letter/word formation
(C) Transcription and writing fluency
(D) Major skill domains that contribute to written expression
(E) Planning, translating (drafting), reviewing, and revising
(F) Genre
(G) Research-based principles for teaching letter formation, both manuscript and cursive
(H) Research-based principles for teaching written spelling and punctuation
(I) Developmental phases of the writing process
(J) Appropriate uses of assistive technology in written expression.
V. Candidates plan, modify, and implement evidence-based and integrated instruction and materials to develop vocabulary knowledge for all learners. They use a range of instructional approaches, including direct instruction, context-based instruction, and word-learning strategies. Key terms or concepts related to this area include:
A. Vocabulary
(A) Role of vocabulary development and vocabulary knowledge in oral and written language comprehension
(B) Sources of wide differences in students' vocabularies
(C) Indirect (contextual) methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
(D) Direct, explicit methods of vocabulary instruction and their role and characteristics
(E) Morphological awareness
VI. Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to create a positive, literacy-rich learning environment anchored in digital and print literacies.
(II) Assessment and Evaluation.
I. Candidates understand the purposes, strengths, limitations, reliability/validity, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments, including screening, progress monitoring, diagnostic, and outcome assessments, for gathering evidence on students' language acquisition and literacy development.
II. Candidates use observational skills and results of student work to determine students' reading, literacy, and language strengths and needs, and select and administer other appropriate formal and informal assessments for assessing students' language and literacy development.
III. Candidates utilize results of various assessment measures to inform and modify instruction and understand and apply basic principles of test construction and formats, including reliability, validity, criterion, and normed.
IV. Candidates use assessment data in an ethical manner, interpret data to explain student progress, and inform families and colleagues about the function and purpose of assessments.
V. Candidates understand and utilize well-validated screening tests designed to identify students at risk for reading difficulties and characteristics of dyslexia and understand and apply the principles of progress monitoring and reporting with Curriculum-Based Measures (CBMs), including graphing techniques.
VI. Candidates understand and utilize informal diagnostic surveys of phonological and phonemic awareness, decoding skills, oral reading fluency, comprehension, spelling, and writing.
VII. Candidates read and interpret the most common diagnostic tests used by psychologists, speech-language professionals, and educational evaluators.
VIII. Candidates integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meaning of educational assessment data for sharing with students, parents, and other teachers.
(iii) Literacy Professional Dispositions and Practices.
(I) Candidates promote high-quality literacy learning for all students by using responsive practices and engaging in ethical and effective practices that honor all students' linguistic backgrounds.
(II) Candidates act in the best interests of struggling readers and maintain the public trust by providing accurate and scientifically supported best practices in the field.
(III) Candidates continuously reflect on their practices, engage in ongoing inquiry, and advocate for students and their families to enhance literacy learning.
5. Language Arts Concentration. Programs that prepare middle grades teachers in the concentration area of language arts shall meet the following standards adapted from the standards published by the National Council of Teachers of English (2021).
(i) Learners and Learning in English Language Arts. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of learners and learning to foster learning environments that support coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction to engage all 6-12 learners in ELA.
(I) Candidates gather and interpret comprehensive data on learners' individual differences, identities, and funds of knowledge to foster learning environments that actively engage all learners in ELA;
(II) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of how the constructs of adolescence/adolescents and learners' identities affect learning experiences to foster coherent, relevant instruction that critically engages all learners in ELA; and
(III) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of learning processes that involve individually, collaboratively, and critically accessing, consuming, curating, and creating texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media).
(ii) English Language Arts Content Knowledge. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives pertaining to texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media), composition, language, and languaging practices, and crosscutting concepts to develop deep understandings of the core disciplinary ideas in their instructional planning.
(I) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives about a variety of literary and informational texts (e.g., young adult, classic, contemporary, and media) representing a range of world literatures, historical traditions, genres, and lived experiences;
(II) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives of the relationships among form, audience, context, and purpose by composing and critically curating a range of texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media); and
(III) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives of language and languaging, including language acquisition, conventions, dialect, grammar systems, and the impact of languages on society as they relate to various rhetorical situations (e.g., journalism, social media, popular culture) and audiences.
(iii) Instructional Practice and Planning for Instruction in ELA. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of theories, research, and ELA to plan coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, differentiated instruction and assessment.
(I) Candidates use a variety of resources and technologies to plan coherent, relevant, standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction that incorporates theories, research, and knowledge of ELA to support and engage all learners in meeting learning goals; and
(II) Candidates identify and/or design formative and summative assessments that reflect ELA research, align with intended learning outcomes, and engage all learners in monitoring their progress toward established goals.
(iv) Instructional Practice and Planning for Assessment in ELA. Candidates implement coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated ELA instruction and assessment to motivate and engage all learners.
(I) Candidates implement coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction that uses a variety of resources and technologies and incorporates theories, research, and knowledge of ELA to support and engage all learners in meeting learning goals;
(II) Candidates implement formative and summative assessments that reflect ELA research, align with intended learning outcomes, engage all learners in monitoring their progress toward established goals, and guide the next steps of ELA instruction; and
(III) Candidates communicate with learners about their performance in ELA in multiple ways that actively involve them in their own learning (e.g., learning management systems, digital communication tools, conferencing, and written feedback).
(v) Professional Responsibility for ELA teachers. Candidates reflect on their ELA practice, use knowledge and theoretical perspectives to collaborate with educational community members, and demonstrate readiness for leadership, professional learning, and advocacy.
(I) Candidates reflect on their own identities and experiences and how they frame their practices and impact their teaching of ELA;
(II) Candidates use feedback and evidence from a range of sources to reflect upon and inform their practice;
(III) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge in collaboration with learners, families, colleagues, and ELA-related learning communities; and
(IV) Candidates demonstrate readiness for leadership, professional learning, and advocacy for learners, themselves, and ELA.
6. Mathematics Concentration. Programs that prepare middle level teachers in the concentration area of mathematics shall meet the following standards adapted from the standards published by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) (2020).
(i) Knowing and Understanding Mathematics. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications within and among mathematical domains of Number and Operations; Algebra and Functions; Statistics and Probability; Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement.
(I) Essential Concepts in Number and Operations. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of number including flexibly applying procedures, using real and rational numbers in contexts, developing solution strategies, and evaluating the correctness of conclusions. Major mathematical concepts in Number include number theory; ratio, rate, and proportion; and structure, relationships, operations, and representations.
(II) Essential Concepts in Algebra and Functions. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of algebra and functions including how mathematics can be used systematically to represent patterns and relationships including proportional reasoning, to analyze change, and to model everyday events and problems of life and society. Essential Concepts in Algebra and Functions include algebra that connects mathematical structure to symbolic, graphical, and tabular descriptions; connecting algebra to functions; and developing families of functions as a fundamental concept of mathematics.
(III) Essential Concepts in Statistics and Probability. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of statistics and probability, including how statistical problem solving and decision making depend on understanding, explaining, and quantifying the variability in a set of data to make decisions. They understand the role of randomization and chance in determining the probability of events. Essential Concepts in Statistics and Probability include quantitative literacy, visualizing and summarizing data, statistical inference, probability, exploratory data analysis, and applied problems and modeling.
(IV) Essential Concepts in Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of geometry, including using visual representations for numerical functions and relations, data and statistics, and networks, to provide a lens for solving problems in the physical world. Essential Concepts in Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement include measurement, transformations, scale, graph theory, geometric arguments, reasoning and proof, applied problems and modeling, development of axiomatic proof, and the Pythagorean Theorem.
(ii) Knowing and Using Mathematical Processes. Candidates demonstrate, within or across mathematical domains, their knowledge of and ability to apply the mathematical processes of problem solving; reason and communicate mathematically; and engage in mathematical modeling. Candidates apply technology appropriately within these mathematical processes.
(I) Problem Solving. Candidates demonstrate a range of mathematical problem-solving strategies to make sense of and solve non-routine problems (both contextual and non-contextual) across mathematical domains.
(II) Reasoning and Communicating. Candidates organize their mathematical reasoning and use the language of mathematics to express their mathematical reasoning precisely, both orally and in writing, to multiple audiences.
(III) Mathematical Modeling and Use of Mathematical Models. Candidates understand the difference between the mathematical modeling process and models in mathematics. Candidates engage in the mathematical modeling process and demonstrate their ability to model mathematics.
(iii) Knowing Students and Planning for Mathematical Learning. Candidates use knowledge of students and mathematics to plan rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction supporting students' access and learning. The mathematics instruction developed provides fair, developmentally responsive opportunities for all students to learn and apply mathematics concepts, skills, and practices.
(I) Student Differences. Candidates identify and use students' individual and group differences when planning rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction that supports students' meaningful participation and learning.
(II) Students' Mathematical Strengths. Candidates identify and use students' mathematical strengths to plan rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction that supports students' meaningful participation and learning.
(III) Positive Mathematical Identities. Candidates understand that teachers' interactions impact individual students by influencing and reinforcing students' mathematical identities, positive or negative, and plan experiences and instruction to develop and foster positive mathematical identities.
(iv) Teaching Meaningful Mathematics. Candidates implement effective and equitable teaching practices to support rigorous mathematical learning for a full range of students. Candidates establish rigorous mathematics learning goals, engage students in high cognitive demand learning, use mathematics-specific tools and representations, elicit and use student responses, develop conceptual understanding and procedural fluency, and pose purposeful questions to facilitate student discourse.
(I) Establish Rigorous Mathematics Learning Goals. Candidates establish rigorous mathematics learning goals for students based on mathematics standards and practices.
(II) Engage Students in High Cognitive Demand Learning. Candidates select or develop and implement high cognitive demand tasks to engage students in mathematical learning experiences that promote reasoning and sense making.
(III) Incorporate Mathematics-Specific Tools. Candidates select mathematics-specific tools, including technology, to support students' learning, understanding, and application of mathematics and to integrate tools into instruction.
(IV) Use Mathematical Representations. Candidates select and use mathematical representations to engage students in examining understandings of mathematics concepts and the connections to other representations.
(V) Elicit and Use Student Responses. Candidates use multiple student responses, potential challenges, and misconceptions, and they highlight students' thinking as a central aspect of mathematics teaching and learning.
(VI) Develop Conceptual Understanding and Procedural Fluency. Candidates use conceptual understanding to build procedural fluency for students through instruction that includes explicit connections between concepts and procedures.
(VII) Facilitate Discourse. Candidates pose purposeful questions to facilitate discourse among students that ensures each student learns rigorous mathematics and builds a shared understanding of mathematical ideas.
(v) Assessing Impact on Student Learning. Candidates assess and use evidence of students' learning of rigorous mathematics to improve instruction and subsequent student learning. Candidates analyze learning gains from formal and informal assessments for individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories, and they use this information to inform planning and teaching.
(I) Assessing for Learning. Candidates select, modify, or create both informal and formal assessments to elicit information on students' progress toward rigorous mathematics learning goals.
(II) Analyze Assessment Data. Candidates collect information on students' progress and use data from informal and formal assessments to analyze progress of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories toward rigorous mathematics learning goals.
(III) Modify Instruction. Candidates use the evidence of student learning of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories to analyze the effectiveness of their instruction with respect to these groups. Candidates propose adjustments to instruction to improve student learning for each and every student based on the analysis.
(vi) Social and Professional Context of Mathematics Teaching and Learning. Candidates are reflective mathematics educators who collaborate with colleagues and other stakeholders to grow professionally, to support student learning, and to create more equitable mathematics learning environments.
(I) Promote Equitable Learning Environments. Candidates seek to create more equitable learning environments by identifying beliefs about teaching and learning mathematics, and associated classroom practices that produce equitable or inequitable mathematical learning for students.
(II) Promote Positive Mathematical Identities. Candidates reflect on their impact on students' mathematical identities and develop professional learning goals that promote students' positive mathematical identities.
(III) Engage Families and Community. Candidates communicate with families to share and discuss strategies for ensuring the mathematical success of their children.
(IV) Collaborate with Colleagues. Candidates collaborate with colleagues to grow professionally and support student learning of mathematics.
7. Science Concentration. Programs that prepare middle grades teachers in the concentration area of science shall meet the following standards adapted from the National Science Teaching Association (NSTA) and American Science Teachers Association (ASTA) (2020) and Framework for K-12 Science Education (2012).
(i) Content Knowledge. Effective teachers of science understand and articulate the knowledge and practices of contemporary science and engineering. They connect important disciplinary core ideas, crosscutting concepts, and science and engineering practices for their fields of certification. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Use and apply the major concepts, principles, theories, laws, and interrelationships of their fields of licensure and supporting fields. Explain the nature of science and the norms and values inherent to the current and historical development of scientific knowledge;
(II) Demonstrate knowledge of how to implement science standards, learning progressions, and sequencing of science content for teaching their certificate 4-8 students; and
(III) Demonstrate knowledge of crosscutting concepts, disciplinary core ideas, practices of science and engineering, the supporting role of science-specific technologies, and contributions of diverse populations to science.
(ii) Content Pedagogy. Effective teachers of science plan learning units of study and equitable, developmentally responsive opportunities for all students based upon their understandings of how students learn and develop science knowledge, skills, and habits of mind. Effective teachers also include appropriate connections to science and engineering practices and crosscutting concepts in their instructional planning. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Use science standards and a variety of appropriate, student-centered, and relevant science disciplinary-based instructional approaches that follow safety procedures and incorporate science and engineering practices, disciplinary core ideas, and crosscutting concepts;
(II) Incorporate appropriate differentiation strategies, wherein all students develop conceptual knowledge and an understanding of the nature of science. Lessons should engage students in applying science practices, clarifying relationships, and identifying natural patterns from scientific phenomena and empirical experiences;
(III) Use engineering practices in support of science learning wherein all students design, construct, test and optimize possible solutions to a problem;
(IV) Align instruction and assessment strategies to support instructional decision making that identifies and addresses student misunderstandings, prior knowledge, and naïve conceptions; and
(V) Integrate science-specific technologies to support all students' conceptual understanding and application of science and engineering.
(iii) Learning Environments. Effective teachers of science are able to plan for engaging all students in science learning by identifying appropriate learning goals that are consistent with knowledge of how students learn science and are aligned with standards. Plans reflect the selection of phenomena appropriate to the social context of the classroom and community, and safety considerations, to engage students in the nature of science and science and engineering practices. Effective teachers create a learning environment to achieve these goals. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Plan a variety of lessons based on science standards that employ strategies that demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of how to select appropriate teaching and motivating learning activities that foster a fair and welcoming learning environment;
(II) Plan learning experiences for all students in a variety of environments (e.g., the laboratory, field, virtual, and community) within their fields of certification;
(III) Plan lessons in which all students have a variety of opportunities to obtain information, evaluate, communicate, investigate, collaborate, learn from mistakes, and defend their own explanations of scientific phenomena, observations, and data. This includes the proposal and defense of potential solutions to real-world, authentic, scientific and engineering problems; and
(V) Plan and implement instruction incorporating universal technologies that support and enhance virtual learning either in person or digitally to include all students in investigation and application of science content, engineering practices, and crosscutting concepts.
(iv) Safety. Effective teachers of science demonstrate biological, chemical, and physical safety protocols in their classrooms and workspace. They also implement ethical treatment of living organisms and maintain equipment and chemicals as relevant to their fields of certification. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Implement activities appropriate for the abilities of all students that demonstrate safe techniques for the procurement, preparation, use, storage, dispensing, supervision, and disposal of all chemicals/materials/equipment used within their fields of certification;
(II) Demonstrate an ability to: recognize hazardous situations including overcrowding; implement emergency procedures; maintain safety equipment; provide adequate student instruction and supervision; and follow policies and procedures that comply with established state and national guidelines, appropriate legal state and national safety standards (e.g., Occupational Safety and Health Administration, National Fire Protection Association, Environmental Protection Agency), and best professional practices (e.g., National Science Teaching Association, Georgia Science Teachers Association, National Science Education Leadership Association). This would include awareness of personal liability, duty of care as it relates to students (face-to-face and remote), fellow staff, and visitors to the classroom;
(III) Demonstrate ethical decision-making with respect to safe and humane treatment of all living organisms in and out of the classroom, and comply with the legal restrictions and best professional practices on the collection, care, and use of living organisms as relevant to their fields of certification; and
(IV) Demonstrate an awareness of safety-implications associated with remote-learning. This would include awareness of personal responsibility for instructing students on safety-precautions for remote-learning.
(v) Impact on Student Learning. Effective teachers of science provide evidence that students have learned and can apply disciplinary core ideas, crosscutting concepts, and science and engineering practices as a result of instruction. Effective teachers analyze learning gains for individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories, and use these to inform planning and teaching. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Design and implement diverse and balanced assessments that allow all students to demonstrate their knowledge and ability to apply, synthesize, evaluate, and communicate their understanding of disciplinary knowledge, nature of science, science and engineering practices, and crosscutting concepts in practical, authentic, and real-world situations;
(II) Collect, organize, analyze, evaluate and reflect on a variety of formative and summative evidence and use those data to inform future planning and teaching; and
(III) Analyze science-specific assessment data based upon student demographics, categorizing the levels of learner knowledge, and reflect on results for subsequent lesson plans.
(vi) Professional Knowledge and Skills. Effective teachers of science strive to continuously improve their knowledge of both science content and pedagogy, including approaches for ensuring fairness for all students in science. Teachers will also possess a deeper understanding of how to apply science and engineering practices for their discipline. They identify with and conduct themselves as part of the science education community. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Engage in critical reflection on their own science teaching to continually improve their instructional effectiveness;
(II) Participate in professional learning opportunities to deepen their science content knowledge, and knowledge of science and engineering practices; and
(III) Participate in professional learning opportunities to expand their science-specific pedagogical knowledge.
(vii) Commitment to Three-dimensional Learning. Effective teachers of K-12 science and engineering should focus on a limited number of disciplinary core ideas and crosscutting concepts that are designed so that students continually build on and revise their knowledge and abilities over multiple years while supporting the integration of such knowledge and abilities with the practices needed to engage in scientific inquiry and engineering design. There are three major dimensions, Scientific and Engineering Practices, Disciplinary Core Ideas, and Crosscutting Concepts. All three dimensions need to be integrated into standards, curriculum, instruction, and assessment. Preservice teachers will:
(I) Emphasize Science and Engineering Practices in their planning and implementation of lessons and units for all science students.
I. Asking questions (for science) and defining problems (for engineering);
II. Developing and using models;
III. Planning and carrying out investigations;
IV. Analyzing and interpreting data;
V. Using mathematics and computational thinking;
VI. Constructing explanations (for science) and designing solutions (for engineering);
VII. Engaging in argument from evidence; and
VIII. Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information.
(II) Focus deeply on a limited number of Disciplinary Core Ideas within each major category of science disciplines.
I. Life Sciences
A. From Molecules to organisms: Structures and processes
(A) Structure and function
(B) Growth and development of organisms
(C) Organization for matter and energy flow in organisms
(D) Information processing
B. Ecosystems: Interactions, energy, and dynamics
(A) Interdependent relationships in ecosystems
(B) Cycles of matter and energy transfer in ecosystems
(C) Ecosystem dynamics, functioning, and resilience
(D) Social interactions and group behavior
C. Heredity: inheritance and variation of traits
(A) Inheritance of traits
(B) Variation of traits
D. Biological Evolution: Unity and diversity
(A) Evidence of common ancestry and diversity
(B) Natural selection
(C) Adaptation
(D) Biodiversity and humans
II. Chemistry
A. Matter and its interaction
(A) Structure and properties of matter
(B) Chemical reactions
(C) Nuclear processes
B. Energy
(A) Definitions of energy
(B) Conservation of energy and energy transfer
(C) Electromagnetic radiation
III. Earth Space Science
A. Earth's place in the Universe
(A) The universe and its stars
(B) Earth and the solar system
(C) History of planet earth
B. Earth's systems
(A) Earth materials and systems
(B) Plate tectonics and large system interactions
(C) The roles of water in Earth's surface processes
(D) Weather and climate
(E) Biogeology
C. Earth and Human Activity
(A) Natural resources
(B) Natural hazards
(C) Human impacts on earth's systems
(D) Global climate change
IV. Physics
A. Matter and its interactions
(A) Nuclear processes
B. Motion and stability
(A) Forces and motion
(B) Types of interactions
(C) Stability and instability in physical systems
C. Energy
(A) Definitions of energy
(B) Conservation of energy and energy transfer
(C) Relationship between energy and forces
(D) Energy in chemical processes and everyday life
D. Waves and their applications in technologies for information transfer
(A) Wave properties
(B) Electromagnetic radiation
(C) Information technologies and instrumentation
(III) Consistently bear in mind crosscutting concepts as a means to provide linkages between science disciplines across multiple grades
I. Patterns
II. Cause and effect: mechanism and explanation
III. Systems and system models
IV. Energy and matter; flows, cycles and conservation
V. Structure and function
VI. Stability and change
8. Social Studies Concentration. Programs that prepare middle grades teachers in the concentration area of social studies shall meet the following standards adapted from the standards published by the National Council for the Social Studies (2018):
(i) Content Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of social studies disciplines. Candidates are knowledgeable of disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools; structure of inquiry; and forms of representation.
(I) Candidates are knowledgeable about the concepts, facts, and tools in civics, economics, geography, and history;
(II) Candidates are knowledgeable about disciplinary inquiry in civics, economics, geography, and history.
(III) Candidates are knowledgeable about disciplinary forms of representation in civics, economics, geography, and history.
(ii) Application of Content Through Planning. Candidates plan learning sequences that leverage social studies knowledge and literacies, technology, and theory and research to support the civic competence of learners.
(I) Candidates plan learning sequences that demonstrate social studies knowledge aligned with the C3 (College, Career and Civic Life) Framework, state-required content standards, and theory and research;
(II) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners with disciplinary concepts, facts and tools from the social studies disciplines to facilitate social studies literacies for civic life. Learning sequences should involve experiences that engage students in evaluating accuracy of print and electronic resources, discerning fact vs. opinion and drawing evidence-based conclusions;
(III) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners in disciplinary inquiry to develop social studies literacies for civic life;
(IV) Candidates plan learning sequences where learners create disciplinary forms of representation that convey social studies knowledge and civic competence;
(V) Candidates plan learning sequences that use technology to foster civic competence.
(iii) Design and Implementation of Instruction and Assessment. Candidates design and implement instruction and authentic assessments, informed by data literacy and learners self-assessment, that promote civic competence.
(I) Candidates design and implement a range of authentic assessments that measure learners' master of disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(II) Candidates design and implement learning experiences that engage learners in disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state required content standards.
(III) Candidates use theory and research to implement a variety of instructional practices and authentic assessments featuring disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(IV) Candidates exhibit data literacy by using assessment data to guide instructional decision-making and reflect on student learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(iv) Social Studies Learners and Learning. Candidates use knowledge of learners to plan and implement developmentally relevant and responsive pedagogy, create collaborative and interdisciplinary learning environments, and prepare learners to be informed advocates for a fair and welcoming society.
(I) Candidates use knowledge of learners' socio-cultural assets, learning demands, and individual identities to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy that ensures learning opportunities for all students in social studies.
(II) Candidates facilitate collaborative, interdisciplinary learning environments in which learners use disciplinary facts, concepts, and tools, engage in disciplinary inquiry, and create disciplinary forms of representation.
(III) Candidates engage learners in ethical reasoning to deliberate social, political, and economic issues, communicate conclusions, and take informed action toward achieving a more fair and welcoming society.
(v) Professional Responsibility and Informed Action. Candidates reflect and expand upon their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions to advance social justice and promote human rights through informed action in schools and/or communities.
(I) Candidates use theory and research to continually improve their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions, and adapt practice to meet the needs of each learner.
(II) Candidates explore, interrogate, and reflect upon their own backgrounds to attend to issues of fairness, access, power, and human rights within their schools and/or communities.
(III) Candidates take informed action in schools and/or communities and serve as advocates for learners, the teaching profession, and/or social studies.

Rule 505-3-.20 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.21 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.22 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.23 Economics Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach Economics in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the National Council for the Social Studies (2018) and the National Standards for Personal Financial Education published in 2021 by the Council for Economic Education and Jump Start.
1. Content Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of social studies disciplines. Candidates are knowledgeable of disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools; structures of inquiry; and forms of representation.
2. Application of Content Through Planning. Candidates plan learning sequences that leverage social studies knowledge and literacies, technology, and theory and research to support the civic competence of learners as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates plan learning sequences that demonstrate social studies knowledge aligned with the College, Career and Civic Life (C3) Framework, state-required content standards, and theory and research.
(ii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners with disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools from the social studies disciplines to facilitate social studies literacies for civic life.
(iii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners in disciplinary inquiry to develop social studies literacies for civic life.
(iv) Candidates plan learning sequences where learners create disciplinary forms of representation that convey social studies knowledge and civic competence.
(v) Candidates plan learning sequences that use technology to foster civic competence.
3. Design and Implementation of Instruction and Assessment. Candidates design and implement instruction and authentic assessments, informed by data literacy and learner self-assessment, that promote civic competence.
(i) Candidates design and implement a range of authentic assessments that measure learners' mastery of disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(ii) Candidates design and implement learning experiences that engage learners in disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(iii) Candidates use theory and research to implement a variety of instructional practices and authentic assessments featuring disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(iv) Candidates exhibit data literacy by using assessment data to guide instructional decision-making and reflect on student learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(v) Candidates engage learners in self-assessment practices that support individualized learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
4. Social Studies Learners and Learning. Candidates use knowledge of learners to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy, create collaborative and interdisciplinary learning environments, and prepare learners to be informed advocates for a society that promotes the well-being of all.
(i) Candidates use knowledge of learners' socio-cultural assets, learning demands, and individual identities to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy that ensures learning opportunities for all students in social studies.
(ii) Candidates facilitate collaborative, interdisciplinary learning environments in which learners use disciplinary facts, concepts, and tools, engage in disciplinary inquiry, and create disciplinary forms of representation.
(iii) Candidates engage learners in ethical reasoning to deliberate social, political, and economic issues, communicate conclusions, and take informed action toward achieving a society that promotes the well-being of all.
5. Professional Responsibility and Informed Action. Candidates reflect and expand upon their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions to advance social justice and promote human rights through informed action in schools and/or communities.
(i) Candidates use theory and research to continually improve their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions, and adapt practice to meet the needs of each learner.
(ii) Candidates explore, interrogate, and reflect upon their own cultural frames to attend to issues of fairness, acceptance, access, power, human rights, and social justice within their schools and/or communities.
(iii) Candidates take informed action in schools and/or communities and serve as advocates for learners, the teaching profession, and/or social studies.
6. Financial Literacy. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of the six major financial literacy concepts of earning income, spending, saving, investing, managing credit, and managing risk to plan rigorous and engaging instruction supporting students' practical application of financial literacy knowledge and skills. The financial literacy instruction developed provides fair, culturally responsive opportunities for all students to learn and apply financial literacy concepts, skills, and practices. The six major concepts of financial literacy are defined as follows:
(i) Earning Income. Most people earn wage and salary income in return for working, and they can also earn income from interest, dividends, rents, entrepreneurship, business profits, or increases in the value of investments. Employee compensation may also include access to employee benefits such as retirement plans and health insurance. Employers generally pay higher wages and salaries to more educated, skilled, and productive workers. The decision to invest in additional education or training can be made by weighing the benefit of increased income-earning and career potential against the opportunity costs in the form of time, effort, and money. Spendable income is lower than gross income due to taxes assessed on income by federal, state, and local governments.
(ii) Spending. A budget is a plan for allocating a person's spendable income to necessary and desired goods and services. When there is sufficient money in their budget, people may decide to give money to others, save, or invest to achieve future goals. People can often improve their financial well-being by making well-informed spending decisions, which includes critical evaluation of price, quality, product information, and method of payment. Individual spending decisions may be influenced by financial constraints, personal preferences, unique needs, peers, and advertising.
(iii) Saving. People who have sufficient income can choose to save some of it for future uses such as emergencies or later purchases. Savings decisions depend on individual preferences and circumstances. Funds needed for transactions, bill-paying, or purchases, are commonly held in federally insured checking or savings accounts at financial institutions because these accounts offer easy access to their money and low risk. Interest rates, fees, and other account features vary by type of account and among financial institutions, with higher rates resulting in greater compound interest earned by savers.
(iv) Investing. People can choose to invest some of their money in financial assets to achieve long-term financial goals, such as buying a house, funding future education, or securing retirement income. Investors receive a return on their investment in the form of income and/or growth in value of their investment over time. People can more easily achieve their financial goals by investing steadily over many years, reinvesting dividends, and capital gains to compound their returns. Investors have many choices of investments that differ in expected rates of return and risk. Riskier investments tend to earn higher long-run rates of return than lower-risk investments. Investors select investments that are consistent with their risk tolerance, and they diversify across a number of different investment choices to reduce investment risk.
(v) Managing Credit. Credit allows people to purchase and enjoy goods and services today, while agreeing to pay for them in the future, usually with interest. There are many choices for borrowing money, and lenders charge higher interest and fees for riskier loans or riskier borrowers. Lenders evaluate creditworthiness of a borrower based on the type of credit, past credit history, and expected ability to repay the loan in the future. Credit reports compile information on a person's credit history, and lenders use credit scores to assess a potential borrower's creditworthiness. A low credit score can result in a lender denying credit to someone they perceive as having a low level of creditworthiness. Common types of credit include credit cards, auto loans, home mortgage loans, and student loans. The cost of post-secondary education can be financed through a combination of grants, scholarships, work-study, savings, and federal or private student loans.
(vi) Managing Risk. People are exposed to personal risks that can result in lost income, assets, health, life, or identity. They can choose to manage those risks by accepting, reducing, or transferring them to others. When people transfer risk by buying insurance, they pay money now in return for the insurer covering some or all financial losses that may occur in the future. Common types of insurance include health insurance, life insurance, and homeowner's or renter's insurance. The cost of insurance is related to the size of the potential loss, the likelihood that the loss event will happen, and the risk characteristics of the asset or person being insured. Identity theft is a growing concern for consumers and businesses. Stolen personal information can result in financial losses and fraudulent credit charges. The risk of identity theft can be minimized by carefully guarding personal financial information.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).
(3) Specialty Field. The program shall require a major or equivalent in economics that meets the specialty area standard listed below:
(a) Economics. Candidates seeking certification in the field of economics are expected to possess the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to organize and provide instruction at the appropriate school level for the study of economics, and should hold a major or an equivalent in the field. The equivalent of a major is defined for secondary (6-12) fields as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the program content standards for the field.

Rule 505-3-.24 English Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach English Language Arts (ELA) in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards, adapted from the standards published in 2021 by the National Council of Teachers of English.
1. Learners and Learning in English Language Arts. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of learners and learning to foster learning environments that support coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction to engage all 6-12 learners in ELA.
(i) Candidates gather and interpret comprehensive data on learners' individual differences, identities, and funds of knowledge to foster learning environments that actively engage all learners in ELA;
(ii) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of how the constructs of adolescence/adolescents and learners' identities affect learning experiences to foster coherent, relevant, responsive instruction that critically engages all learners in ELA; and
(iii) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of learning processes that involve individually, collaboratively, and critically accessing, consuming, curating, and creating texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media).
2. English Language Arts Content Knowledge. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives pertaining to texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media), composition, language, and languaging practices, and crosscutting concepts to develop deep understandings of the core disciplinary ideas in their instructional planning.
(i) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives about a variety of literary and informational texts (e.g., young adult, classic, contemporary, and media) representing a range of world literatures, historical traditions, genres, cultures, and lived experiences;
(ii) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives of the relationships among form, audience, context, and purpose by composing and critically curating a range of texts (e.g., print, non-print, digital, media); and
(iii) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge and theoretical perspectives of language and languaging, including language acquisition, conventions, dialect, grammar systems, and the impact of languages on society as they relate to various rhetorical situations (e.g., journalism, social media, popular culture) and audiences.
3. Instructional Practice and Planning for Instruction in ELA. Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge of theories, research, and ELA to plan coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, differentiated instruction and assessment.
(i) Candidates use a variety of resources and technologies to plan coherent, relevant, standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction that incorporates theories, research, and knowledge of ELA to support and engage all learners in meeting learning goals; and
(ii) Candidates identify and/or design formative and summative assessments that reflect ELA research, align with intended learning outcomes, and engage all learners in monitoring their progress toward established goals.
4. Instructional Practice and Planning for Assessment in ELA. Candidates implement coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated ELA instruction and assessment to motivate and engage all learners.
(i) Candidates implement coherent, relevant, 6-12 standards-aligned, and differentiated instruction that uses a variety of resources and technologies and incorporates theories, research, and knowledge of ELA to support and engage all learners in meeting learning goals;
(ii) Candidates implement formative and summative assessments that reflect ELA research, align with intended learning outcomes, engage all learners in monitoring their progress toward established goals, and guide the next steps of ELA instruction; and
(iii) Candidates communicate with learners about their performance in ELA in multiple ways that actively involve them in their own learning (e.g., learning management systems, digital communication tools, conferencing, and written feedback).
5. Professional Responsibility for ELA teachers. Candidates reflect on their ELA practice, use knowledge and theoretical perspectives to collaborate with educational community members, and demonstrate readiness for leadership, professional learning, and advocacy.
(i) Candidates reflect on their own identities and experiences and how they frame their practices and impact their teaching of ELA;
(ii) Candidates use feedback and evidence from a range of sources to reflect upon and inform their practice;
(iii) Candidates apply and demonstrate knowledge in collaboration with learners, families, colleagues, and ELA-related learning communities; and
(iv) Candidates demonstrate readiness for leadership, professional learning, and advocacy for learners, themselves, and ELA.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.25 Geography Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach Geography in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the National Council for the Social Studies (2018):
1. Content Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of social studies disciplines. Candidates are knowledgeable of disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools; structures of inquiry; and forms of representation.
2. Application of Content Through Planning. Candidates plan learning sequences that leverage social studies knowledge and literacies, technology, and theory and research to support the civic competence of learners as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates plan learning sequences that demonstrate social studies knowledge aligned with the College, Career and Civic Life (C3) Framework, state-required content standards, and theory and research.
(ii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners with disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools from the social studies disciplines to facilitate social studies literacies for civic life.
(iii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners in disciplinary inquiry to develop social studies literacies for civic life.
(iv) Candidates plan learning sequences where learners create disciplinary forms of representation that convey social studies knowledge and civic competence.
(v) Candidates plan learning sequences that use technology to foster civic competence.
3. Design and Implementation of Instruction and Assessment. Candidates design and implement instruction and authentic assessments, informed by data literacy and learner self-assessment, that promote civic competence.
(i) Candidates design and implement a range of authentic assessments that measure learners' mastery of disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(ii) Candidates design and implement learning experiences that engage learners in disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state- required content standards.
(iii) Candidates use theory and research to implement a variety of instructional practices and authentic assessments featuring disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(iv) Candidates exhibit data literacy by using assessment data to guide instructional decision-making and reflect on student learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(v) Candidates engage learners in self-assessment practices that support individualized learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
4. Social Studies Learners and Learning. Candidates use knowledge of learners to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy, create collaborative and interdisciplinary learning environments, and prepare learners to be informed advocates for a society that promotes the well-being of all.
(i) Candidates use knowledge of learners' socio-cultural assets, learning demands, and individual identities to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy that ensures learning opportunities for all students in social studies.
(ii) Candidates facilitate collaborative, interdisciplinary learning environments in which learners use disciplinary facts, concepts, and tools, engage in disciplinary inquiry, and create disciplinary forms of representation.
(iii) Candidates engage learners in ethical reasoning to deliberate social, political, and economic issues, communicate conclusions, and take informed action toward achieving a more inclusive and equitable society that promotes the well-being of all.
5. Professional Responsibility and Informed Action. Candidates reflect and expand upon their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions to advance social justice and promote human rights through informed action in schools and/or communities.
(i) Candidates use theory and research to continually improve their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions, and adapt practice to meet the needs of each learner.
(ii) Candidates explore, interrogate, and reflect upon their own cultural frames to attend to issues of fairness, acceptance, access, power, human rights, and social justice within their schools and/or communities.
(iii) Candidates take informed action in schools and/or communities and serve as advocates for learners, the teaching profession, and/or social studies.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).
(3) Specialty Field. The program shall require a major or equivalent in geography that meets the specialty area standard listed below:
(a) Geography. Candidates seeking certification in the field of geography are expected to possess the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to organize and provide instruction at the appropriate school level for the study of geography, and should hold a major or an equivalent in the field. The equivalent of a major is defined for secondary (6-12) fields as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the program content standards for the field.

Rule 505-3-.26 History Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach History in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the National Council for the Social Studies (2018):
1. Content Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of social studies disciplines. Candidates are knowledgeable of disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools; structures of inquiry; and forms of representation.
2. Application of Content Through Planning. Candidates plan learning sequences that leverage social studies knowledge and literacies, technology, and theory and research to support the civic competence of learners as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates plan learning sequences that demonstrate social studies knowledge aligned with the College, Career and Civic Life (C3) Framework, state-required content standards, and theory and research.
(ii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners with disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools from the social studies disciplines to facilitate social studies literacies for civic life.
(iii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners in disciplinary inquiry to develop social studies literacies for civic life.
(iv) Candidates plan learning sequences where learners create disciplinary forms of representation that convey social studies knowledge and civic competence.
(v) Candidates plan learning sequences that use technology to foster civic competence.
3. Design and Implementation of Instruction and Assessment. Candidates design and implement instruction and authentic assessments, informed by data literacy and learner self-assessment, that promote civic competence.
(i) Candidates design and implement a range of authentic assessments that measure learners' mastery of disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(ii) Candidates design and implement learning experiences that engage learners in disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(iii) Candidates use theory and research to implement a variety of instructional practices and authentic assessments featuring disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(iv) Candidates exhibit data literacy by using assessment data to guide instructional decision-making and reflect on student learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(v) Candidates engage learners in self-assessment practices that support individualized learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
4. Social Studies Learners and Learning. Candidates use knowledge of learners to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy, create collaborative and interdisciplinary learning environments, and prepare learners to be informed advocates for a society that promotes the well-being of all.
(i) Candidates use knowledge of learners' socio-cultural assets, learning demands, and individual identities to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy that ensures learning opportunities for all students in social studies.
(ii) Candidates facilitate collaborative, interdisciplinary learning environments in which learners use disciplinary facts, concepts, and tools, engage in disciplinary inquiry, and create disciplinary forms of representation.
(iii) Candidates engage learners in ethical reasoning to deliberate social, political, and economic issues, communicate conclusions, and take informed action toward achieving a society that promotes the well-being of all.
5. Professional Responsibility and Informed Action. Candidates reflect and expand upon their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions to advance social justice and promote human rights through informed action in schools and/or communities.
(i) Candidates use theory and research to continually improve their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions, and adapt practice to meet the needs of each learner.
(ii) Candidates explore, interrogate, and reflect upon their own cultural frames to attend to issues of fairness, acceptance, access, power, human rights, and social justice within their schools and/or communities.
(iii) Candidates take informed action in schools and/or communities and serve as advocates for learners, the teaching profession, and/or social studies.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).
(3) Specialty Field. The program shall require a major or equivalent in history that meets the specialty area standard listed below:
(a) History. Candidates seeking certification in the field of history are expected to possess the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to organize and provide instruction at the appropriate school level for the study of history, and should hold a major or an equivalent in the field. The equivalent of a major is defined for secondary (6-12) fields as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the program content standards for the field.

Rule 505-3-.27 Mathematics Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach Mathematics in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2020 by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM) and the National Standards for Personal Financial Education published in 2021 by the Council for Economic Education and Jump Start.
1. Knowing and Understanding Mathematics. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications within and among mathematical domains of Number; Algebra and Functions; Calculus; Statistics and Probability; Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement.
(i) Essential Concepts in Number. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of number including flexibly applying procedures, using real and rational numbers in contexts, developing solution strategies, and evaluating the correctness of conclusions. Major mathematical concepts in Number include number theory; ratio, rate, and proportion; and structure, relationships, operations, and representations.
(ii) Essential Concepts in Algebra and Functions. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of algebra and functions including how mathematics can be used systematically to represent patterns and relationships including proportional reasoning, to analyze change, and to model everyday events and problems of life and society. Essential Concepts in Algebra and Functions include algebra that connects mathematical structure to symbolic, graphical, and tabular descriptions; connecting algebra to functions; and developing families of functions as a fundamental concept of mathematics. Additional Concepts should include algebra from a more theoretical approach, including relationships between structures (e.g., groups, rings, and fields) as well as formal structures for number systems and numerical and symbolic calculations.
(iii) Essential Concepts in Calculus. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of calculus, including the mathematical study of the calculation of instantaneous rates of change and the summation of infinitely many small factors to determine some whole. Essential Concepts in Calculus include limits, continuity, the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, and the meaning and techniques of differentiation and integration.
(iv) Essential Concepts in Statistics and Probability. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of statistical thinking and the major concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of statistics and probability including how statistical problem solving and decision making depend on understanding, explaining, and quantifying the variability in a set of data to make decisions. They understand the role of randomization and chance in determining the probability of events. Essential Concepts in Statistics and Probability include quantitative literacy, visualizing and summarizing data, statistical inference, probability, and applied problems.
(v) Essential Concepts in Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of major mathematics concepts, procedures, knowledge, and applications of geometry, including using visual representations for numerical functions and relations, data and statistics, and networks, to provide a lens for solving problems in the physical world. Essential Concepts in Geometry, Trigonometry, and Measurement include transformations, geometric arguments, reasoning and proof, applied problems, and non-Euclidean geometries.
2. Knowing and Using Mathematical Processes. Candidates demonstrate, within or across mathematical domains, their knowledge of and ability to apply the mathematical processes of problem solving; reason and communicate mathematically; and engage in mathematical modeling. Candidates apply technology appropriately within these mathematical processes.
(i) Problem Solving. Candidates demonstrate a range of mathematical problem-solving strategies to make sense of and solve non-routine problems (both contextual and non-contextual) across mathematical domains.
(ii) Reasoning and Communicating. Candidates organize their mathematical reasoning and use the language of mathematics to express their mathematical reasoning precisely, both orally and in writing, to multiple audiences.
(iii) Mathematical Modeling and Use of Mathematical Models. Candidates understand the difference between the mathematical modeling process and models in mathematics. Candidates engage in the mathematical modeling process and demonstrate their ability to model mathematics.
3. Knowing Students and Planning for Mathematical Learning. Candidates use knowledge of students and mathematics to plan rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction supporting students' access and learning. The mathematics instruction developed provides fair, culturally responsive opportunities for all students to learn and apply mathematics concepts, skills, and practices.
(i) Student Differences. Candidates identify and use students' individual and group differences when planning rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction that supports students' meaningful participation and learning.
(ii) Students' Mathematical Strengths. Candidates identify and use students' mathematical strengths to plan rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction that supports students' meaningful participation and learning.
(iii) Positive Mathematical Identities. Candidates understand that teachers' interactions impact individual students by influencing and reinforcing students' mathematical identities, positive or negative, and plan experiences and instruction to develop and foster positive mathematical identities.
4. Teaching Meaningful Mathematics. Candidates implement effective teaching practices to support rigorous mathematical learning for a full range of students. Candidates establish rigorous mathematics learning goals, engage students in high cognitive demand learning, use mathematics-specific tools and representations, elicit and use student responses, develop conceptual understanding and procedural fluency, and pose purposeful questions to facilitate student discourse.
(i) Establish Rigorous Mathematics Learning Goals. Candidates establish rigorous mathematics learning goals for students based on mathematics standards and practices.
(ii) Engage Students in High Cognitive Demand Learning. Candidates select or develop and implement high cognitive demand tasks to engage students in mathematical learning experiences that promote reasoning and sense making.
(iii) Incorporate Mathematics-Specific Tools. Candidates select mathematics-specific tools, including technology, to support students' learning, understanding, and application of mathematics and to integrate tools into instruction.
(iv) Use Mathematical Representations. Candidates select and use mathematical representations to engage students in examining understandings of mathematics concepts and the connections to other representations.
(v) Elicit and Use Student Responses. Candidates use multiple student responses, potential challenges, and misconceptions, and they highlight students' thinking as a central aspect of mathematics teaching and learning.
(vi) Develop Conceptual Understanding and Procedural Fluency. Candidates use conceptual understanding to build procedural fluency for students through instruction that includes explicit connections between concepts and procedures.
(vii) Facilitate Discourse. Candidates pose purposeful questions to facilitate discourse among students that ensures each student learns rigorous mathematics and builds a shared understanding of mathematical ideas.
5. Assessing Impact on Student Learning. Candidates assess and use evidence of students' learning of rigorous mathematics to improve instruction and subsequent student learning. Candidates analyze learning gains from formal and informal assessments for individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories, and they use this information to inform planning and teaching.
(i) Assessing for Learning. Candidates select, modify, or create both informal and formal assessments to elicit information on students' progress toward rigorous mathematics learning goals.
(ii) Analyze Assessment Data. Candidates collect information on students' progress and use data from informal and formal assessments to analyze progress of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories toward rigorous mathematics learning goals.
(iii) Modify Instruction. Candidates use the evidence of student learning of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories to analyze the effectiveness of their instruction with respect to these groups. Candidates propose adjustments to instruction to improve student learning for each and every student based on the analysis.
6. Social and Professional Context of Mathematics Teaching and Learning. Candidates are reflective mathematics educators who collaborate with colleagues and other stakeholders to grow professionally, to support student learning, and to create mathematics learning environments that meet the learning needs of each student.
(i) Promote Differentiated Learning Environments. Candidates seek to create responsive learning environments by identifying beliefs about teaching and learning mathematics, and associated classroom practices that ensure individual mathematical learning needs are met for each student.
(ii) Promote Positive Mathematical Identities. Candidates reflect on their impact on students' mathematical identities and develop professional learning goals that promote students' positive mathematical identities.
(iii) Engage Families and Community. Candidates communicate with families to share and discuss strategies for ensuring the mathematical success of their children.
(iv) Collaborate with Colleagues. Candidates collaborate with colleagues to grow professionally and support student learning of mathematics.
7. Teaching Financial Literacy. Candidates demonstrate and apply understandings of the six major financial literacy concepts of earning income, spending, saving, investing, managing credit, and managing risk to plan rigorous and engaging instruction supporting students' practical application of financial literacy knowledge and skills. The financial literacy instruction developed provides fair, culturally responsive opportunities for all students to learn and apply financial literacy concepts, skills, and practices. The six major concepts of financial literacy are defined as follows:
(i) Earning Income. Most people earn wage and salary income in return for working, and they can also earn income from interest, dividends, rents, entrepreneurship, business profits, or increases in the value of investments. Employee compensation may also include access to employee benefits such as retirement plans and health insurance. Employers generally pay higher wages and salaries to more educated, skilled, and productive workers. The decision to invest in additional education or training can be made by weighing the benefit of increased income-earning and career potential against the opportunity costs in the form of time, effort, and money. Spendable income is lower than gross income due to taxes assessed on income by federal, state, and local governments.
(ii) Spending. A budget is a plan for allocating a person's spendable income to necessary and desired goods and services. When there is sufficient money in their budget, people may decide to give money to others, save, or invest to achieve future goals. People can often improve their financial well-being by making well-informed spending decisions, which includes critical evaluation of price, quality, product information, and method of payment. Individual spending decisions may be influenced by financial constraints, personal preferences, unique needs, peers, and advertising.
(iii) Saving. People who have sufficient income can choose to save some of it for future uses such as emergencies or later purchases. Savings decisions depend on individual preferences and circumstances. Funds needed for transactions, bill-paying, or purchases, are commonly held in federally insured checking or savings accounts at financial institutions because these accounts offer easy access to their money and low risk. Interest rates, fees, and other account features vary by type of account and among financial institutions, with higher rates resulting in greater compound interest earned by savers.
(iv) Investing. People can choose to invest some of their money in financial assets to achieve long-term financial goals, such as buying a house, funding future education, or securing retirement income. Investors receive a return on their investment in the form of income and/or growth in value of their investment over time. People can more easily achieve their financial goals by investing steadily over many years, reinvesting dividends, and capital gains to compound their returns. Investors have many choices of investments that differ in expected rates of return and risk. Riskier investments tend to earn higher long-run rates of return than lower-risk investments. Investors select investments that are consistent with their risk tolerance, and they diversify across a number of different investment choices to reduce investment risk.
(v) Managing Credit. Credit allows people to purchase and enjoy goods and services today, while agreeing to pay for them in the future, usually with interest. There are many choices for borrowing money, and lenders charge higher interest and fees for riskier loans or riskier borrowers. Lenders evaluate creditworthiness of a borrower based on the type of credit, past credit history, and expected ability to repay the loan in the future. Credit reports compile information on a person's credit history, and lenders use credit scores to assess a potential borrower's creditworthiness. A low credit score can result in a lender denying credit to someone they perceive as having a low level of creditworthiness. Common types of credit include credit cards, auto loans, home mortgage loans, and student loans. The cost of post-secondary education can be financed through a combination of grants, scholarships, work-study, savings, and federal or private student loans.
(vi) Managing Risk. People are exposed to personal risks that can result in lost income, assets, health, life, or identity. They can choose to manage those risks by accepting, reducing, or transferring them to others. When people transfer risk by buying insurance, they pay money now in return for the insurer covering some or all financial losses that may occur in the future. Common types of insurance include health insurance, life insurance, and homeowner's or renter's insurance. The cost of insurance is related to the size of the potential loss, the likelihood that the loss event will happen, and the risk characteristics of the asset or person being insured. Identity theft is a growing concern for consumers and businesses. Stolen personal information can result in financial losses and fraudulent credit charges. The risk of identity theft can be minimized by carefully guarding personal financial information.
8. Secondary Field Experiences and Clinical Practice. Secondary mathematics candidates engage in a planned sequence of field experiences and clinical practice in a variety of settings under the supervision of experienced and highly qualified mathematics teachers. They develop a broad experiential base of knowledge, skills, effective approaches to mathematics teaching and learning, and professional behaviors across both middle and high school settings that involve a wide range and varied groupings of students. Candidates experience a full-time student teaching/internship in secondary mathematics supervised by an EPP supervisor, with secondary mathematics teaching experience or an equivalent knowledge base.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.28 Political Science Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach Political Science in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the National Council for the Social Studies (2018):
1. Content Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of social studies disciplines. Candidates are knowledgeable of disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools; structures of inquiry; and forms of representation.
2. Application of Content Through Planning. Candidates plan learning sequences that leverage social studies knowledge and literacies, technology, and theory and research to support the civic competence of learners as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates plan learning sequences that demonstrate social studies knowledge aligned with the College, Career and Civic Life (C3) Framework, state-required content standards, and theory and research.
(ii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners with disciplinary concepts, facts, and tools from the social studies disciplines to facilitate social studies literacies for civic life.
(iii) Candidates plan learning sequences that engage learners in disciplinary inquiry to develop social studies literacies for civic life.
(iv) Candidates plan learning sequences where learners create disciplinary forms of representation that convey social studies knowledge and civic competence.
(v) Candidates plan learning sequences that use technology to foster civic competence.
3. Design and Implementation of Instruction and Assessment. Candidates design and implement instruction and authentic assessments, informed by data literacy and learner self-assessment, that promote civic competence.
(i) Candidates design and implement a range of authentic assessments that measure learners' mastery of disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state-required content standards.
(ii) Candidates design and implement learning experiences that engage learners in disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence and demonstrate alignment with state- required content standards.
(iii) Candidates use theory and research to implement a variety of instructional practices and authentic assessments featuring disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(iv) Candidates exhibit data literacy by using assessment data to guide instructional decision-making and reflect on student learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
(v) Candidates engage learners in self-assessment practices that support individualized learning outcomes related to disciplinary knowledge, inquiry, and forms of representation for civic competence.
4. Social Studies Learners and Learning. Candidates use knowledge of learners to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy, create collaborative and interdisciplinary learning environments, and prepare learners to be informed advocates for a society that promotes the well-being of all.
(i) Candidates use knowledge of learners' socio-cultural assets, learning demands, and individual identities to plan and implement relevant and responsive pedagogy that ensures learning opportunities for all students in social studies.
(ii) Candidates facilitate collaborative, interdisciplinary learning environments in which learners use disciplinary facts, concepts, and tools, engage in disciplinary inquiry, and create disciplinary forms of representation.
(iii) Candidates engage learners in ethical reasoning to deliberate social, political, and economic issues, communicate conclusions, and take informed action toward achieving a society that promotes the well-being of all.
5. Professional Responsibility and Informed Action. Candidates reflect and expand upon their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions to advance social justice and promote human rights through informed action in schools and/or communities.
(i) Candidates use theory and research to continually improve their social studies knowledge, inquiry skills, and civic dispositions, and adapt practice to meet the needs of each learner.
(ii) Candidates explore, interrogate, and reflect upon their own cultural frames to attend to issues of fairness, acceptance, access, power, human rights, and social justice within their schools and/or communities.
(iii) Candidates take informed action in schools and/or communities and serve as advocates for learners, the teaching profession, and/or social studies.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).
(3) Specialty Field. The program shall require a major or equivalent in political science that meets the specialty area standard listed below:
(a) Political Science. Candidates seeking certification in the field of political science are expected to possess the knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary to organize and provide instruction at the appropriate school level for the study of political science, and should hold a major or an equivalent in the field. The equivalent of a major is defined for secondary (6-12) fields as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the program content standards for the field.

Rule 505-3-.29 Science Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach broad field science and/or the science specialties of life sciences, chemistry, earth space science, and physics in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION UNITS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards, which are adapted from the National Science Teaching Association/Association for Science Teacher Education standards (2020) and A Framework for K-12 Science Education - Practices, Crosscutting Concepts, and Core Ideas (2012).
1. Content Knowledge. Effective teachers of science understand and articulate the knowledge and practices of contemporary science and engineering. They connect important disciplinary core ideas, crosscutting concepts, and science and engineering practices for their fields of certification. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Use and apply the major concepts, principles, theories, laws, and interrelationships of their fields of licensure and supporting fields. Explain the nature of science and the cultural norms and values inherent to the current and historical development of scientific knowledge; and
(ii) Demonstrate knowledge of how to implement science standards, learning progressions, and sequencing of science content for teaching their certification level to 6-12 students.
2. Content Pedagogy. Effective teachers of science plan learning units of study and fair, culturally responsive opportunities for all students based upon their understandings of how students learn and develop science knowledge, skills, and habits of mind. Effective teachers engage students in the use of science and engineering practices and crosscutting concepts to develop deep understandings of the core disciplinary ideas in their instructional planning. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Use science standards and a variety of appropriate, student-centered, and culturally relevant science disciplinary-based instructional approaches that follow safety procedures and incorporate science and engineering practices, disciplinary core ideas, and crosscutting concepts;
(ii) Incorporate appropriate differentiation strategies, wherein all students develop conceptual knowledge and an understanding of the nature of science. Lessons should engage students in applying science practices, clarifying relationships, and identifying natural patterns from phenomena and empirical experiences;
(iii) Use engineering practices in support of science learning wherein all students design, construct, test and optimize possible solutions to a problem;
(iv) Align instruction and assessment strategies to support instructional decision making that identifies and addresses student misunderstandings, prior knowledge, and naïve conceptions; and
(v) Integrate science-specific technologies to support all students' conceptual understanding and application of science and engineering.
3. Learning Environments. Effective teachers of science are able to plan for engaging all students in science learning by identifying appropriate learning goals that are consistent with knowledge of how students learn science and are aligned with standards. Plans reflect the selection of phenomena appropriate to the social context of the classroom and community, and safety considerations, to engage students in the nature of science and science and engineering practices. Effective teachers create an impartial, multicultural, and social justice-learning environment to achieve these goals. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Plan a variety of lessons based on science standards that employ strategies that demonstrate their knowledge and understanding of how to select appropriate teaching and motivating learning activities that foster a supportive, welcoming, fair, and impartial learning environment;
(ii) Plan learning experiences for all students in a variety of environments (e.g., the laboratory, field, virtual, and community) within their fields of certification;
(iii) Plan lessons in which all students have a variety of opportunities to obtain information, evaluate, communicate, investigate, collaborate, learn from mistakes, and defend their own explanations of phenomena, observations, and data. This includes the proposal and defense of potential solutions to real-world, authentic, scientific and engineering problems; and
(iv) Plan and implement instruction incorporating universal technologies that support and enhance virtual learning either in person or digitally to include all students in investigation and application of science content, engineering practices, and crosscutting concepts.
4. Safety. Effective teachers of science demonstrate biological, chemical, and physical safety protocols in their classrooms and workspace. They also implement ethical treatment of living organisms and maintain equipment and chemicals as relevant to their fields of certification. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Implement activities appropriate for the abilities of all students that demonstrate safe techniques for the procurement, preparation, use, storage, dispensing, supervision, and disposal of all chemicals/materials/equipment used within their fields of certification;
(ii) Demonstrate an ability to: recognize hazardous situations including overcrowding; implement emergency procedures; maintain safety equipment; provide adequate student instruction and supervision; and follow policies and procedures that comply with established state and national guidelines, appropriate legal state and national safety standards (e.g., Occupational Safety and Health Administration, National Fire Protection Association, Environmental Protection Agency), and best professional practices (e.g., National Science Teaching Association, Georgia Science Teachers Association, National Science Education Leadership Association). This includes awareness of personal liability, duty of care as it relates to students (face-to-face and remote), fellow staff, and visitors to the classroom;
(iii) Demonstrate ethical decision-making with respect to safe and humane treatment of all living organisms in and out of the classroom, and comply with the legal restrictions and best professional practices on the collection, care, and use of living organisms as relevant to their fields of certification; and
(iv) Demonstrate an awareness of safety implications associated with remote learning. This includes awareness of personal responsibility for instructing students on safety precautions for remote learning.
5. Impact on Student Learning. Effective teachers of science provide evidence that students have learned and can apply disciplinary core ideas, crosscutting concepts and science and engineering practices as a result of instruction. Effective teachers analyze learning gains for individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups of students disaggregated by demographic categories, and use these to inform planning and teaching. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Design and implement differentiated and balanced assessments that allow all students to demonstrate their knowledge and ability to apply, synthesize, evaluate, and communicate their understanding of disciplinary knowledge, nature of science, science and engineering practices, and crosscutting concepts in practical, authentic, and real-world situations;
(ii) Collect, organize, analyze, evaluate and reflect on a variety of formative and summative evidence and use those data to inform future planning and teaching; and
(iii) Analyze science-specific assessment data based upon student demographics, categorizing the levels of learner knowledge, and reflect on results for subsequent lesson plans.
6. Professional Knowledge and Skills. Effective teachers of science strive to continuously improve their knowledge of both science content and pedagogy, including approaches for ensuring fairness and access for all students in science. Teachers will also possess a deeper understanding of how to apply science and engineering practices for their discipline. They identify with and conduct themselves as part of the science education community. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Engage in critical reflection on their own science teaching to continually improve their instructional effectiveness;
(ii) Participate in professional learning opportunities to deepen their science content knowledge, and knowledge of science and engineering practices; and
(iii) Participate in professional learning opportunities to expand their science-specific pedagogical knowledge.
7. Commitment to Three-dimensional Learning. Effective teachers of 6-12 science and engineering should focus on a limited number of disciplinary core ideas and crosscutting concepts that are designed so that students continually build on and revise their knowledge and abilities over multiple years while supporting the integration of such knowledge and abilities with the practices needed to engage in scientific inquiry and engineering design. There are three major dimensions, Scientific and Engineering Practices, Disciplinary Core Ideas, and Crosscutting Concepts. All three dimensions need to be integrated into standards, curriculum, instruction, and assessment. Preservice teachers will:
(i) Emphasize science and engineering practices in their planning and implementation of lessons and units for all science students.
(I) Asking questions (for science) and defining problems (for engineering);
(II) Developing and using models;
(III) Planning and carrying out investigations;
(IV) Analyzing and interpreting data;
(V) Using mathematics and computational thinking;
(VI) Constructing explanations (for science) and designing solutions (for engineering);
(VII) Engaging in argument from evidence; and
(VIII) Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information.
(ii) Focus deeply on a limited number of Disciplinary Core Ideas within each major category of science disciplines.
(I) Life Sciences
I. From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and processes
A. Cell structure and function
B. Growth and development of organisms
C. Organization for matter and energy flow in organisms
D. Information processing
II. Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics
A. Interdependent relationships in ecosystems
B. Cycles of matter and energy transfer in ecosystems
C. Ecosystem dynamics, functioning, and resilience
D. Social interactions and group behavior
III. Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits
A. Inheritance of traits
B. Variation of traits
IV. Biological Evolution: Unity and Diversity
A. Evidence of common ancestry and diversity
B. Natural selection
C. Adaptation
D. Biodiversity and humans
(II) Chemistry
I. Matter and Its Interaction
A. Structure and properties of matter
B. Chemical reactions
C. Nuclear processes
D. Atomic bonding
E. Solutions
II. Energy
A. Kinetic molecular theory
B. Conservation of energy and energy transfer
C. Electromagnetic radiation
(III) Earth Space Science
I. Earth's Place in the Universe
A. The universe and its stars
B. Earth and the solar system
C. History of planet Earth
II. Earth's Systems
A. Earth materials and systems
B. Plate tectonics and large system interactions
C. The roles of water in Earth's surface processes
D. Weather and climate
E. Bio-geology
III. Earth and Human Activity
A. Natural resources
B. Natural hazards
C. Human impacts on Earth systems
D. Global climate change
(IV) Physics
I. Matter and Its Interactions
A. Nuclear processes
II. Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions
A. Forces and motion
B. Types of interactions
C. Stability and instability in physical systems
III. Energy
A. Work-energy theorem
B. Conservation of energy and energy transfer
C. Relationship between energy and forces
D. Energy in chemical processes and everyday life
IV. Waves and their applications in technologies for information transfer
A. Wave properties
B. Electromagnetic and mechanical waves
C. Information technologies and instrumentation
(iii) Consistently bear in mind crosscutting concepts as a means to provide linkages between science disciplines across multiple grades.
(I) Patterns
(II) Cause and effect: Mechanism and explanation
(III) Scale, proportion, and quantity
(IV) Systems and system models
(V) Energy and matter: Flows, cycles, and conservation
(VI) Structure and function
(VII) Stability and change
(b) Single-field Program Requirements. The program shall require a major or equivalent in one of the science areas listed in paragraph 7(ii). A major or equivalent is defined as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the appropriate content area standards.
(c) Dual-field Program Requirements. The program shall require a major or equivalent in two of the content areas listed in paragraph 7 (ii). A major or equivalent is defined as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the appropriate content area standards.
(d) Broad Field Program Requirements. The program shall require a major or equivalent in one of the science content areas listed in paragraph 7 (ii) and at least two additional areas of concentration listed in (ii). A major or equivalent is defined as a minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of content coursework that addresses the appropriate content area standards. An area of concentration is defined as a minimum of fifteen (15) semester hours of content coursework that address the appropriate content area standards listed in 7 (ii).
(e) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.30 Speech Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states criteria for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach speech in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with basic communication concepts and theories;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who can identify various communication media and discuss the changing nature of media and the ways in which different media enable and constrain communication;
3. The program shall prepare candidates who know and apply critical skills associated with communicative arts, including characterization of the relationship between the critic and the critical object, identification of the social value of criticism and application of various stances to a variety of communicative acts;
4. The program shall prepare candidates who apply principles of responsible communication, including consideration of philosophies of communication that assign central importance to concepts of free speech, ethics, and their impact upon communicative acts;
5. The program shall prepare candidates who model practical communication skills related to public speaking, oral interpretation, group decision-making, television and radio, film, print, interpersonal, and organizational communication;
6. The program shall prepare candidates who can direct student co-curricular activities such as debate, forensics, radio management, and film society;
7. The program shall prepare candidates who can enforce the rules of parliamentary procedure; and
8. The program shall prepare candidates who know the history of theater, and can plan, conduct, and direct plays in schools.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.31 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.32 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.33 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.34 Agriculture Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach agriculture in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who know and can apply the content of the biological, botanical, physical, natural and applied sciences relevant to practical solutions for agricultural problems.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who know and can apply the principles of plant science, animal science, agricultural business and leadership, agricultural mechanics, and forestry; and can apply technologies from these areas that are appropriate to the agriculture industry.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate competence in one or more of the specialized occupational areas: agricultural production and marketing; agricultural equipment and supplies; agricultural electrification; agricultural metal fabrication; agriculture product processing; ornamental horticulture; floriculture and floral design; agricultural business; planning, and analysis; natural resource management; environmental science; forestry; agriculture animal production; veterinary science; or companion animal production and care.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to conduct a complete program of study in agricultural education including classroom and laboratory instruction, National Future Farmers of America (FFA) leadership development, and supervised agricultural experiences (SAEs) for students.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who can apply principles of production agriculture and agricultural economics.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan for classroom and lab management, student behavior management, curriculum and instructional delivery systems, manage instructional laboratories, implement instructional techniques, and evaluate student learning in agricultural education.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to work with community, industry, governmental agencies, program advisory committees, as well as local and state school personnel to provide a desirable educational experience for students in agricultural education.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.35 Business Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach business in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy and purposes of Career Technical Education (CTE), including being members of professional teacher organizations, such as National Business Education Association (NBEA), Association of Career and Technical Education (ACTE), and their affiliates.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan effective instruction, implement teaching strategies and methods for teaching business education and standards using project-based and problem-based learning, and assess mastery of content using performance based assessments.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who can apply problem-solving skills in business.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate competence in use and application of emerging technology (software and hardware/equipment).
5. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of business organization structure and function.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who know principles and application of business mathematics, business law, and formal business communication skills.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who are competent in use and application of computer applications (word processing, spreadsheet, database, presentation, and graphics) and keyboarding skills.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who are knowledgeable about business management techniques, leadership styles, marketing strategies and use in business, entrepreneurial constructs, human resource management and economic theories and systems, including consumer economics concepts.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the theories and skills of accounting, financial services, financial literacy, and emerging technologies in the finance industry.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of teaching employability skills, digital citizenship, business ethics, leadership skills, international business practices, cultural awareness, and career opportunities in business-related fields.
11. The program shall prepare candidates who can operate the student organization-Future Business Leaders of America (FBLA), as the co-curricular organization aligned with business education curricula.
12. The program shall prepare candidates who work with business and industry and post-secondary institutions in establishing school/business partnerships and advisory committees.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.36 Family And Consumer Sciences Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach family and consumer sciences in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards published by the National Association of Teacher Educators for Family and Consumer Sciences (2020).
1. Career, Community, and Family Connections. The program shall prepare candidates who analyze family, community, and work interrelationships; investigate career paths through work based learning activities; examine family and consumer sciences careers in education and human services, hospitality and food production, and visual arts and design; develop employability skills and other 21st century skills; apply career decision making and transitioning processes; and implement service learning.
2. Consumer Economics and Family Resources. The program shall prepare candidates who use local and global resources responsibly to address the unique needs and goals of individuals, families, and communities worldwide in family and consumer sciences areas including resource management, consumer economics, financial literacy, living environments, and textiles and apparel.
3. Family and Human Development. The program shall prepare candidates who use culturally responsive principles of human development and interpersonal and family relationships to strengthen individuals and families across the lifespan in contexts such as parenting, care giving, and the workplace.
4. Food and Nutrition. The program shall prepare candidates who promote nutrition science and food literacy practices and develop food preparation and production skills in personal and professional settings that enhance individual and family well-being across the lifespan and address related concerns in a global society.
5. Wellness. The program shall prepare candidates who utilize the practical reasoning process to make informed decisions and apply appropriate preventative and protective strategies to achieve optimal quality of life including social and emotional well-being for individuals, families, and communities.
6. Career and Technical Student Organization Integration. The program shall prepare candidates who integrate the Family, Career and Community Leaders of America (FCCLA) co-curricular student organization into the program to foster students' academic growth, apply family and consumer sciences content, develop leadership skills, engage in community service learning including competitive events, and make career and content connections.
7. Curriculum Development. The program shall prepare candidates who develop, justify, and implement course curricula in programs of study supported by research and theory that address perennial and evolving family, career, and community issues; reflect the critical, integrative nature of family and consumer sciences; integrate core academic areas; and reflect high quality career and technical education practices.
8. Instructional Strategies and Resources. The program shall prepare candidates who facilitate students' critical literacy and problem solving in family and consumer sciences through varied instructional strategies and technologies by experiences modeling responsible management of resources in schools, communities, and the workplace.
9. Laboratory Management. The program shall prepare candidates who develop, implement, and demonstrate laboratory policies and procedures based on current industry standards specific to the focus of the course to ensure both the safety of students and clients, and sustainability of products and the environment.
10. Student and Program Assessment. The program shall prepare candidates who collect student and program data to assess, evaluate, and improve student learning and family and consumer sciences programs using evidence-based criteria, standards, and authentic processes.
11. Learning Environment. The program shall prepare candidates who create and implement a safe, supportive, and culturally responsive learning environment that shows sensitivity to the differing needs, values, and characteristics of students, families, and communities.
12. Professionalism. The program shall prepare candidates who engage in ethical professional practice based on the history, philosophy, and family and consumer sciences Body of Knowledge, and relationship to career and technical education through civic engagement, advocacy, collaboration with other professionals, recruitment and mentoring of prospective and new professionals, and ongoing professional development.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.37 Healthcare Science Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach healthcare-related occupations in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) Candidates shall meet eligibility criteria outlined in GaPSC Rule HEALTHCARE SCIENCE EDUCATION.
(b) The program shall have established procedures for evaluating and assessing work experience.
(c) To receive approval GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who can interpret, develop and implement curriculum for healthcare science, including instructional methods of teaching, for the classroom, and lab activities.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the organizational structure and historical development of career and technical education and its relationship to American business, industry, and careers.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who integrate academic and career and technical education content in the curriculum and in implementing cross-curricular activities.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who organize, manage, plan, and supervise the healthcare science lab.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and are able to accommodate special populations and the unique learning needs and cultures of all students.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with secondary school guidance and counseling practices, assessment instruments and procedures, and assisting students in career development and placement activities through field based experiences in a variety of healthcare settings.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who apply and integrate technology and computer skills in specific occupational areas and classroom instruction.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who know and implement safety practices and procedures.
9. The program shall introduce candidates to Career Technical Student Organizations (CTSO) such as, HOSA-Future Health Professionals or Skills USA and provide information and resources to prepare them to facilitate CTSOs.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who work with business, industry, health, and medical workforce stakeholders when establishing school/business/community partnerships and advisory committees.
(d) The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with the framework of health science education and the National Health Science Standards advocated by the National Health Science Consortium.
(e) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.38 Marketing Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach marketing in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The program shall prepare candidates in the following curriculum areas:
(i) Fundamentals of Marketing (e.g., market identification, market share, target market, market segmentation, and marketing mix);
(ii) Foundational skills (e.g., economic theory and systems, basic business concepts, customer service skills, and technology skills); budgeting and financial literacy concepts;
(iii) Terminology and concepts particular to the specialized area of marketing;
(iv) Marketing information management;
(v) Product and service management;
(vi) Pricing;
(vii) Channel Management and Distribution;
(viii) Communications and Promotion;
(ix) Selling;
(x) Entrepreneurship; and
(xi) Market planning.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan, develop, and administer a marketing program that includes classroom instruction and laboratory (school-based enterprise) experiences and various work-based learning experiences.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with job requirements and career opportunities in marketing, marketing-related, and management fields.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to place secondary school students in work- and community-based settings for demonstration of mastery of curriculum.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who have either academic preparation or professional experiences in marketing.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who can implement and operate the nationally-affiliated Career and Technical Student Organization (CTSO) known as DECA.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with the history, foundations, and organization of Career and Technical Education Programs.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who are equipped to develop and utilize advisory committees primarily comprised of business, industry, and community leaders.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who are aware of and implement safety practices and procedures in the classroom, the lab, and the community where DECA-sponsored events take place.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and are able to accommodate the unique learning styles and cultures of students.
11. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to apply technological skills in classroom instruction.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.39 Engineering and Technology Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach engineering and technology education in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the 2020 Standards for Technological and Engineering Literacy as published by the International Technology and Engineering Educators Association (ITEEA).
1. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the nature of technology within the context of the Designed World as part of Project 2061.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who understand technology and society within the context of the Designed World as part of Project 2061.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who understand design and the engineering and design process within the context of the Designed World as part of Project 2061.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who possess abilities for a technological world within the context of the Designed World as part of Project 2061.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the Designed World as part of Project 2061.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who design, implement, and evaluate curricula based upon Standards for Technological and Engineering Literacy.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who use a variety of effective teaching practices that utilize the engineering design process and engineering notebooks when solving real world design challenges.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who design, create, and manage learning environments that promote technological and engineering literacy.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who understand students as learners, and how commonalities and differences affect learning.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and value the importance of engaging in comprehensive and sustained professional growth to improve the teaching of engineering and technology.
11. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the organizational structure and historical development of career and technical education and its relationship to American business, industry, and careers.
12. The program shall prepare candidates who integrate academic and career and technical education content in the curriculum and in implementing interdisciplinary activities through project/problem-based learning.
13. The program shall prepare candidates who organize, manage, plan, and supervise the engineering and technology education classroom and lab.
14. The program shall prepare candidates who can adapt instruction for special needs students in engineering and technology programs.
15. The program shall prepare candidates who can interpret, develop, and implement curriculum for engineering and technology education programs, including instructional methods of teaching for the classroom and engineering and technology education lab activities.
16. The program shall prepare candidates who know and implement correct safety practices and procedures in the engineering and technology education lab.
17. The program shall prepare candidates who can facilitate co-curricular Career and Technical Student Organizations (CTSOs).
18. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with elementary through secondary school guidance and counseling practices, assessment instruments and procedures, and assisting students in career development and placement activities through work-based learning experiences in the secondary schools.
19. The program shall prepare candidates to work with business, industry, and labor in establishing school/business/community partnerships and advisory committees.
(b) The program shall have established procedures for evaluating and assessing work experience to determine eligibility for the program.
(c) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.40 Career and Technical Specializations Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states criteria for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach career and technical specializations (CTS) in grades 6-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) Candidates shall meet eligibility criteria outlined in GaPSC Certification Rule CAREER AND TECHNICAL SPECIALIZATIONS in one of the following fields of Career and Technical Education (CTE):

Architectural Drawing and Design

Granite Technology

Audio/Video Technology and Film

Graphic Communication and Design

Automotive Service Technology

Health Information Technology

Aviation

Information Technology

Barbering

Junior Reserve Officer's Training Corps

Collision Repair

(JROTC)

Computer Animation

Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security

Construction

Manufacturing and Engineering Sciences

Cosmetology

Marine Service Technology

Culinary Arts

Nails

Distribution and Logistics

Precision Machine Technology

Electronics Technology

Sheet Metal

Esthetics

Welding Technology

Government and Public

  

Administration

  

(b) The program shall require demonstrated work experience in the field of eligibility and shall develop and consistently apply a clearly established procedure to evaluate and assess work experience.
(c) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who interpret, develop, and implement curriculum for Career and Technical Specializations (CTS) programs, including instructional methods of teaching theory and laboratory activities.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the organizational structures and historical development of CTS education and its relationship to American business and industry.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who integrate academic and CTS content in the development of CTS curriculum, and in implementing cross-curricular activities.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who organize, manage, plan, and supervise the school CTS laboratory.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and are able to accommodate special populations and the unique learning needs and cultures of all students.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with secondary school counseling and career readiness practices, assessment instruments and procedures, and assisting students in career development.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the value of Work Based Learning and can work collaboratively with the Work Based Learning Coordinator to assist in placement of students in their program area.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who apply and integrate technology and computer skills in specific occupational areas and classroom instruction.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who know and implement safety practices and procedures.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who can facilitate Career Technical Student Organizations (CTSOs).
11. The program shall prepare candidates who work with business, industry, and workforce stakeholders when establishing school/business partnerships and advisory committees.
(d) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the Secondary (6-12) standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (e)).

Rule 505-3-.41 Computer Science Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach computer science in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE. Approval to offer the Computer Science Program qualifies the EPP to recommend for the Computer Science Micro-Endorsement, candidates who are actively enrolled in this program and who demonstrate mastery of standards 1 and 6. The Computer Science Micro-Endorsement qualifies individuals to teach introductory computer science courses in grades P-12 (see GaPSC Rule COMPUTER SCIENCE MICRO-ENDORSEMENT).
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi, based on the following standards adapted from the International Society for Technology Education (ISTE) (2017), and the Computer Science Teachers Association Standards (2017).
1. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate computational thinking skills to formalize a problem and express its solution in a way that computers (human and machine) can effectively carry out, as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and ability for applying computational thinking skills including decomposition, abstraction, and pattern recognition in problem solving;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate skills in devising algorithms for solving computational problems and checking for the correctness of the algorithms;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of limitations of computing; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who perform activities demonstrating applications of computational thinking skills.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in at least one third-generation programming language, such as Java, Python, C or C++, C#/.NET, R, and Rust, as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill regarding the syntax and semantics of a third-generation programming language, its control structures, and its data types;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill regarding common abstraction mechanisms including methods (functions/procedures), data structures, and application programming interfaces (APIs);
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill in implementing algorithms into robust full stack programs (interpreted and compiled) and testing and debugging these programs for correctness;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who perform laboratory-based activities that demonstrate programming concepts proficiency in a third-generation programming language; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can document a program so that others can understand its design and implementation.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in basic computer system components and organization as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of how data are represented on a computer including bits, bytes, and words;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the mathematics of binary, octal and hexadecimal, as well as conversions among them;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of main components of a computer system including CPU, OS, Memory, motherboard layout (north & south bridges), I/O devices, and peripherals;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of various types of storage options in a computing environment including hard drive, cloud storage, flash drives, DVDs; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge and understanding of how components of a computer system work together to produce programs and applications to solve computational problems.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in fundamental principles of computer networks and the Internet as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of network components including hardware and software;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how network and cloud topologies and protocols enable users, devices, and systems to communicate and collaborate with each other;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can examine the factors such as bandwidth, latency, security, and server capability that impact network functionality;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the abstractions in the Internet and how the Internet functions (OSI model) including the assignment of IP addresses, routing, the domain name system (DNS), and the use of protocols; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the characteristics of the Internet and the systems built on it including redundancy, fault tolerance, hierarchy in IP addressing scheme, hierarchy in the DNS and open standards, and the influence of these characteristics on the systems.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in effectively and responsibly using computer applications to create digital artifacts, analyze data, model and simulate phenomena suggested by research and/or data as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can effectively use computer applications to create digital artifacts such as audio, video, animation, presentation, and websites;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can extract information from data to discover, explain, and visualize connections or trends;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can create models and simulations to help formulate, test and refine hypotheses;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can form a model from a hypothesis generated from research and run a simulation to collect and analyze data to test that hypothesis; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates to use industry best practices in application development.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency and understanding of security, privacy, and safety concerns in computer systems, networks, and applications as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe main tenets of information security including confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication, non-repudiation, and Zero Trust systems;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the fundamentals of encryption and decryption to protect data;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain fundamental security design principles, to include the differences between network and data security;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe types of threats and vulnerabilities to computer systems and the appropriate incident response and handling as well as imaging and backup procedures;
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe common network vulnerabilities and their associated responses;
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify safe, secure, and ethical digital behavior; and use effective strategies to evaluate the quality and credibility of websites; and
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates to educate students on their role in the prevention of cyberbullying and to take an active role in building positive online communities.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who plan, organize, deliver, and evaluate instruction for teaching full stack computer programming as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates to use industry standard Integrated Development Environments (IDE) for the development of computer programs;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate fundamental programming design paradigms, to include Waterfall, Agile, and DevOps;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate full stack programming in both interpreted and compiled languages;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can professionally interface with end users to develop programming requirements;
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can instruct students to develop their own unique full-stack programs (both interpreted and compiled languages) and debug them using professional industry-standard IDEs;
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who know how to plan and implement instruction using a wide range of instructional strategies for individuals and groups and for a diverse student population;
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates who create and implement multiple forms of assessment (including performance- and project-based) and use resulting data to gauge student progress and adjust instruction accordingly; and
(viii) The program shall prepare candidates to positively impact the achievement and attainment of underrepresented populations by incorporating instructional strategies to increase student self-efficacy and interest to drive goals towards continued advanced studies in computer science.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who work with business and industry leaders in establishing school/business partnerships and advisory committees and operate student organizations as appropriate.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy and purposes of Career Technical Education (CTE), including being members of professional teacher organizations that are appropriate for computer science content.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.42 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.43 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.44 Art Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach art in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2025 by the National Association of Schools of Art and Design:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the processes of creating, presenting, responding and connecting to visual and media arts. Candidates should demonstrate basic expressive, technical, procedural and organizational skills and conceptual insights which can be developed through studio art and design experiences. Instruction should include traditional and contemporary art and design processes.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who have an understanding of (1) the major styles and periods of art history, analytical methods and theories of criticism; (2) the development of past and contemporary art forms; (3) the important process of artistic creation from initial idea to finished artwork; (4) contending philosophies of art; and (5) the relationship of all of these to making art.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who have created and presented advanced work in at least one or more studio art areas demonstrating technical mastery.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who have functional competence with principles of visual organization, including the ability to work with visual elements in two and three dimensions. The candidates shall have functional knowledge of the management of the basic instructional technologies involved in drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, media arts, ceramics and sculpture.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to connect an understanding of educational processes and structures with an understanding of relationships among the arts, sciences and humanities, in order to apply art competencies in teaching situations and to integrate art instruction into the total process of education. Specific competencies include:
(i) An understanding of artistic developmental theory and child development and the identification and understanding of psychological principles of learning as they relate to art education.
(ii) An understanding of the philosophical and social foundation underlying art in education and the ability to express a rationale for personal attitudes and beliefs.
(iii) Ability to assess aptitudes, experiential backgrounds, and interests of individuals and groups of students, and to devise learning experiences to meet assessed needs.
(iv) Knowledge of current methods and materials available in all fields and levels of art education.
(v) Basic understanding of the principles and methods in art education of developing curricula and the short-and long-term instructional units that comprise them.
(vi) The ability to accept, amend, or reject methods and materials based on personal assessment of specific teaching situations in art education.
(vii) An understanding of evaluative techniques in art education and the ability to apply them in assessing both the progress of students and the objectives and procedures of the curriculum.
(viii) Ability to organize continuing study and to incorporate knowledge gained into self-evaluation and professional growth.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.45 Dance Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule describes requirements and field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach dance in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements. To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards based on the competencies published in 2025 by the National Association of Schools of Dance (NASD):
(a) Theoretical and Historical Studies. Candidates will have comprehensive coursework in dance studies leading to knowledge of dance history, repertory, and ethnology; movement analysis; dance and movement sciences; and music theory and rhythmic timing.
1. Candidates will learn to analyze dance perceptively and evaluate it critically.
2. Candidates will develop working physical, verbal, and written vocabularies based on an understanding and interpretation of the common elements of dance and be able to employ this knowledge in analysis.
3. Candidates will be able to place dances in historical, cultural, and stylistic contexts, and perceive dance as an evolving arts discipline.
4. Candidates will be able to form, articulate, and defend individual critiques, critical analyses, and evaluations about dance.
5. Candidates shall have fundamental knowledge of the body and sufficient understanding of the fundamentals of developmental kinesiology to correlate student learning and development with age and physical motor skills.
(b) Technique Study. Candidates will have continuous and sequenced course-based instruction in technique, improvisation, composition, repertory, and individual performance competencies. Technique study and individual performance competencies will be continuous and sequential, and result in the attainment of an intermediate or advanced level comparable to proficiency required for a major in dance in at least two forms of technique.
1. Candidates will develop a physical and conceptual understanding of movement and its expressive possibilities, including issues associated with student health and safety.
2. Candidates will have opportunities to experience and develop an appreciation and understanding of dance forms and styles from a variety of cultures.
3. Candidates will develop the ability to explore and create movement through improvisation, repertory, compositional methods, and individual performance competencies, demonstrating an understanding of artistic intent, expressive clarity, and technical proficiency.
(c) Choreography and Artistic Production. Candidates will gain knowledge, skills, and dispositions through concentrated experience leading to proficiency in choreography and production through applied experiences.
1. Candidates will develop and infuse elements of creativity, aesthetics, historical styles and current trends in choreography to include expressiveness, theatricality and technical interpretation.
2. Candidates will plan instruction which includes a variety of choreographic perspectives, methods and processes.
3. As competent choreographers, candidates will be able to create expressive performances with various types of groups and in general classroom situations.
4. Program completion requirements must include two years of work in improvisation/composition; and choreography, performance, and production of original work.
(d) Teaching Competencies. Candidates will be able to teach dance at various levels to different age groups and in a variety of classroom, studio, and ensemble settings that include effective classroom, studio, and rehearsal management.
1. Candidates will understand child growth and development and principles of learning as they relate to dance.
2. Candidates will be able to assess, adapt, and plan educational programs for the aptitudes, experiences, socio-cultural backgrounds, and orientations to meet the needs of all learners.
3. Candidates will be knowledgeable of current methods, materials, and repertories available in various fields and levels of dance education appropriate to the teaching specialization.
4. Candidates will understand and apply the principles and methods of developing curricula and the sequence of methods and units to comprise them.
5. Candidates will understand assessment tools for formative and summative assessments.
(e) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.46 Drama Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach drama in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from standards published in 2025 by the National Association of Schools of Theatre (NAST).
1. Production.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate competence in basic acting skills and techniques.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can direct performances, including playwriting, analyzing scripts, blocking, and casting.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can produce theatre productions, including creating and using scenery, lights, hair and make-up, sound properties, costume, props, special effects, and multimedia.
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can evaluate and assess productions.
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the public relation aspect of theatre and that theatre is a business.
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who can promote and publicize activities or productions.
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate technical skills for artistic self-expression in at least one major area of production (for example, acting, design/technology, playwriting, directing).
2. Repertory.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with theatre literature of various historical periods, cultural sources, and modes of presentation.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who acquire experience with specific repertoires through performance, academic study, and attendance at productions.
3. Theoretical and Historical Studies.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand theatre as a social and aesthetic experience.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who understand (a) contending philosophies of theatre, (b) the development of past and contemporary theatre forms, (c) major styles and periods of theatre history and dramatic literature, (d) theories of criticism, and (e) the fundamental and integral relationships of all these to the theatre performance.
4. Technology. The program shall prepare candidates that have acquired a working knowledge of applicable technologies and equipment related to their area(s) of specialization in theatre education.
5. Synthesis. The program shall prepare candidates with knowledge and the working application of the function of theatre in school and society, including content appropriateness, and legal and ethical issues.
6. Teaching Competencies.
(i) Candidates will be able to teach drama at various levels to different age groups and in a variety of classroom, studio, and ensemble settings that include effective classroom, studio, and rehearsal management.
(ii) Candidates will understand child growth and development and principles of learning as they relate to drama.
(iii) Candidates will be able to assess, adapt, and plan educational programs for the aptitudes, experiences, socio-cultural backgrounds, and orientations to meet the needs of all learners.
(iv) Candidates will be knowledgeable of current methods, materials, and repertories available in various fields and levels of drama education appropriate to the teaching specialization.
(iv) Candidates will understand and apply the principles and methods of developing curricula and the sequence of methods and units to comprise them.
(v) Candidates will understand assessment tools for formative and summative assessments.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.47 English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval for an initial certification program in ESOL, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2018 by the specialized professional association, Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, Inc.
1. Knowledge about Language. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of English language structures, English language use, and second language acquisition and development processes to help English Learners (ELs) acquire academic language and literacies specific to various content areas as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of English language structures (i.e., phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics) in different discourse contexts to promote the development of reading, writing, speaking, and listening skills across content areas. Candidates serve as language models for ELs;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of second language acquisition theory and research pertaining to pedagogy and developmental processes of language acquisition to set achievable expectations for, facilitate, and monitor ELs' language learning; and
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of English academic language functions (e.g., compare, describe, explain), content-specific language and discourse structures, and vocabulary to promote ELs' academic achievement across content areas.
2. Language and Culture. Candidates demonstrate and apply knowledge of the impact of dynamic academic, personal, familial, cultural, social, and sociopolitical contexts on the education and language acquisition of ELs as supported by research and theories. Candidates investigate the academic, cultural and personal characteristics of each EL, as well as family circumstances and literacy practices, to develop individualized, effective instructional and assessment practices for their ELs. Candidates recognize how educator identity, role, culture, race, gender, class and preconceptions impact the interpretation of ELs' strengths and needs as indicated by:
(i) Candidates demonstrate pedagogical language knowledge and critical language awareness that can help understand and challenge the normative discourses and the ways in which dynamic academic, personal, familial, cultural, and social contexts, including sociopolitical factors, impact the education of ELs;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of research and theories of cultural and linguistic differences and fairness that promote critical literacy and critical pedagogies, to support academic achievement and English language acquisition;
(iii) Candidates devise and implement methods and strategies to understand each ELs' academic characteristics, including background knowledge, educational history, English Language Proficiency (ELP) and current performance data, to develop effective, individualized instructional and assessment practices;
(iv) Candidates devise and implement methods to learn about personal characteristics of the individual ELs (e.g., interests, motivations, strengths, needs) and their family (e.g., language use, literacy practices, circumstances) to develop effective instructional practices; and
(v) Candidates use their own and ELs' multiple identities (e.g., professional, cultural, linguistic, multilingual, transnational etc.) as pedagogical resources to empower ELs, by describing their own preconceptions, critical consciousness, and conscious knowledge of U.S. culture on their interpretation of the educational strengths and needs of ELs.
3. Planning and Implementing Instruction. Candidates plan supportive environments for ELs, design and implement standards-based instruction using evidence-based, EL-centered, interactive approaches. Candidates make instructional decisions by reflecting on individual EL outcomes and adjusting instruction. Candidates demonstrate understanding of the role of collaboration with colleagues and communication with families to support their ELs' acquisition of English language and literacies in the content areas. Candidates use and adapt relevant resources, including appropriate technology, to effectively plan, develop, implement, and communicate about instruction for ELs as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates plan for culturally and linguistically relevant, supportive environments that promote ELs' learning. Candidates design scaffolded instruction of language and literacies to support standards and curricular objectives for ELs' in the content areas;
(ii) Candidates instruct ELs using evidence-based, student-centered, developmentally appropriate interactive approaches;
(iii) Candidates adjust instructional decisions after critical reflection on individual ELs' learning outcomes in both language and content;
(iv) Candidates plan strategies to collaborate with other educators, school personnel, and families in order to support their ELs' learning of language and literacies in the content areas;
(v) Candidates use and adapt relevant materials and resources, including digital resources, to plan lessons for ELs, support communication with other educators, school personnel, and ELs and to foster student learning of language and literacies in the content areas; and
(vi) Candidates utilize WIDA Consortium English Language Development (ELD) standards and ELD assessment results aligned with the state-adopted content standards to effectively plan, develop, implement and communicate data-driven instruction for ELs.
4. Assessment and Evaluation. Candidates apply assessment principles to analyze and interpret multiple and varied assessments for ELs, including classroom-based, standardized, and language proficiency assessments. Candidates understand how to analyze and interpret data to make informed decisions that promote English language and content learning. Candidates understand the importance of communicating results to other educators, ELs, and ELs' families as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates apply knowledge of validity, reliability, and assessment purposes to analyze and interpret student data from multiple sources, including norm-referenced, criterion-referenced, and authentic ongoing assessments. Candidates recognize preconceptions in language testing and make informed instructional decisions that support language learning and assessment;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate understanding of classroom-based formative, summative, and diagnostic assessments scaffolded for both English language and content assessment.
(iii) Candidates continuously determine language and content learning goals based on assessment data;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of state-approved administrative considerations, accessibility features, and accommodations appropriate to ELs for standardized and other assessments; and
(v) Candidates demonstrate understanding of how English language proficiency assessment results are used for identification, placement, and reclassification and communicate these results to other educators, EL's families, and other stakeholders.
5. Professionalism and Leadership. Candidates demonstrate professionalism and leadership by collaborating with other educators, knowing policies and legislation and the rights of ELs, advocating for ELs and their families, engaging in self-assessment and reflection, pursuing continuous professional development, and honing their teaching practice through supervised teaching as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of effective collaboration strategies in order to plan ways to serve as a resource for EL instruction, support educators and school staff, and advocate for ELs;
(ii) Candidates apply knowledge of school, district, and state policies as well as state and federal legislation that impact ELs educational rights in order to advocate for ELs;
(iii) Candidates practice self-assessment and reflection, make adjustments for self-improvement, and plan for continuous professional development in the field of English language learning and teaching; and
(iv) Candidates engage in supervised teaching of ELs to apply and develop their professional practice using self-reflection and feedback from their cooperating teacher(s) and supervising faculty.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.48 World Languages Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach World Languages and American Sign Language in grades P-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) (2013, 2015).
1. Language Proficiency: Interpersonal, Interpretive, and Presentational.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency speaking the language of the field of certification sought.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who interpret oral, printed, and video texts by demonstrating both literal and figurative or symbolic comprehension; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency presenting oral and written information to audiences of listeners or readers.
2. Cultures, Linguistics, Literatures, and Concepts from Other Disciplines.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate target cultural understandings and are able to compare perspectives toward cultural products and practices in target cultures to their own;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of linguistics and the changing nature of language (honoring language varieties), and are able to compare language systems with their own; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of authentic historical and authentic resources representing literary and cultural themes as well as interdisciplinary topics.
3. Language Acquisition Theories and Knowledge of Students and Their Needs.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of key principles of language acquisition and create linguistically and culturally rich learning environments; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of child and adolescent development to create a supportive learning environment for each student that includes a variety of instructional practices.
4. Integration of Standards in Planning and Instruction.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of the ACTFL World-Readiness Standards for Learning Languages (2015) and Georgia state standards, and use the ACTFL Core Practices for Language Learning as the basis for instructional planning;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who integrate the goal areas of the ACTFL World-Readiness Standards for Learning Languages (2015) and Georgia state standards, and use the ACTFL Core Practices for Language Learning in their classroom practice; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who use the ACTFL World-Readiness Standards for Learning Languages (2015) and Georgia state standards to select and integrate authentic resources, use technology, and adapt and create instructional materials for use in communication.
5. Assessment of Language and Cultures-Impact on Student Learning.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who design and implement ongoing authentic performance assessments using a variety of assessment models for all learners;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who reflect on and analyze the results of student assessments, adjust instruction accordingly and use data to inform and strengthen subsequent instruction; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who interpret and report the results of student performances to all stakeholders in the community, with particular emphasis on building student responsibility for their own learning.
6. Professional Development, Advocacy, and Ethics.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who engage in ongoing professional development opportunities that strengthen their own linguistic, cultural and pedagogical competence, and promote reflection on practice;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who articulate the role and value of languages and intercultural competence in preparing all students to interact in the global community through collaboration and advocacy; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who use inquiry and reflection to understand and explain the opportunities and responsibilities inherent in being a professional language educator, and demonstrate a commitment to fair and ethical interactions with all students, colleagues and other stakeholders.
(b) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(c) For the World Languages fields in which a GACE content assessment is available, candidates must attempt the GACE. A GACE assessment is not available for certain foreign language fields. For these fields, the GaPSC requires The American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) Oral Proficiency Interview (OPI) and Written Proficiency Test (WPT). See GaPSC Rule CERTIFICATION AND LICENSURE ASSESSMENTS for details.

Rule 505-3-.49 Health and Physical Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach health, physical education, and adapted physical education in grades P-12; and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Society of Health and Physical Educators (SHAPE America, 2024).
1. Professional Knowledge.
(i) The program prepares candidates who know and apply disciplinary-content knowledge and concepts critical to the development of healthy and physically educated students;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who can describe and apply physiological and biomechanical concepts related to skillful movement, physical activity, fitness, and the modification of scientific principles and application of these principles for teaching individuals with disabilities;
(iii) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply motor learning, psychological/behavioral theory related to skillful movement, physical activity, and fitness;
(iv) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply motor development theory and principles related to skillful movement, physical activity, fitness, and understanding of the influence of developmental delay on motor development;
(v) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply historical, legal, philosophical, and social perspectives and issues in current-day practices in health, physical education, and adapted physical education;
(vi) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply critical elements of motor skills, performance concepts, and tactical and strategic movement concepts;
(vii) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply theoretical foundations of health behavior and principles of learning;
(viii) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply methods of assessing and promoting emotional, physical, and mental health;
(ix) The program prepares candidates who describe and apply knowledge of disease etiology and prevention practices;
(x) The program prepares candidates who identify the role of health and physical education in the coordinated school health program; and
(xi) The program educates candidates on current Georgia Department of Education rules and standards for P-12 health and physical education programs.
2. Skill and Fitness Based Competence.
(i) The program prepares candidates who have the knowledge and skills to demonstrate competent movement performance, motor skill performance in a variety of physical skills, health-enhancing fitness, and health literacy skills;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who demonstrate appropriate application of performance concepts related to skillful movement in a variety of physical activities;
(iii) The program prepares candidates who demonstrate health literacy skills of an informed consumer using a variety of reliable data resources related to health; and
(iv) The program prepares candidates who demonstrate ability to set goals, develop strategies and implement plans for maintaining and improving health.
3. Planning and Implementation.
(i) The program prepares candidates who plan and implement a variety of developmentally appropriate and differentiated learning experiences and content aligned with local, state and national standards in health education, physical education, and adapted physical education;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who design and implement short and long-term curricular plans and units that are linked to program and instructional goals, as well as a variety of student needs (i.e., students with IEPs, 504 accommodation plans, English for Speakers of Other Languages [ESOL]);
(iii) The program prepares candidates who design and implement appropriate (e.g., measurable, developmentally appropriate and differentiated, performance based) outcomes and lesson objectives in each learning domain aligned with local, state, and/or national standards;
(iv) The program prepares candidates who plan how to achieve each student's learning goals, choosing appropriate strategies and accommodations, resources, and materials to differentiate instruction for individuals and groups of learners to accommodate learner capabilities and needs;
(v) The program prepares candidates who plan, differentiate, modify and accommodate sequential instruction to accommodate learner capabilities and needs; and
(vi) The program prepares candidates to challenge and support each student's learning through appropriate content and developing skills that address individual learning differences.
4. Instructional Delivery and Management.
(i) The program prepares candidates who communicate effectively (both verbally and non-verbally) and use pedagogical skills and strategies to enhance student engagement and learning in health education, physical education, and adapted physical education;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who implement effective demonstrations, explanations, and instructional cues and prompts to link concepts to appropriate learning experiences;
(iii) The program prepares candidates who analyze student performance and provide instructional feedback which results in skill acquisition, student learning, and motivation;
(iv) The program prepares candidates to use appropriate strategies and resources to adapt instruction to the needs of individuals and groups of learners;
(v) The program prepares candidates who utilize managerial task system (i.e., rules, routines, expectations, procedures, protocols, transitions) to create and maintain an effective learning environment;
(vi) The program prepares candidates who implement strategies to help students demonstrate responsible personal and social behaviors; and
(vii) The program prepares candidates to promote safe, respectful, and organized learning environments that support all students.
5. Impact on Student Learning.
(i) The program prepares candidates who utilize assessments (formal and informal) and reflection to foster student learning and inform decisions about future teaching and changes to teacher performance, instruction and program components (i.e., eligibility, present level of performance, student progress) in health education, physical education, and adapted physical education;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who select or create appropriate assessments that will measure student achievement of goals and objectives;
(iii) The program prepares candidates who use a variety of appropriate assessments and assessment data (formative and summative) to evaluate student learning and program component effectiveness; and
(iv) The program prepares candidates who utilize cross-curricular strategies to support academics within the physical education class.
6. Professionalism.
(i) The program prepares candidates who demonstrate dispositions essential to becoming effective professionals in health education, physical education, and adapted physical education;
(ii) The program prepares candidates who demonstrate behaviors that reflect the belief that all students can become healthy and physically educated individuals;
(iii) The program prepares candidates who communicate and participate in activities that enhance interdisciplinary collaboration and lead to continuous professional learning; and
(iv) The program prepares candidates who exhibit professional conduct and model appropriate behaviors.
(b) Programs shall prepare candidates who complete field experiences in a combination of both health and physical education settings while adhering to the required grade bands for P-12 certification.
(c) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.50 Music Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach music in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS, and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards based on the competencies published in 2025 by the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM):
1. Performance.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate technical skills requisite for artistic self-expression in one or more major performance areas at a level appropriate for the particular music concentration.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working understanding of the repertory in their major performance area and the ability to perform from a cross section of that repertory.
(iii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to read at sight with fluency, demonstrating both general musicianship and, in the major performance area, a level of skill relevant to professional standards appropriate for the particular music concentration.
(iv) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge and skills sufficient to work as a leader and in collaboration on matters of musical interpretation. Rehearsal and conducting skills are required as appropriate to the particular music concentration.
(v) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate keyboard or an equivalent chordal accompaniment competency.
(vi) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate growth in artistry, technical skills, collaborative competence, and knowledge of repertory through regular ensemble experiences. Ensembles should be varied both in size and nature.
2. Musicianship Skills and Analysis.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of the common elements and organizational patterns of music and their interactions, the ability to employ this understanding in aural, verbal, and visual analyses, and the ability to take aural dictation.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate sufficient understanding of and capability with musical forms, processes, and structures to use this knowledge and skill in compositional, performance, analytical, scholarly, and pedagogical applications according to the requisites of their specializations.
(iii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to place music in historical, cultural, and stylistic contexts.
3. Composition and Improvisation.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working ability to compose, arrange, and improvise in one or more musical languages. These may include, but are not limited to, the creation of original compositions or improvisations, variations or improvisations on existing materials, experimentation with various sound sources, including digital/electronic, the imitation of various musical styles, and manipulation of the common elements in non-traditional ways.
4. History, Culture, and Repertory.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working knowledge of music history through the present time.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an acquaintance with repertories beyond the area of specialization. All students must be exposed to a large and varied body of music through study and attendance at recitals, concerts, opera, and musical theater productions, and other performances.
5. Technology.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working understanding of how technology serves the field of music as a whole. These may include, but are not limited to, digital recording, sound engineering, and music production.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working knowledge of the technological developments applicable to their area of specialization.
6. Synthesis.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who work on musical problems by combining, as appropriate to the issue, their capabilities in performance; aural, verbal, and visual analysis; composition/improvisation; and history and repertory.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate a working understanding of interrelationships and interdependencies among various professions and activities that constitute the music enterprise.
7. Music Competencies for Teachers.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who are competent in conducting or facilitating both formal and informal musical experiences, able to create accurate and musically expressive performances with various types of performing groups, and in general classroom situations. Instruction in conducting may include score reading and the integration of analysis, style, performance practices, instrumentation, and conducting techniques.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who are able to arrange and adapt music from a variety of sources to meet the needs and ability levels of individuals, school performing groups, and classroom situations.
(iii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate functional performance abilities in a chordal accompaniment instrument and voice appropriate to the candidate's teaching specialization.
(iv) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and historical knowledge to curriculum development, lesson planning, and daily classroom and performance activities.
8. Teaching Competencies for Teachers.
(i) Programs shall prepare candidates who teach music at various levels to different age groups and in a variety of classroom and ensemble settings in ways that develop knowledge of how music works syntactically as a communication medium and developmentally as an agent of civilization. This competency includes effective classroom and rehearsal management.
(ii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of child growth and development and an understanding of age-appropriate principles of learning as they relate to music.
(iii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to assess aptitudes, experiential backgrounds, orientations of individuals and groups of students, and the nature of subject matter, and to plan educational programs to meet assessed needs.
(iv) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of current methods, materials, and repertories available in various fields and levels of music education appropriate to the teaching specialization.
(v) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to accept, amend, or reject methods and materials based on personal assessment of specific teaching situations.
(vi) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of evaluative techniques and the ability to apply them in assessing both the musical progress of students and the objectives and procedures of the curriculum.
(vii) Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of content, methodologies, pedagogies, materials, technologies, and curriculum development in music education.
(b) Field Experiences/Clinical Practice. Programs shall prepare candidates who complete field experiences or clinical practice in choral, instrumental, and general music.
(c) The program shall prepare candidates who meet the P-12 standards for the teaching of reading as specified in Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (g)).

Rule 505-3-.51 READING EDUCATION PROGRAM

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve as teachers of reading and related literacy topics in grades P-12, in accordance with GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. Reading Education programs will be classified as teaching (T) field programs and may be offered for initial certification in the field at the Master's degree level or higher, or as a certification-only program for those holding an advanced degree. All programs leading to initial certification in this field, regardless of degree level, must be approved by the GaPSC.
(2) Admission Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate is required for program admission.
(3) Program Standards and Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers shall offer a preparation program at the Master's degree or higher level described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi based on the science of reading and addressing the following standards adapted from those published by the International Literacy Association (2017):
1. Foundational Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidence-based foundations of literacy and language, and the ways in which they interrelate as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidence-based components of reading development (e.g., concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension) throughout the grades and their relationship with other aspects of literacy;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidence-based aspects of writing development, writing processes (e.g., revising, audience), and foundational skills (e.g., spelling, sentence construction, word processing) and their relationships with other aspects of literacy; and
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidence-based components of language (e.g., language acquisition, structure of language, conventions of standard English, vocabulary acquisition and use, speaking, listening, viewing, visually representing) and its relationships with other aspects of literacy.
2. Curriculum and Instruction. Candidates use foundational knowledge to design literacy curricula to meet the needs of learners, especially those who experience difficulty with literacy; design, implement, and evaluate small-group and individual evidence-based literacy instruction for learners; and collaborate with other teachers to implement effective literacy practices as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates use foundational knowledge to design, select, critique, adapt, and evaluate evidence-based literacy curricula that meet the needs of all learners;
(ii) Candidates design, select, adapt, teach and evaluate evidence-based instructional approaches, using both informational and narrative texts, to meet the literacy needs of whole class and groups of students in the academic disciplines and other subject areas, and when learning to read, write, listen, speak, view or visually represent;
(iii) Candidates select, adapt, teach, and evaluate evidence-based supplemental and intervention approaches and programs, and such instruction is explicit, intense, and provides adequate scaffolding to meet the literacy needs of individual and small groups of students, especially those who experience difficulty with reading and writing; and
(iv) Candidates collaborate with school-based educators in developing, implementing, and evaluating literacy instructional practices and curriculum.
3. Assessment and Evaluation. Candidates understand, select, and use valid, reliable, fair, and appropriate assessment tools to screen, diagnose, and measure student literacy achievement; inform instruction and evaluate interventions; assist other teachers in their understanding and use of assessment results; and advocate for appropriate literacy practices to relevant stakeholders as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates understand the purposes, attributes, formats, strengths/limitations (including validity, reliability, inherent language, dialect), and influences of various types of tools in a comprehensive literacy and language assessment system, and apply that knowledge to using assessment tools;
(ii) Candidates collaborate with colleagues to administer, interpret, and use data for decision making about student assessment, instruction, intervention, and evaluation for individual and groups of students;
(iii) Candidates participate in and lead professional learning experiences to assist other teachers in selecting, administering, analyzing, interpreting assessments, and using results for instructional decision making in classrooms and schools; and
(iv) Candidates, using both written and oral communication, explain assessment results, and advocate for appropriate literacy and language practices to a variety of stakeholders, including students, administrators, teachers, other educators, and parents/ guardians.
4. Learners and the Literacy Environment. Candidates meet the developmental needs of all learners and collaborate with school personnel to use a variety of print and digital materials to engage and motivate all learners; integrate digital technologies in appropriate, safe, and effective ways; and foster a positive climate that supports a literacy-rich learning environment as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates, in consultation with families and colleagues, meet the developmental needs of all learners (e.g., English learners, those with difficulties learning to read, the gifted), taking into consideration physical, intellectual, and other learner differences;
(ii) Candidates provide opportunities for student choice and engagement with a variety of print and digital materials to engage and motivate all learners;
(iii) Candidates integrate digital technologies into their literacy instruction in appropriate, safe, and effective ways and assist colleagues in these efforts; and
(iv) Candidates facilitate efforts to foster a positive climate that supports the physical and social literacy-rich learning environment, including knowledge of routines, grouping structures, and social interactions.
5. Professional Learning and Leadership. Candidates demonstrate the ability to be reflective literacy professionals, who apply their knowledge of adult learning to work collaboratively with colleagues; demonstrate their leadership and facilitation skills; and advocate on behalf of teachers, students, families, and communities as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates reflect on their professional practices, belong to professional organizations, and are critical consumers of research, policy, and practice;
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge of adult learning to engage in collaborative decision making with colleagues to design, align, and assess instructional practices and interventions within and across classrooms;
(iii) Candidates develop, refine, and demonstrate leadership and facilitation skills when working with individuals and groups; and
(iv) Candidates consult with and advocate on behalf of teachers, students, families, and communities for effective literacy practices and policies.
6. Practicum/Clinical Experiences. Candidates complete supervised, integrated, extended practice/clinical experiences that include intervention work with students and working with their peers and experienced colleagues; practice includes ongoing experiences in school-based setting(s); and supervision includes observation and ongoing feedback by qualified supervisors as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates work with individual and small groups of students at various grade levels to assess students' literacy strengths and needs, develop literacy intervention plans, implement instructional plans, create supportive literacy learning environments, and assess impact on student learning. Settings may include a candidate's own classroom, literacy clinic, other school, or community settings;
(ii) Candidates collaborate with and coach peers and experienced colleagues to develop, reflect on, and study their own and others' teaching practices;
(iii) Candidates have ongoing opportunities for authentic, school-based practicum experiences; and
(iv) Candidates receive supervision, including observation (in-person, computer assisted, or video analysis) and ongoing feedback during their practicum/clinical experiences by supervisors who understand literacy processes, have literacy content knowledge, understand literacy assessment and evidence-based instructional strategies, and, preferably, have experience as reading/literacy specialists.

Rule 505-3-.52 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.53 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.54 Special Education Adapted Curriculum Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to teach all students P-12 with disabilities whose individual education program indicates instruction in an adapted curriculum leading to participation in the Georgia alternate assessment. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Adapted Curriculum published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2012).
(i) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of sensory challenges of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(ii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate Speech, language, and communication of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(iii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate Adaptive behavior needs of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(iv) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement instruction for independent functional life skills and adaptive behavior;
(v) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement instruction and related services in environments that are both age appropriate and ability appropriate;
(vi) Candidates are prepared to use specialized instruction to enhance social participation across environments;
(vii) Candidates are prepared to plan systematic instruction based on learner characteristics, interests, and ongoing assessment;
(viii) Candidates are prepared to use specialized instruction to enhance social participation across environments;
(ix) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of assessments of environmental conditions that promote maximum performance of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(x) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of components of assessment for the core areas for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(xi) Candidates are prepared to develop strategies for monitoring and analyzing challenging behavior and its communicative intent;
(xii) Candidates are prepared to conduct functional behavior assessments that lead to development of behavior support plans;
(xiii) Candidates are prepared to implement instructional programs that promote effective communication skills using verbal and augmentative and alternative communication systems;
(xiv) Candidates are prepared to provide instruction in community-based settings;
(xv) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of continuum of placement and services available for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(xvi) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of perspectives held by individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder;
(xvii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of concepts of self-determination, self-advocacy, and community and family support, and impact in the lives of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder; and
(xviii) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with team members to plan transition to adulthood that encourages full community participation.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the standards for Special Education (P-12) programs specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (f)).
(c) The program shall require the completion of a content concentration in social science, science, math, language arts, or reading.
1. A content concentration shall consist of fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content that conforms with the requirements of the content concentrations for middle grades. (See GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM.)
2. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.

Rule 505-3-.55 Special Education General Curriculum Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to teach all students P-12 with disabilities whose individual education program indicates instruction using the general education curriculum and participation in the general statewide assessment. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the standards for Special Education (P-12) programs specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (f)).
(c) The program shall require the completion of a content concentration in social science, science, math, language arts, or reading.
1. A content concentration shall consist of fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content that conforms with the requirements of the content concentrations for middle grades. (See GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM).
2. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.

Rule 505-3-.56 Special Education General Curriculum Elementary Education (P-5) Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to provide instruction or instructional support to all students in grades P-5, including those with disabilities whose individual education plan indicates instruction using the general statewide assessments. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short- and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(b) The program shall conform to the standards for the preparation of elementary teachers that appear in GaPSC Rule ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (P-5) PROGRAM.
(c) The program shall prepare special education elementary education professionals to meet the standards for Elementary, Special Education General Curriculum/Elementary Education, and Middle Grades Reading teachers specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (c)).

Rule 505-3-.57 Special Education Deaf Education Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content for approving programs that prepare teachers to teach students who are deaf or hard of hearing in grades P-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Deaf and Hard of Hearing (D/HH) published by the Council for Exception Children (2018):
(i) Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the effects of the interrelationship among age of identification, type and etiology, level of hearing, auditory development, and provision of services on the development of individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of auditory development of individuals who are D/HH;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of visual and spoken languages and communication modes;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the impact of exceptionalities on the development of language and learning for individuals who are D/HH, including the ways in which exceptionalities may interact with varying hearing levels resulting in more complex needs;
(V) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the importance of advocating for equal access to language and communication in the individual's preferred mode across all educational settings;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to incorporate current theories of spoken and signed language development of individuals who are D/HH and components of communication competence into programming and planning for students;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to develop individualized programming and instruction in light of various aspects of hearing status;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to incorporate auditory development of individuals who are D/HH into programming and planning for students;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to implement evidence-based practices in early intervention services specifically related to overall development of children who are D/HH and family outcomes;
(X) Candidates are prepared to identify and support communication modes that provide equal access, based on the needs and preferences of individuals and their families;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to deliver individualized programming and planning informed by the presence of identified exceptionalities; and
(XII) Candidates are prepared to identify and support all Least Restricted Environment (LRE) options to facilitate Individualized Education Program (IEP) team decisions taking communication into account.
(ii) Learning Environments.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the influence of educational placement, family communication, language, cultural identity, socioeconomic status, home and community environment, and child maltreatment on development and learning;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the value of peers and role models who are D/HH on family perceptions, decision making, and student outcomes;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate factors impacting visual and/or auditory learning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to promote ongoing opportunities for interactions between individuals who are D/HH and their families with peers and role models who are D/HH;
(V) Candidates are prepared to assist with routines related to assistive technology used by individuals who are D/HH to enhance access to the environment;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to design or modify a language-rich learning environment that maximizes opportunities for visual and/or auditory learning and meets developmental and learning needs; and
(VII) Candidates are prepared to structure the learning environments to encourage developmentally appropriate self-advocacy and self-determination skills.
(iii) Curricular Content Knowledge.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the interrelationship between services and curricular sequencing and progressions;
(II) Candidates are prepared to integrate evidence-based language and literacy instruction across all academic areas; and
(III) Candidates are prepared to differentiate and adapt curricula in response to the variety of populations across multiple educational settings.
(iv) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the range of assessment types, from informal to standardized;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the appropriate formative, summative, and diagnostic assessment of expanded core curriculum, auditory skills, visual language skills, self-advocacy, self-determination, functional listening, self-care skills, and student safety;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between assessment data, reporting, and programming and planning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to utilize appropriate terminology and interpret results across assessments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to ensure equal access to communication and minimized partiality in assessment with regard to laws, policies, and ethical principles;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use and interpret technically sound assessments for individuals with D/HH;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to administer appropriate formative, summative, and diagnostic assessments;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to identify or develop appropriate specialized assessments that allow for alternative forms of expression, and select appropriate accommodations and modifications;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to collect and analyze a range of spoken, signed, written, or other language and communication samples; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to utilize assessment data to develop reports and to inform programming and planning.
(v) Instructional Planning and Strategies.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate language/modes of communication used by individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the strategies that promote curricular programming that is responsive to the variety of populations across multiple educational settings;
(III) Candidates are prepared to tailor evidence-based instructional strategies and specialized technologies across a variety of service delivery models and instructional setting;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to coordinate and collaborate to ensure appropriate instruction and planning;
(V) Candidates are prepared to implement strategies for supporting audition;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to implement strategies for conserving vision and hearing;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to implement evidence-based strategies for developing language in individuals' preferred communication mode(s);
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to promote optimal access to communication to facilitate supportive and welcoming experiences;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to develop proficiency in the languages/modes of communication used by individuals who are D/HH;
(X) Candidates are prepared to promote literacy and content area reading and writing through the individual's preferred communication mode(s);
(XI) Candidates are prepared to apply first and second language teaching strategies;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to ensure use of visual tools, organizers, and current assistive technology that enhances communication access that support programming and planning across a variety of service delivery models and instructional settings; and
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement transitions across service continua.
(vi) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of laws, policies, and ethical principles guiding equal access to communication in individuals' preferred communication mode(s);
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the awareness of the educator's language competence in supporting individual outcomes;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the sociocultural, historical, and political considerations unique to Deaf culture and the field of education of individuals who are D/HH;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to advocate, using impartial ethical practices, based on the needs of the individual or family;
(V) Candidates are prepared to apply ethical decision making related to optimal access to communication in individuals' preferred communication mode(s) for all programming and planning;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to increase educator's competence in the individual's preferred communication mode(s);
(VII) Candidates are prepared to advocate for and implement programming and planning to provide equal communication access to individuals across all educational settings; and
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to use historical foundations and research evidence to inform educational programming and planning.
(vii) Collaboration.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the services, organizations, and networks that are relevant to individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the policies, procedures, and resources for universal newborn hearing screening and early intervention;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the roles and responsibilities of support staff in programming and planning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate collaborative behaviors within the boundaries of the professionals' scope of practice;
(V) Candidates are prepared to interpret relevant data and statistics related to hearing levels and their potential impact on outcomes;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to participate in professional networks relevant to the education of individuals who are D/HH;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to provide families with information in an impartial manner to make informed choices regarding communication modes, philosophies, and educational options; and
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to prepare and assist team members to work with D/HH team members across a variety of service delivery models and instructional environments.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the standards for Special Education (P-12) programs specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (f)).
(c) The program shall require the completion of a content concentration in social science, science, math, language arts, or reading.
1. A content concentration shall consist of fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content that conforms with the requirements of the content concentrations for middle grades. (See GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM).
2. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.

Rule 505-3-.58 Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to provide instruction or instructional support to P-12 students who have physical or health-related disabilities for all or part of a student's general or special curriculum needs as indicated in the Individual Education Plan (IEP). This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities published by the Council for Exception Children (2012):
(i) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the implications of physical and health disabilities on development and learning;
(ii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the functional effects of the type and severity of physical and health disabilities on individual performance;
(iii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the psychosocial effects of physical and health disabilities;
(iv) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the adaptations of educational environments to enhance the potential of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(v) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the barriers to accessibility by individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(vi) Candidates are prepared to use proper positioning techniques and equipment to promote participation in academic and social environments;
(vii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate proper body mechanics to promote individual and teacher safety in transfer, lifting, positioning, and seating;
(viii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of continuum of non-symbolic to symbolic forms of communication;
(ix) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of valid and reliable assessment instruments for individuals who have poor motor skills and for those who are nonverbal;
(x) Candidates are prepared to teach response modes to establish accuracy in the assessment of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xi) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the adaptations and assistive technology necessary to accommodate the unique characteristics of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the incorporation of augmentative and assistive communication into instruction and daily living activities;
(xiii) Candidates are prepared to use specialized instructional strategies for academic and functional tasks for individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xiv) Candidates are prepared to use adaptations and assistive technology to provide access to and participation in the general education curriculum; and
(xv) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate techniques for teaching literacy skills to individuals who are nonverbal.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the standards for Special Education (P-12) programs specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (f)).
(c) The program shall require the completion of a content concentration in social science, science, math, language arts, or reading.
1. A content concentration shall consist of fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content that conforms with the requirements of the content concentrations for middle grades. (See GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM).
2. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.

Rule 505-3-.59 Special Education Preschool (AGES 3-5) Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach students aged 3-5 (below K) with disabilities. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the Early Interventionist/Early Childhood Special Educator (EI/ECSE) Standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Child Development and Early Learning. Candidates understand the impact of different theories and philosophies of early learning and development on assessment, curriculum, instruction, and intervention decisions. Candidates apply knowledge of normative developmental sequences and variations, individual differences within and across the range of abilities, including developmental delays and disabilities, and other direct and indirect contextual features that support or constrain children's development and learning. Multiple factors are considered when facilitating meaningful learning experiences and individualizing intervention and instruction across contexts.
(i) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the impact that different theories and philosophies of early learning and development have on assessment, curriculum, intervention, and instruction decisions;
(ii) Candidates apply knowledge of normative sequences of early development, individual differences, and families to support each child's development and learning across contexts;
(iii) Candidates apply knowledge of biological and environmental factors that may support or constrain children's early development and learning as they plan and implement early intervention and instruction; and
(iv) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of characteristics, etiologies, and individual differences within and across the range of abilities, including developmental delays and disabilities, their potential impact on children's early development and learning, and implications for assessment, curriculum, instruction, and intervention.
2. Partnering with Families. Candidates use their knowledge of family-centered practices and family systems theory to develop and maintain reciprocal partnerships with families. They apply family capacity-building practices as they support families to make informed decisions and advocate for their young children. They engage families in opportunities that build on their existing strengths, reflect current goals, and foster family competence and confidence to support their children's development and learning.
(i) Candidates apply their knowledge of family-centered practices, family systems theory, and the changing needs and priorities in families' lives to develop trusting, respectful, affirming, and responsive partnerships with all families that allow for the mutual exchange of knowledge and information;
(ii) Candidates communicate clear, comprehensive, and objective information about resources and supports that help families to make informed decisions, and advocate for access and participation in the school environment; and
(iii) Candidates engage families in identifying their strengths, priorities, and concerns; support families to achieve the goals they have for their family and their young child's development and learning; and promote families' competence and confidence during assessment, individualized planning, intervention, instruction, and transition processes.
3. Collaboration and Teaming. Candidates apply models, skills, and processes of teaming when collaborating and communicating with families and professionals, using developmentally, and linguistically responsive and affirming practices. In partnership with families and other professionals, candidates develop and implement individualized plans and successful transitions that occur across the age span. Candidates use a variety of collaborative strategies while working with and supporting other adults.
(i) Candidates apply teaming models, skills, and processes, including appropriate uses of technology, when collaborating and communicating with families; professionals representing multiple disciplines, skills, expertise, and roles; and community partners and agencies;
(ii) Candidates use a variety of collaborative strategies when working with other adults that are evidence-based, appropriate to the task, culturally and linguistically responsive, and take into consideration the environment and service delivery approach; and
(iii) Candidates partner with families and other professionals to develop individualized plans and support the various transitions that occur for the young child and their family throughout the birth until kindergarten.
4. Assessment Processes. Candidates know and understand the purposes of assessment in relation to ethical and legal considerations. Candidates choose developmentally, linguistically, and responsive tools and methods that are appropriate to the characteristics of the young child, family, and program. Using evidence-based and evidence-informed practices, candidates develop or select as well as administer informal measures, and select and administer formal measures in partnership with families and other professionals. They analyze, interpret, document, and share assessment information using a strengths-based approach with families and other professionals for eligibility determination, outcome/goal development, planning instruction and intervention, monitoring progress, and reporting.
(i) Candidates understand the purposes of formal and informal assessment, including ethical and legal considerations, and use this information to choose developmentally and linguistically responsive, valid, reliable tools and methods that are appropriate to the characteristics of the young child, family, and program;
(ii) Candidates develop and administer informal assessments and/or select and use valid, reliable formal assessments using evidence-based and evidence-informed practices, including technology, in partnership with families and other professionals;
(iii) Candidates analyze, interpret, document, and share assessment information using a strengths-based approach with families and other professionals; and
(iv) Candidates, in collaboration with families and other team members, use assessment data to determine eligibility, develop child and family-based outcomes/goals, plan for interventions and instruction, and monitor progress to determine efficacy of programming.
5. Application of Curriculum Frameworks in the Planning of Meaningful Learning Experiences. Candidates collaborate with families and professionals to use an evidence-based, developmentally responsive early childhood curriculum addressing developmental and content domains. Candidates use curriculum frameworks to create and support universally designed, high quality learning experiences that provide each child and family with access and opportunities for learning and growth.
(i) Candidates collaborate with families and other professionals in identifying an evidence based curriculum addressing developmental and content domains to design and facilitate meaningful, developmentally responsive learning experiences that support the unique abilities and needs of all children and families; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge of early childhood curriculum frameworks, developmental and academic content knowledge, and related pedagogy to plan and ensure access to universally designed, developmentally responsive, and challenging learning experiences.
6. Using Responsive and Reciprocal Interactions, Interventions, and Instruction. Candidates plan and implement intentional, systematic, evidence-based, responsive interactions, interventions, and instruction to support all children's learning and development across all developmental and content domains in partnership with families and other professionals. Candidates facilitate access and participation for all children and families within the school environment through responsive and affirming practices and relationships. Candidates use data-based decision-making to plan for, adapt, and improve interactions, interventions, and instruction to ensure fidelity of implementation.
(i) Candidates, in partnership with families, identify systematic, responsive, and intentional evidence-based practices and use such practices with fidelity to support young children's learning and development across all developmental and academic content domains;
(ii) Candidates engage in reciprocal partnerships with families and other professionals to facilitate responsive adult-child interactions, interventions, and instruction in support of child learning and development;
(iii) Candidates engage in ongoing planning and use flexible and embedded instructional and environmental arrangements and appropriate materials to support the use of interactions, interventions, and instruction addressing developmental and academic content domains, which are adapted to meet the needs of each and every child and their family;
(iv) Candidates promote young children's social and emotional competence and communication, and proactively plan and implement function-based interventions to prevent and address challenging behaviors;
(v) Candidates identify and create multiple opportunities for young children to develop and learn play skills and engage in meaningful play experiences independently and with others across contexts;
(vi) Candidates use responsive interactions, interventions, and instruction with sufficient intensity and types of support across activities, routines, and environments to promote child learning and development and facilitate access, participation, and engagement; and
(vii) Candidates plan for, adapt, and improve approaches to interactions, interventions, and instruction based on multiple sources of data across a range of settings.
7. Professionalism and Ethical Practice. Candidates identify and engage with the profession of early intervention and early childhood special education (EI/ECSE) by exhibiting skills in reflective practice, advocacy, and leadership while adhering to ethical and legal guidelines. Evidence-based and recommended practices are promoted and used by candidates.
(i) Candidates engage with the profession of EI/ECSE by participating in local, regional, national, and/or international activities and professional organizations;
(ii) Candidates engage in ongoing reflective practice and access evidence-based information to improve their own practices;
(iii) Candidates exhibit leadership skills in advocating for improved outcomes for young children, families, and the profession, including the promotion of and use of evidence-based practices and decision-making; and
(iv) Candidates practice within ethical and legal policies and procedures.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the following identified standards specified by the International Literacy Association, 2017, as well as the applicable standards delineated in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
1. Candidates use instructional approaches, materials, and an integrated, comprehensive, balanced curriculum to support student learning in reading and writing.
2. Candidates use a variety of assessment tools and practices to plan and evaluate effective reading and writing instruction.
3. Candidates create a literate environment that fosters reading and writing by integrating foundational knowledge, instructional practices, approaches and methods, curriculum materials, and the appropriate use of assessments.

Rule 505-3-.60 Special Education Visual Impairments Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to teach students with visual impairments in grades P-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS and in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning, self-reflection, and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Vision Impairment published by the Council for Exception Children (2018):
(i) Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the development of the human visual system and areas of the brain involved in processing visual images;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the most prevalent causes of severe, uncorrectable visual impairment in children and youth ages birth to 22;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of terminology related to diseases and disorder of the human visual system, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of implications of prevalent visual conditions;
(V) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of sensory development and its impact on development and learning when vision is impaired;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the impact and implications of sociocultural/psychosocial factors on social-emotional development;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to accurately read, interpret, and summarize eye reports and serve as liaison to families and other members of the education team to individual services;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to select and develop assessment and teaching strategies, accommodations and modifications that address age, visual impairment, family values and priorities, visual prognosis, and other individual characteristics;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to use nonvisual/alternate strategies to promote attachment, early communication/literacy, orientation and mobility, and independence to address the effects of visual impairment on families and the reciprocal impact on individuals' self-esteem; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to select, adapt, and use nonvisual/alternate instructional strategies to address co-occurring disabilities and other individual characteristics.
(ii) Learning Environments.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of physical and virtual environmental factors that impact the acquisition of spatial and positional concepts, access to and synthesis of data visualizations, and other concepts typically acquired through vision;
(II) Candidates are prepared to identify and implement physical and virtual environmental accommodations and modifications to facilitate optimal sensory use and multisensory access to, and active participation in, individual and group activities in general and expanded core curriculum environments;
(III) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with team members to design and implement environments that promote optimal sensory use, foundational orientation and mobility skills, independence, social engagement, and efficient storage of specialized materials;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to identify unique issues specific to visual impairment for accessing digital multimedia and virtually built environments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to use ergonomics and appropriate technology settings aligned with students' preferred learning media and low tech strategies to support ubiquitous computing to promote access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to facilitate incidental learning experiences to address nonvisual access to physical and virtual environments;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to evaluate social skills and design behavior strategies for learners with visual impairments to maximize positive social engagement and interaction across environments;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to teach developmentally appropriate human guide, self-familiarization with new environments, protective, and alignment techniques for independent travel to promote safety across environments;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to teach orientation skills using environmental features, self-advocacy for optimal environmental accommodations and modifications, including requesting and refusing assistance as needed; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to teach nonvisual and alternate strategies for promoting digital citizenship and secure online practices.
(iii) Curricular Content Knowledge.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the relationship of individualized assessment, intervention planning/implementation, development of individualized education programs/individualized family service plans, progress monitoring, and placement specific to unique needs of students with visual impairment including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of a wide range of instructional and assistive technologies specific to visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate proficiency in reading, writing, proofreading, and interlining alphabetic and fully contracted Unified English Braille;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate basic proficiency in reading and writing braille for mathematic and scientific notation and in using the abacus;
(V) Candidates are prepared to produce braille with brailler, slate and stylus, computer (including use of braille translation software), and braille production methods;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate basic proficiency in human guide, protective, alignment, and search techniques in orientation and mobility with developmentally appropriate modifications;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to identify specialized resources unique to visual impairment to address the specific communication needs of students with varied communication abilities, reading levels, and language proficiency;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to develop, implement, and continuously monitor learning objectives and goals for optimizing sensory efficiency, developing concepts, and accessing the general and expanded core curriculum across settings; and
(IX) Candidates are prepared to identify and adapt general education and visual impairment specific curricula for instruction of literacy, other academic areas, and the expanded core curriculum.
(iv) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the challenges of assessing students with visual impairments, including cerebra/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the options for specialized assessment materials and equipment for unique sensory needs;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role of specialized, individualized assessment data unique to visual impairment for pre-referral, referral, annual, and tri-annual processes;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the implications of short- and long-term use of accommodations and modifications unique to students with visual impairments, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(V) Candidates are prepared to interpret medical reports and multiple sources of data, including background information and family history, to plan and implement nondiscriminatory assessments;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use multiple sources of valid information/data, including data from formal/informal assessments to evaluate the effectiveness of intervention, instruction, specialized media, materials, equipment, and the physical environment;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to use valid assessment results and medical reports to determine eligibility for vision specific services, for students with and without specific visual diagnoses;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to use valid assessment data and knowledge of the potential impact of visual impairment on psychosocial functioning to identify when referral for services is needed;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to adapt assessments when tests are not validated on individuals with visual impairments to determine baseline performance;
(X) Candidates are prepared to identify assessment items and measures that are biased and make recommendations for non-visual or alternate accommodations and modifications;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with team members and families to plan and implement assessment and interpret assessment results on issues specific to visual impairment;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to conduct individualized functional vision, learning media, assistive technology and other expanded core curriculum-related assessments;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to interpret and/or assess cognitive, motor, social, and language concepts unique to individuals with visual impairments;
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to use multiple sources of data to determine appropriate learning and literacy media (braille, print, or dual) and assistive technology;
(XV) Candidates are prepared to interpret assessment results to determine individual needs to support acquisition of skills in the general and expanded core curriculum;
(XVI) Candidates are prepared to advocate for reasonable nonvisual and alternate accommodations and modifications on standardized assessments;
(XVII) Candidates are prepared to address limitations of standard scores and non-standard data when communicating visual impairment specific assessment data to educational teams and families;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to assess accessibility needs of individuals who are visually impaired who are English learners or from diverse backgrounds; and
(XIX) Candidates are prepared to use results of clinical low vision evaluation, functional vision, learning media, and assistive technology assessments to identify optimal assistive technology.
(v) Instructional Planning and Strategies.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the proper use and care of braille and braille production devices and technology equipment, including maintenance of devices and software updates;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the importance of creating positive, productive learning environments that foster independence and student achievement, and that reduce the tendency of others to engender learned helplessness in learners with visual impairments;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of knowledge of evidence-based practices for teaching students with visual impairments, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to develop, coordinate, and implement appropriate programs for infants and young children with visual impairment, including those with cerebral/cortical visual impairment and co-occurring disabilities, and their families;
(V) Candidates are prepared to obtain resources, including published curricula, for braille codes currently in use;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use digital resources, hardware, and software to produce and access materials in accessible media including the conversion of print materials into braille, tactile, and/or digital formats;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to teach varied visual, nonvisual, and multi-sensory devices, programs, and software to launch, navigate, save, and retrieve information on devices and local systems and online;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to select and use various visual, nonvisual, multisensory, and adaptive methods to teach technology skills by integrating students' assessed needs into instructional methods for teaching sensory efficiency skills, use of learning media, individual keyboarding, reading, writing, editing, and listening skills;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement explicit instruction in assistive technology, including digital citizenship, that integrates students' ability to meet, manage, and advocate for their own needs;
(X) Candidates are prepared to integrate basic principles of accessibility to select, create, adapt, and format text, images, and media to promote usability and accessibility to meet the individual needs of students with visual impairments;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to provide systematic, explicit braille literacy instruction using embossed materials and digital technologies to meet individual needs;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to teach the use of the abacus, accessible calculator, tactile graphics, adapted equipment, and appropriate technology for mathematics and science instruction to meet individual needs;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to teach students to access, interpret, and create increasingly complex printed and digital graphics in visual and/or tactile forms, including maps, charts, diagrams, and tables, based on individual needs;
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to teach students to access, interpret, and create increasingly complex printed and digital graphics in visual and/or tactile forms, including maps, charts, diagrams, and tables, based on individual needs;
(XV) Candidates are prepared to teach students with low vision to use optical, electronic, and non-optical devices to optimize visual efficiency and independently use dual learning media such as visual and auditory information, or auditory and tactile information;
(XVI) Candidates are prepared to promote and reinforce sensorimotor and physical skills, including gross and fine motor skills, posture, balance, purposeful movement, and strength to meet individual needs unique to visual impairment;
(XVII) Candidates are prepared to teach basic orientation, body image, spatial, temporal, positional, directional, and environmental concepts based on individual needs to promote motor skill development, orientation and mobility, and academic and social inclusion;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to teach and reinforce human guide techniques to students with visual impairment, their peers, and others who interact with them;
(XIX) Candidates are prepared to orient students to unfamiliar environments;
(XX) Candidates are prepared to reinforce skills taught by orientation and mobility specialists to support the use of mobility devices and dog guides, for orientation and mobility;
(XXI) Candidates are prepared to teach independent living and organization skills using alternate and nonvisual strategies;
(XXII) Candidates are prepared to teach social communication skills related to appropriate body language, non-verbal communication, and social etiquette;
(XXIII) Candidates are prepared to teach development and monitoring of relationships and friendships, and knowledge of self, including human sexuality;
(XXIV) Candidates are prepared to teach skills usually acquired visually to develop and enhance participation in fitness/leisure/recreation activities, hobbies, and team and spectator sports to facilitate inclusion across settings;
(XXV) Candidates are prepared to teach students to recognize and report behaviors that they may not perceive visually that may threaten their personal safety and well-being;
(XXVI) Candidates are prepared to teach students their legal rights and responsibilities related to being a citizen with a visual impairment;
(XXVII) Candidates are prepared to prepare students with progressive visual conditions to transition to alternative skills;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to collaboratively develop, implement, and continuously monitor communication goals, objectives, and systems for students with visual impairments and co-occurring disabilities;
(XXIX) Candidates are prepared to teach students to recognize and report behaviors that they may not perceive visually that may threaten their personal safety and well-being;
(XXX) Candidates are prepared to select, adapt, and use nonvisual/alternate instructional strategies to address co-occurring disabilities; and
(XXXI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate an understanding of the knowledge of a range of cost effective technological devices from low to high tech for the instructional needs specific to visual impairment.
(vi) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding roles and responsibilities of teachers and support personnel in providing services for students with visual impairments in a range of settings;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of current knowledge of eligibility criteria for specialized services, funding, and materials sources specific to visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the historical, political, and sociocultural forces unique to the education of students with visual impairments;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate awareness of the impact of nonverbal reactions and behaviors that are not accessible to students with visual impairments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to understand the role in determining and recommending appropriate type and amount of services based on evaluation of needs in all areas of the expanded core curriculum;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of current knowledge of laws that impact and protect individuals with visual impairments;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the roles of all members of educational/vision care teams;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to develop and maintain professional learning and practice by actively participating in professional organizations;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to articulate instructional and professional philosophies and ethical practices to address the specific needs of students with visual impairment across settings including the expanded core curriculum;
(X) Candidates are prepared to articulate and advocate for individual needs regarding placement, service delivery models, type and amount of service, and key components of services unique to visual impairment across ages and settings;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to advocate for reasonable nonvisual and alternate accommodations and modifications on standardized assessments;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to advocate for evidence-based educational policy related to visual impairment and low incidence disabilities;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to articulate a plan for maintaining continuous professional development to remain current on all areas of the expanded core curriculum, with particular attention to assistive and instructional technology, most prevalent causes of and medical treatments for severe visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities; and
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to evaluate and discern credible and scholarly sources of information about visual impairments, including knowledge of valid and reliable research techniques.
(vii) Collaboration.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in conveying, to families and teams, information about the impact and implications of visual impairment on development and learning and access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in working collaboratively with families and teams for referral for counseling, therapy, or other services to address the unique needs of visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in increasing awareness of accessibility in physical and virtual environments and improving open access to information for families and the educational team;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the importance of role models with visual impairment for a full range of individual learners across settings;
(V) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with educational team and families on service delivery issues unique to visual impairment;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with technology and curriculum development staff on accessibility needs;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to serve as liaison between medical care providers, families, and other members of the educational team;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with vision care professionals to facilitate access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and orientation and mobility specialists to reinforce orientation and mobility skills and other expanded core curriculum skills;
(X) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and other team members to plan and implement transitions;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to instruct and supervise paraeducators, and provide information to families and the educational team in nonvisual strategies that promote independence and autonomy;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to instruct and supervise paraeducators and braille transcribers, and provide information to families and the educational team on the production of accessible media;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and the educational team to promote literacy development; and
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with assistive technology professionals to identify and support customized tools to meet the accessibility needs of individuals with visual impairment.
(b) The program shall prepare professionals who understand and apply principles of teaching reading and writing and who meet the standards for Special Education (P-12) programs specified in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE (paragraph (3) (f)).
(c) The program shall require the completion of a content concentration in social science, science, math, language arts, or reading.
1. A content concentration shall consist of fifteen (15) semester hours of academic content that conforms with the requirements of the content concentrations for middle grades. (See GaPSC Rule MIDDLE GRADES EDUCATION PROGRAM).
2. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the reading concentration.
3. One or more courses taken to meet the requirements of (b) (above) may be counted toward the fifteen semester hours required for the language arts concentration.

Rule 505-3-.61 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.62 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.63 Curriculum and Instruction Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve in Curriculum and Instruction roles in P-12 educational settings and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. Curriculum and Instruction Programs will be classified as Service field programs and may be offered for initial certification in the field at the Master's degree level or higher, or as a certification-only program for those holding advanced degrees. Programs leading to initial certification in the field, regardless of degree level, must be approved by the GaPSC.
(2) Admission Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, service field certificate, or Life certificate is required for program admission.
(3) Completion Requirements.
(a) Candidates seeking initial certification in the field must complete the following requirements at the appropriate level:
1. Master's Degree level: a minimum of six (6) semester hours (or the quarter hours equivalent) of advanced level coursework focused on the content or content pedagogy of a certificate field held by the educator. These hours may be satisfied through advanced pedagogy courses in which candidates are required to demonstrate advanced pedagogical skills or understandings related to their field(s) of certification. All six (6) hours may also be satisfied through a thesis focused on the content knowledge of a certificate field held by the educator.
2. Specialist or Doctoral degree level: a minimum of six (6) semester hours (or the quarter hours equivalent) of advanced level coursework focused on the content or content pedagogy of a certificate field held by the educator. All six (6) hours may be satisfied through advanced level content or content pedagogy courses in which candidates are required to demonstrate advanced skills or understandings related to their field of certification, or these hours may be satisfied through work on a thesis, research project or dissertation directly focused on a content field held by the educator.
(4) Program Approval.
(a) To receive program approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. Knowledge of Curriculum. Program completers will demonstrate advanced ability to design, implement, and evaluate curriculum that promotes student learning as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers recognize the needs of students, the contexts which must be considered when planning curriculum, and the philosophical frameworks that undergird curriculum design;
(ii) Completers can align curriculum across local, state, and national standards within and across subject areas;
(iii) Completers have knowledge of resources, including technology, to support evidence-based teaching practices; and
(iv) Completers can evaluate curriculum by using performance data and student work to determine student understanding and to refine curriculum.
2. Knowledge of Instruction. Program completers will demonstrate advanced ability to plan, implement, and evaluate instruction to facilitate student learning as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers can design and modify environments that promote learning and are based on appropriate, evidence-based practices and student performance data;
(ii) Completers can differentiate instruction through the use of evidenced-based practices, student performance data, appropriate resources, and culturally responsive pedagogy; and
(iii) Completers can evaluate and modify instruction based on a variety of data, educational research, and continuous self-assessment.
3. Knowledge of Content. Program completers will demonstrate advanced depth and breadth of knowledge and skills in their academic discipline and pedagogy as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers can apply current research and data as they demonstrate content knowledge, and identify appropriate resources to promote student success; and
(ii) Completers can plan, implement, and assess the important ideas and organizational structure of the domains represented in their content body of knowledge to benefit each student.
4. Knowledge of Students. Program completers will demonstrate advanced knowledge of students as influenced by cognitive, physical, emotional, social, cultural, environments, and economic factors as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers demonstrate knowledge of major learning and developmental theories and how they explain student learning;
(ii) Completers can design instruction to meet the unique needs of each student; and
(iii) Completers provide evidence of an understanding of the cultural and linguistic contexts of learning.
5. Knowledge of Research. Program completers will demonstrate the ability to use research to promote student learning and to contribute to the teaching profession as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers can apply theoretical insights and research findings to curriculum, instruction, and assessment in P-12 systems to improve student learning, classroom processes, and /or institutional practices; and
(ii) Completers can use quantitative, qualitative, and/or mixed research methods to investigate education problems and are able to articulate the findings to a variety of audiences.
6. Knowledge of Assessment. Program completers will demonstrate advanced knowledge of assessment and the ability to use multiple sources of assessment for maximizing student learning as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers demonstrate knowledge of assessment that enables appropriate analysis and interpretation for facilitating effective instruction and student learning;
(ii) Completers demonstrate an understanding of the principles of assessment design;
(iii) Completers can use diagnostic, formative, and summative assessments to differentiate instruction, and to provide timely and effective feedback to improve student learning;
(iv) Completers can conduct program evaluations to determine the effectiveness of curriculum and instructional practices; and
(v) Completers can use assessment data to identify longitudinal trends and achievement gaps, establish goals for improvement, and articulate pertinent information to a variety of audiences.
7. Professional Practices. Program completers will demonstrate high standards for professional practice as indicated by the following:
(i) Completers establish high standards for academic rigor, intellectual inquiry, and professional integrity;
(ii) Completers participate in and/or lead professional learning experiences to promote effective practices; and
(iii) Completers advocate for the profession by modeling collaboration, leadership, and professionalism.

Rule 505-3-.64 Instructional Technology Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve in instructional technology roles in P-12 schools, LUAs, and other organizations, and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, service field certificate, or Life certificate is required for program admission.
(b) The program may be offered at the Master's degree level or higher, or as a certification-only program for those holding advanced degrees.
(c) Candidates must complete a minimum of six (6) semester hours (or the quarter hours equivalent) of advanced level coursework focused on the content or content pedagogy of a certificate field held by the candidate. All six hours may be satisfied through advanced level content or content pedagogy courses in which candidates are required to demonstrate advanced skills related to their field of certification. Three of the six semester hours may be satisfied through a thesis (or equivalent culminating project) directly focused on the content of a certificate field held by the candidate.
(d) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2017 by The International Society for Technology in Education (ISTE):
1. Learner. Educators continually improve their practice by learning from and with others and exploring proven and promising practices that leverage technology to improve student learning. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Set professional learning goals to explore and apply pedagogical approaches made possible by technology and reflect on their effectiveness;
(ii) Pursue professional interests by creating and actively participating in local and global learning networks; and
(iii) Stay current with research that supports improved student learning outcomes, including findings from the learning sciences.
2. Leader. Educators seek opportunities for leadership to support student empowerment and success and to improve teaching and learning. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Shape, advance, and accelerate a shared vision for empowered learning with technology by engaging with education stakeholders;
(ii) Advocate for equitable access to educational technology, digital content, and learning opportunities to meet the diverse needs of all students; and
(iii) Model for colleagues the identification, exploration, evaluation, curation, and adoption of new digital resources and tools for learning.
3. Citizen. Educators inspire students to positively contribute and responsibly participate in the digital world. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Create experiences for learners to make positive, socially responsible contributions and exhibit empathetic behavior online that build relationships and community;
(ii) Establish a learning culture that promotes curiosity and critical examination of online resources and fosters digital literacy and media fluency;
(iii) Mentor students in the safe, ethical, and legal practice with digital tools and protection of intellectual rights and property; and
(iv) Model and promote management of personal data and digital identity, and protect student data privacy.
4. Collaborator. Educators dedicate time to collaborate with both colleagues and students to improve practice, discover and share resources and ideas, and solve problems as indicated in the following: The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Dedicate planning time to collaborate with colleagues to create authentic learning experiences that leverage technology;
(ii) Collaborate and co-learn with students to discover and use new digital resources and diagnose and troubleshoot technology issues;
(iii) Use collaborative tools to expand students' authentic, real-world learning experiences by engaging virtually with experts, teams, and students, locally and globally; and
(iv) Demonstrate cultural competency when communicating with students, parents, and colleagues and interact with them as co-collaborators in student learning.
5. Designer. Educators design authentic, learner-driven activities and environments that recognize and accommodate learner variability environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Use technology to create, adapt, and personalize learning experiences that foster independent learning and accommodate learner differences and needs;
(ii) Design authentic learning activities that align with content area standards and use digital tools and resources to maximize active, deep learning; and
(iii) Explore and apply instructional design principles to create innovative digital learning environments that engage and support learning.
6. Facilitator. Educators facilitate learning with technology to support student achievement of the ISTE Standards for Students. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Foster a culture where students take ownership of their learning goals and outcomes in both independent and group settings;
(ii) Manage the use of technology and student learning strategies in a variety of environments such as digital platforms, virtual environments, hands-on makerspaces, or in the field;
(iii) Create learning opportunities that challenge students to use a design process and/or computational thinking to innovate and solve problems; and
(iv) Model and nurture creativity and creative expression to communicate ideas, knowledge or connections.
7. Analyst. Educators understand and use data to drive their instruction and support students in achieving their learning goals. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Provide alternative ways for students to demonstrate competency and reflect on their learning using technology;
(ii) Use technology to design and implement a variety of formative and summative assessments that accommodate learner needs, provide timely feedback to students and inform instruction; and
(iii) Use assessments and other qualitative and quantitative data to guide progress and communicate with students, parents, and education stakeholders to build student self-direction.
8. Coach. Educators plan, provide, and evaluate the impact of professional learning for educators and leaders to advance teaching and learning with technology. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Establish coaching relationships to support educators as they explore new instructional strategies and integrate technology to improve student learning;
(ii) Design and implement professional learning based on needs assessments and the theories and frameworks for adult learning;
(iii) Evaluate the impact of professional learning and continually reflect on how to improve coaching and professional practice; and
(iv) Foster educator participation in professional learning networks to help them connect with other educators and stay abreast of current and emerging technologies and innovations.

Rule 505-3-.65 School Librarian Program

(1) Purpose. This rule describes requirements and field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve as school librarians in P-12 schools, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , Requirements and Standards for Approving Educator Preparation Providers and Educator Preparation Programs.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a master's or higher degree level preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi as addressing the following state-developed standards:
1. Instructional Environment.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who are effective educators who demonstrate and respectfully accommodate the development of all learners;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who promote and respect the opportunity for advancement for all learners;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who promote a positive learning environment that encourages a lifelong love of learning and that serves as the guiding principle used in developing a school library program; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who will offer all learners the opportunities and experiences that prepare them for college, a future career, and a life beyond the school library.
2. Instructional Practices.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who collaborate with teachers, administration, and the community to plan, deliver, and assess instruction;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who implement a variety of evidence-based strategies in instruction;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who will ensure students learn and understand multiple literacies and the ethical use of information; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who use data and information to reflect on and revise the effectiveness of their instruction.
3. Information Literacy.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who use a variety of children's and young adult literature information resources and instructional technology tools to actively engage learners in the critical-thinking and inquiry process; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use a variety of strategies to foster the development of ethical digital citizens and motivated readers.
4. Management and Administration.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who ensure the school library community is aware of and employs fair access to information and resources;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use and teach others about the ethical use of resources;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who practice curation, creation, organization, and management of a collection that supports all learners; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who use data and other forms of evidence to inform decisions about library policies, resources, and services.
5. Leadership within the Profession:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who are leaders in the school and profession;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who participate and engage others in collaboration, and actively advocate for programs and stakeholders in the learning community;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who plan and execute professional development for staff and other school librarians; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who adhere to the ethical principles of the library and information profession.

Rule 505-3-.66 Literacy Specialist Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve as literacy specialists (e.g., literacy coaches, instructional coaches, teacher leaders) in grades P-12, in accordance with GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. This field is classified as a service (S) field and therefore may not be added by passing the state-approved content assessment.
(2) Requirements.
(a) Three years of teaching experience and a valid level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, service field certificate, or Life certificate are required for program admission. Candidates must demonstrate proficiency in the knowledge and skills delineated in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, as a prerequisite for admission to this program.
1. Proficiency may be demonstrated through completion of the Reading Endorsement (based on GaPSC Rule , effective July 1, 2023 or later), certification in Elementary Education (earned after July 1, 2025), a passing score on the Reading Education GACE (after July 1, 2025), or another valid and reliable measure of candidate proficiency.
2. The EPP shall require candidates not demonstrating proficiency in the knowledge and skills delineated in GaPSC Rule , FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE, to successfully complete one or more pre-requisite courses prior to program admission.
(b) To receive approval, GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers shall offer a preparation program at the Master's degree level or higher described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi based on the science of reading and addressing the following standards adapted from those published by the International Literacy Association (2017):
1. Foundational Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidenced-based foundations of literacy and language and the ways in which they interrelate; demonstrate a knowledge base of effective school-wide professional learning; demonstrate knowledge of research about school-wide literacy programs; and demonstrate understanding of the role of those who support literacy as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical, conceptual, historical, and evidence-based foundations of literacy and language, including language acquisition, reading, writing, speaking, listening, viewing, and visual representation from pre-K through grade 12 and across academic disciplines, including connections and potential integration for literacy learning;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major concepts, theories, and evidence-based foundations of effective professional learning, adult learning theory, school change, community-school partnerships, collaboration, coaching, and leadership;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major concepts, theories, and evidence-based foundations for developing, implementing, and evaluating school-wide comprehensive literacy instruction and curriculum, including that of disciplinary literacy, pre-K through grade 12; and
(iv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of historical and evidence-based foundations related to the role of the literacy coach and its instructional and leadership dimensions.
2. Curriculum and Instruction. Candidates develop, analyze, and evaluate the school's literacy curriculum; design, implement, and evaluate effective classroom literacy instruction; collaborate with and coach teachers to guide teaching practices, and improve literacy learning of individuals and groups of students; and facilitate or participate in efforts to develop a vision and goals for the literacy program as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates coach classroom teachers and other professionals in selecting, designing, analyzing, and evaluating the school's literacy curriculum, aligned to state and district standards;
(ii) Candidates coach teachers in designing, selecting, implementing, and evaluating evidence-based instructional approaches, interventions, and supplemental programs that address the needs of students and enable them to be successful in various settings (e.g., general classroom, academic disciplines, other subject areas, outside school);
(iii) Candidates collaborate and coach as a means of improving teaching practices and enhancing teachers' knowledge and skills of evidence-based classroom, supplemental, and intervention approaches and programs to improve student learning; and
(iv) Candidates, in collaboration with school and district personnel, facilitate efforts to develop a vision and goals for a comprehensive literacy program, including across the academic disciplines that reflects evidence-based practices and effective integration of all dimensions of language and literacy.
3. Assessment and Evaluation. Candidates foster educators' knowledge of assessment and assessment tools to monitor student progress; inform and evaluate school-wide instruction and interventions; facilitate professional learning and school improvement initiatives; and disseminate and facilitate school-wide assessment communication with relevant stakeholders as a means of advocating for effective literacy practices as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates foster educators' use of assessment by articulating, explaining, and evaluating factors and contextual influences (e.g., culture, language) of assessments within a comprehensive literacy and language system;
(ii) Candidates assist and collaborate with school leaders and teachers in the administration and interpretation of reliable and valid assessment data to inform classroom and school-wide decisions, instruction, and interventions;
(iii) Candidates facilitate professional learning activities that incorporate focused analyses of assessment data and goal setting across grade levels, content areas, and school improvement initiatives; and
(iv) Candidates routinely share and explain reports, in both written and oral form, to administrators, parents/ guardians, teachers/specialists, and other stakeholders and advocate for effective literacy and language practices.
4. Learners and the Literacy Environment. Candidates support and facilitate colleagues' ability to meet the developmental needs of all learners; use a variety of digital and print materials to engage and motivate all learners; integrate digital technologies in appropriate, safe, and effective ways; and foster a positive climate that supports a literacy-rich learning environment as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates guide colleagues to meet the developmental needs of all learners, taking into consideration physical and intellectual, and other factors;
(ii) Candidates facilitate teachers' use of a variety of digital and print materials that engage and motivate learners, and optimize access to materials that increase student choice and support school goals;
(iii) Candidates facilitate and coach teachers in their efforts to integrate digital technologies in appropriate, safe, and effective ways; and
(iv) Candidates provide support to and coach teachers in developing a physical and social literacy-rich learning environment that includes appropriate routines, grouping structures, and positive social interactions.
5. Professional Learning and Leadership. Candidates demonstrate the ability to be reflective literacy professionals who critically analyze and synthesize research, policy, and promising practices; apply their knowledge of adult learning to work collaboratively with individuals and groups of colleagues; demonstrate their leadership and coaching skills; and advocate on behalf of teachers, students, families, and communities as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates reflect on their work, belong to professional organizations, and, as critical consumers of research, policy, and practices, share findings with colleagues and other stakeholders;
(ii) Candidates design, facilitate, and lead professional learning experiences for groups (e.g., data team meetings, professional learning communities, grade-level teams, academic department teams, workshops), using collaborative data collection, analysis, and decision-making processes;
(iii) Candidates use their knowledge of adult learning and leadership to support teacher inquiry and reflectivity by using coaching tools and processes (e.g., modeling, problem solving, observation-feedback cycles, co-teaching) in their work with individuals and groups of teachers; and
(iv) Candidates facilitate and work with teachers and other school leaders to advocate on behalf of students, families, and communities for effective literacy programs, practices, and policies.
6. Practicum/Clinical Experiences. Candidates complete supervised, integrated, and extended practicum/clinical experiences that include both collaborative and coaching roles with teacher(s), and school-wide collaboration and leadership for instructional practices, curriculum design, professional development, or family/community-school partnerships; practicum experiences are ongoing in school-based setting(s); and supervision includes observation and ongoing feedback by qualified supervisors as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates collaborate with and coach individuals and/or small groups of teachers in using assessment data to design, revise, implement, and evaluate literacy instruction. Settings may include the candidate's own school, literacy clinic, other school, or community settings;
(ii) Candidates develop expertise in collaborative and coaching roles at the school-wide level to improve and develop literacy instructional practices, design or revise literacy curricula, lead professional learning experiences, and facilitate family/community-school partnerships;
(iii) Candidates have one or more ongoing opportunities for authentic, school-based practicum experiences that include opportunities for candidates to network with and be mentored by other coaches; and
(iv) Candidate supervision includes observation (in-person, computer assisted, or video analysis) and ongoing feedback during their practicum/clinical experiences by supervisors who understand coaching processes and tools, have literacy content and pedagogical knowledge, understand literacy assessment, and have coaching experiences.

Rule 505-3-.67 School Counselor Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals for certification in the Service (S) field of School Counseling and to serve as school counselors in grades P-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. School counselors in Georgia are expected to function as both counselors and educators and to support the academic success, career preparedness, and whole child wellness of all P-12 students.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program at the Master's degree or higher level for school counselors described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi as addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in July 2024 by the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (CACREP).
1. Professional Counseling Orientation and Ethical Practice.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the history and philosophy of the counseling profession and its specialized practice areas;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the multiple professional roles and functions of counselors across specialized practice areas;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the counselors' roles, responsibilities, and relationships as members of specialized practice and interprofessional teams, including collaboration and consultation, community outreach, and emergency response management;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the role and process of the professional counselor advocating on behalf of and with individuals receiving counseling services to address systemic, institutional, architectural, attitudinal, disability, and social barriers that impede access, fairness, and success for all students;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the role and process of the professional counselor advocating on behalf of the profession;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the professional counseling organizations, including membership benefits, activities, services to members, and current issues;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the professional counseling credentialing across service delivery modalities, including certification, licensure, and accreditation practices and standards for all specialized practice areas;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the legislation, regulatory processes, and government/public policy relevant to and impact on service delivery of professional counseling across service delivery modalities and specialized practice areas;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the current labor market information and occupational outlook relevant to opportunities for practice within the counseling profession;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical standards of professional counseling organizations and credentialing bodies, and applications of ethical and legal considerations in professional counseling across service delivery modalities and specialized practice areas;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the self-care, self-awareness, and self-evaluation strategies for ethical and effective practice; and
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the purpose of and roles within counseling supervision in the profession.
2. Social and Cultural Identities and Experiences.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories and models of multicultural counseling, social justice, and advocacy;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the influence of heritage, cultural identities, attitudes, values, beliefs, understandings, within-group differences, and acculturative experiences on individuals' worldviews;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the influence of heritage, cultural identities, attitudes, values, beliefs, understandings, within-group differences, and acculturative experiences on help-seeking and coping behaviors;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the effects of historical events, multigenerational trauma, and current issues on varied cultural groups in the United States and globally;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the effects of stereotypes;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the effects of various socio-cultural influences, including public policies, social movements, and cultural values, on mental and physical health and wellness;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the disproportional effects of poverty, income disparities, and health disparities toward people with marginalized identities;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the principles of independence, participation, choice and self-empowerment, and access to services within and outside the counseling relationship;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for identifying and eliminating barriers;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the guidelines developed by professional counseling organizations related to social justice, advocacy, and working with individuals with a variety of multicultural identities; and
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the role of religion and spirituality in clients' and counselors' psychological functioning.
3. Lifespan Development.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories of individual and family development across the lifespan;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories of cultural identity development;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories of learning;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories of personality and psychological development;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories and neurobiological etiology of addictions;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the structures for affective relationships, bonds, couples, marriages, and families;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of resilience, optimal development, and wellness in individuals and families across the lifespan;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of psychosocial adjustment and adaptation to illness and disability;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the role of sexual development and sexuality related to overall wellness;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the biological, neurological, and physiological factors that affect lifespan development, functioning, behavior, resilience, and overall wellness;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the systemic, cultural, and environmental factors that affect lifespan development, functioning, behavior, resilience, and overall wellness;
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the influence of mental and physical health conditions on coping, resilience, and overall wellness for individuals and families across the lifespan; and
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the effects of crises, disasters, stress, grief, and trauma across the lifespan.
4. Career Development.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of career development, counseling, and decision-making;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the approaches for conceptualizing the interrelationships among and between work, socioeconomic standing, wellness, disability, trauma, relationships, and other life roles and factors;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the processes for identifying and using career, avocational, educational, occupational, and labor market information resources, technology, and information systems;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the approaches for assessing the conditions of the work environment on clients' life experiences;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for assessing abilities, interests, values, personality, and other factors that contribute to career development;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the career development program planning, organization, implementation, administration, and evaluation;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the developmentally responsive strategies for empowering individuals to engage in culturally sustaining career and educational development and employment opportunities;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for advocating for employment support for individuals facing barriers in the workplace;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for facilitating client skill development for career, educational, and life-work planning and management;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the career and postsecondary training readiness and educational decision-making;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for improving access to educational and occupational opportunities for people from marginalized groups; and
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical and legal issues relevant to career development and career counseling.
5. Counseling Practice and Relationships.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theories and models of counseling, including relevance to clients from multicultural backgrounds;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the critical thinking and reasoning strategies for clinical judgment in the counseling process;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the case conceptualization skills using a variety of models and approaches;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the consultation models and strategies;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the application of technology related to counseling;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical and legal issues relevant to establishing and maintaining counseling relationships across service delivery modalities;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the culturally sustaining and responsive strategies for establishing and maintaining counseling relationships across service delivery modalities;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the counselor characteristics, behaviors, and strategies that facilitate effective counseling relationships;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the interviewing, attending, and listening skills in the counseling process;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the counseling strategies and techniques used to facilitate the client change process;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for adapting and accommodating the counseling process to client culture, context, abilities, and preferences;
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the goal consensus and collaborative decision-making in the counseling process;
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the developmentally relevant and culturally sustaining counseling treatment or intervention plans;
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the development of measurable outcomes for clients;
(xv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based counseling strategies and techniques for prevention and intervention;
(xvi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of record-keeping and documentation skills;
(xvii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the principles and strategies of caseload management and the referral process to promote independence, optimal wellness, empowerment, and engagement with community resources;
(xviii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the classification, effects, and indications of commonly prescribed psychopharmacological medications;
(xix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the suicide prevention and response models and strategies;
(xx) Candidates demonstrate awareness of crisis intervention, trauma-informed, community-based, and disaster mental health strategies; and
(xxi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the processes for developing a personal model of counseling grounded in theory and research.
6. Group Counseling and Group Work.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the theoretical foundations of group counseling and group work;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the dynamics associated with group process and development;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the therapeutic factors of group work and how they contribute to group effectiveness;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the characteristics and functions of effective group leaders;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the approaches to group formation, including recruiting, screening, and selecting members;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the application of technology related to group counseling and group work;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the types of groups, settings, and other considerations that affect conducting groups;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the culturally sustaining and developmentally responsive strategies for designing and facilitating groups;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical and legal considerations relative to the delivery of group counseling and group work across service delivery modalities; and
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the direct experiences in which counseling students participate as group members in a small group activity, approved by the program, for a minimum of 10 clock hours over the course of one academic term.
7. Assessment and Diagnostic Processes.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the historical perspectives concerning the nature and meaning of assessment and testing in counseling;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the basic concepts of standardized and non-standardized testing, norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments, and group and individual assessments;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the statistical concepts, including scales of measurement, measures of central tendency, indices of variability, shapes and types of distributions, and correlations;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the reliability and validity in the use of assessments;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the culturally sustaining and developmental considerations for selecting, administering, and interpreting assessments, including individual accommodations and environmental modifications;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical and legal considerations for selecting, administering, and interpreting assessments;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the use of culturally sustaining and developmentally appropriate assessments for diagnostic and intervention planning purposes;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the use of assessments in academic/educational, career, personal, and social development;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the use of environmental assessments and systematic behavioral observations;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the use of structured interviewing, symptom checklists, and personality and psychological testing;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the diagnostic processes, including differential diagnosis and the use of current diagnostic classification systems;
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of substance abuse, addictions and co-occurring conditions;
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the procedures for assessing and responding to risk of aggression or danger to others, self-inflicted harm, and suicide;
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the procedures for assessing clients' experience of trauma;
(xv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the procedures for identifying and reporting signs of abuse and neglect;
(xvi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the procedures to identify client characteristics, protective factors, risk factors, and warning signs of mental health and behavioral disorders; and
(xvii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the procedures for using assessment results for referral and consultation.
8. Research and Program Evaluation.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the importance of research in advancing the counseling profession, including the use of research to inform counseling practice;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the identification and evaluation of the evidence base for counseling theories, interventions, and practices;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods research designs;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the practice-based and action research methods;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the statistical tests used in conducting research and program evaluation;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the analysis and use of data in research;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the use of research methods and procedures to evaluate counseling interventions;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the program evaluation designs and procedures, including needs assessments, formative assessments, and summative assessments to inform decision-making and advocacy;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the culturally sustaining and developmentally relevant outcome measures for counseling services;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the ethical and legal considerations relevant to conducting, interpreting, and reporting the results of research and program evaluation; and
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the culturally sustaining and developmentally responsive strategies for conducting, interpreting, and reporting the results of research and program evaluation.
9. School Counseling Specialization.
(i) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of school counseling programs;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of PK-12 comprehensive career development;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the models of school-based collaboration and consultation;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the development of school counseling program mission statements and objectives;
(v) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the design and evaluation of school counseling curriculum, lesson plan development, wide range of classroom management strategies, and differentiated instructional strategies;
(vi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the school counselor roles as leaders, advocates, and systems change agents in PK-12 schools;
(vii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the qualities and styles of effective leadership in schools;
(viii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of advocacy for comprehensive school counseling programs and associated school counselor roles;
(ix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the school counselor roles and responsibilities in relation to the school crisis and management plans;
(x) Candidates demonstrate awareness of school counselor consultation with families, PK-12 and postsecondary school personnel, community agencies, and other referral sources;
(xi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the skills to critically examine the connections of social, cultural, familial, emotional, and behavioral factors to academic achievement;
(xii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the skills to screen PK-12 students for characteristics, risk factors, and warning signs of mental health and behavioral disorders;
(xiii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies for implementing and coordinating school-based interventions;
(xiv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the techniques of social-emotional and trauma-informed counseling in school settings;
(xv) Candidates demonstrate awareness of evidence-based and culturally sustaining interventions to promote academic development;
(xvi) Candidates demonstrate awareness of approaches to increase promotion and graduation rates';
(xvii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the interventions to promote postsecondary and career readiness;
(xviii) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies to facilitate school and postsecondary transitions; and
(xix) Candidates demonstrate awareness of the strategies to promote student achievement and access to postsecondary education opportunities for all students.
10. Field Experiences / Clinical Practice Requirements.
(i) The counselor education program provides ongoing support to place candidates in fieldwork sites that are sufficient to provide the quality, quantity, and variety of expected experiences to prepare students for their roles and responsibilities as professional school counselors;
(ii) Supervision of practicum and internship candidates includes secure audio or video recordings and/or live supervision of students' interactions with students that are in compliance with applicable institutional, state, federal, and international privacy requirements for school counselors;
(iii) Candidates have the opportunity to become familiar with a variety of professional activities and resources, including technology, as part of their practicum and internship;
(iv) In addition to the development of individual counseling skills, during either the practicum or internship, candidates must lead or co-lead a counseling or psychoeducational group; and
(v) Formative and summative evaluations of the candidate's counseling performance and ability to integrate and apply knowledge are conducted as part of the candidate's practicum and internship.
(b) The program shall require a minimum of 700 clock hours of clinical practice with 280 direct service clock hours in a school setting under the supervision of an appropriately certified site supervisor as well as a qualified faculty member within the preparation program. A portion of this experience should occur at each of the four grade band requirements for P-12 initial preparation programs specified in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. To meet the grade band requirement for field experiences, these experiences may occur during field experiences embedded in courses as well as during clinical practice.

Rule 505-3-.68 School Nutrition Director Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving certification-only educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to serve as School Nutrition Directors in any school setting and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer this field as a certification-only program.
(b) The program shall be planned by taking into consideration the candidate's previous study and experience.
(c) This program shall consist of required graduate-level coursework in foods, nutrition, institutional management and specified education courses embedded in a master's program in a related field or in addition to a master's program in a related-field (i.e., dietetics, nutrition, foods, food service management, hotel/restaurant management, culinary, food science, family and consumer science, education, public health, health or biological sciences, chemistry, and business).
(d) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer initial certification for completion of this graduate preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall broaden candidates' knowledge in the areas of food, nutrition, and/or institutional management;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who have the essential basic and foundational skills to plan, design, implement, and evaluate school nutrition programs that meet the school day nutritional needs of the child, help build healthy food habits, and prepare children for the classroom;
3. The program shall prepare candidates to design, implement, and evaluate financial and operational practices for School Nutrition Programs that are educationally, financially, and nutritionally accountable;
4. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to work with administrators, teachers, and lay people to define individual responsibilities and goals of the school nutritionprogram;
5. The program shall prepare candidates who promote and maintain good interpersonal relations between school nutrition personnel and students, faculty, school administration, and community;
6. The program shall prepare candidates who implement processes for continuous professional growth of school nutrition personnel; and
7. The program shall prepare candidates who design, conduct, and interpret appropriate research projects for the improvement of the school nutrition program.
(e) The program shall meet all applicable requirements specified in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.

Rule 505-3-.69 School Psychologist Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve as school psychologists in grades P-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) The minimum preparation for a renewable professional certificate in school psychology is at the educational specialist's degree level. A non-renewable certificate may be issued in some circumstances as outlined in GaPSC Certification Rule SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi designed to develop knowledge and practice competencies in each of the following domains based on the Model for Comprehensive and Integrated School Psychological Services (the NASP Practice Model) as outlined in The Professional Standards of the National Association of School Psychologists (2010, 2020):
1. Data-Based Decision Making.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand and utilize assessment methods for identifying strengths and needs; for developing effective interventions, services, and programs; and for measuring progress and outcomes within a multi-tiered system of supports;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use a problem-solving framework as the basis for all professional activities; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who systematically collect data from multiple sources as a foundation for decision making at the individual, group, and systems levels, and consider ecological factors (e.g., classroom, family, and community characteristics) as a context for assessment and intervention.
2. Consultation and Collaboration.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand varied models and strategies of consultation and collaboration applicable to individuals, families, groups, and systems, as well as methods to promote effective implementation of services. As part of a systematic and comprehensive process of effective decision making and problem solving that permeates all aspects of service delivery, school psychologists demonstrate skills to consult, collaborate, and communicate effectively with others.
3. Academic Interventions and Instructional Supports.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the biological, cultural, and social influences on academic skills; human learning, cognitive, and developmental processes; and evidence-based curricula and instructional strategies; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who, in collaboration with others, use assessment and data collection methods to implement and evaluate services that support academic skill development in children.
4. Mental and Behavioral Health Services and Interventions.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who, understand the biological, cultural, developmental, and social influences on mental and behavioral health; behavioral and emotional impacts on learning; and evidence-based strategies to promote social-emotional functioning; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who, in collaboration with others, design, implement, and evaluate services that promote resilience and positive behavior, support socialization and adaptive skills, and enhance mental and behavioral health.
5. School-Wide Practices to Promote Learning.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand systems' structures, organization, and theory; general and special education programming; implementation science; and evidence-based school-wide practices that promote learning, positive behavior, and mental health; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who, in collaboration with others, develop and implement practices and strategies to create and maintain safe, effective, and supportive learning environments for students and school staff.
6. Services to Promote Safe and Supportive Schools.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who School psychologists understand principles and research related to social-emotional well-being, resilience, and risk factors in learning, mental and behavioral health, services in schools and communities to support multi-tiered prevention and health promotion, and evidence-based strategies for creating safe and supportive schools; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who, in collaboration with others, promote preventive and responsive services that enhance learning, mental and behavioral health, and psychological and physical safety and implement effective crisis prevention, protection, mitigation, response, and recovery.
7. Family, School, and Community Collaboration.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand principles and research related to family systems, strengths, needs, and cultures; evidence-based strategies to support positive family influences on children's learning and mental health; and strategies to develop collaboration between families and schools; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who, in collaboration with others, design, implement, and evaluate services that respond to culture and context. They facilitate family and school partnerships and interactions with community agencies to enhance academic and social-behavioral outcomes for children.
8. Fair Practices for Different Student Populations.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of, and inherent respect for, individual differences, abilities, disabilities, and varied student characteristics and the effects they have on development and learning. They also understand principles and research related to differences in children, families, schools, and communities, including factors related to child development, religion, culture and cultural identity, race, sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, socioeconomic status, and other variables;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who implement evidence-based strategies to enhance services in both general and special education and to address potential influences related to student differences;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate skills to provide professional services that promote effective functioning for individuals, families, and schools with varied characteristics, cultures, and backgrounds through an ecological lens across multiple contexts;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who recognize that fair practices for varied student populations, respect for differences in development and learning, and informed action for social justice are foundational to effective service delivery; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who work to ensure that all children have the same access to general and special educational opportunities, and that each student receives what they need to benefit from these opportunities.
9. Research and Evidence-Based Practice.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of research design, statistics, measurement, and varied data collection and analysis techniques sufficient for understanding research, interpreting data, and evaluating programs in applied settings; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who evaluate and apply research as a foundation for service delivery and, in collaboration with others, use various techniques and technology resources for data collection, measurement, and analysis to support effective practices at the individual, group, and/or systems levels.
10. Legal, Ethical, and Professional Practice.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of the history and foundations of school psychology; multiple service models and methods; ethical, legal, and professional standards; and other factors related to professional identity and effective practice as school psychologists; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who provide services consistent with ethical, legal, and professional standards; engage in responsive ethical and professional decision making; collaborate with other professionals; and apply professional work characteristics needed for effective practice as school psychologists, including effective interpersonal skills, responsibility, adaptability, initiative, dependability, technological competence, advocacy skills, respect for human differences, and a commitment to social justice and fairness.
(c) The program shall require completion of supervised practica and internship experiences in settings relevant to program objectives, (e.g., schools, clinics) and include appropriate performance-based evaluations by program faculty and supervisors to ensure that candidates are developing professional work characteristics and designated competencies consistent with the above standards. These experiences shall foster the development of competence in advocating for understanding of human differences and social justice.
1. At minimum, activities shall include opportunities to build professional competencies in:
(i) data-based decision making;
(ii) the design, implementation, and evaluation of services that support cognitive and academic skills; and
(iii) the design, implementation and evaluation of services that support socialization, behavioral and mental health, and emotional well-being.
(d) The program shall require completion of a comprehensive and carefully evaluated internship that includes field-based supervision by qualified internship supervisors.
1. For specialist-level programs, the internship shall consist of a minimum of 1,200 clock hours, including a minimum of 600 hours in a school setting.
2. For doctoral-level programs, the internship shall consist of a minimum of 1,500 clock hours, including a minimum of 600 hours in a school setting.

Rule 505-3-.70 Speech-Language Associate Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals as Speech-Language Associates who provide related educational support or direct intervention for all students whose individual education program indicates instructional needs in the area of communication disorders under the direct supervision of a certified Speech-Language Pathologist. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) To receive approval for an initial preparation program, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of Speech-Language Pathologists published in 2020 by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who know the principles of biological sciences, physical sciences, mathematics, and the social/behavioral sciences.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who know basic human communication and swallowing processes, including their biological, neurological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, linguistic, and cultural bases.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who know the nature of speech, language, hearing, and communication disorders and differences, including the etiologies, characteristics, anatomical/physiological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, and linguistic and cultural correlates. Specific knowledge shall be demonstrated in the following areas:
(i) Speech sound disorders;
(ii) Receptive and expressive language (phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics) in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and manual modalities;
(iii) Hearing, including the impact on speech and language;
(iv) Cognitive aspects of communication (attention, memory, sequencing, problem-solving, executive functioning);
(v) Social aspects of communication (including challenging behavior, ineffective social skills, lack of communication opportunities); and
(vi) Communication modalities (including oral, manual, augmentative, and alternative communication techniques and assistive technologies).
4. The program shall prepare candidates who possess knowledge of the principles and methods of prevention, assessment, and intervention for students with communication disorders including consideration of anatomical/physiological, psychological, developmental, and linguistic and cultural correlates of the disorders.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who know standards of ethical conduct.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate processes used in the integration of evidence-based clinical practice.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of certification, specialty recognition, and other relevant professional credentials.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the supervisory nature of working under a certified Speech-Language Pathologist.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the collaborative nature of working with all stakeholders.
10. The program shall prepare candidates who have the knowledge of individual education programs, individual learning differences, learning environments, instructional planning, and student engagement.
(b) Candidates will participate in a school-based internship for one semester, in which a total of 100 hours of direct service with students in either small group, individual sessions, or in an inclusion model will be completed under the direct supervision of a certified Speech-Language Pathologist.

Rule 505-3-.71 Speech and Language Pathology Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals as speech and language pathologists who provide related educational support or direct intervention for all students whose individual education program indicates instructional needs in the area of communication disorders. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) The minimum preparation for a renewable professional certificate is at the master's degree level in Speech and Language Pathology. A non-renewable certificate may be issued in some circumstances as outlined in GaPSC Certification Rule SPEECH AND LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY; and
(b) To receive approval for an initial preparation program at the master's level, a GaPSC approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of speech language pathologists published in 2020 by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology.
1. The program shall prepare candidates who know the principles of biological sciences, physical sciences, statistics, and the social/behavioral sciences;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who know basic human communication and swallowing processes, including the appropriate biological, neurological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, and linguistic and cultural bases. The program shall prepare candidates with the ability to integrate information pertaining to normal and abnormal human development across the lifespan; and
3. The program shall prepare candidates who know communication and swallowing disorders and differences, including the appropriate etiologies, characteristics, anatomical/physiological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, and linguistic and cultural correlates in the following areas:
(i) Articulation;
(ii) Fluency;
(iii) Voice and resonance, including respiration and phonation;
(iv) Receptive and expressive language (phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, pre-linguistic communication and paralinguistic communication) in speaking, listening, reading, writing;
(v) Hearing, including the impact on speech and language;
(vi) Swallowing (oral, pharyngeal, esophageal, and related functions, including oral function for feeding, orofacial myology);
(vii) Cognitive aspects of communication (attention, memory, sequencing, problem-solving, executive functioning);
(viii) Social aspects of communication (including challenging behavior, ineffective social skills, and lack of communication opportunities); and
(ix) Augmentative and alternative communication modalities.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who possess knowledge of the principles and methods of prevention, assessment, and intervention for people with communication and swallowing disorders, including consideration of anatomical/physiological, development, and linguistic and cultural correlates;
5. The program shall prepare candidates who know standards of ethical conduct;
6. The program shall prepare candidates with skills in oral and written or other forms of communication sufficient for entry into professional practice;
7. The program shall prepare candidates who know processes used in research and of the integration of research principles into evidence-based clinical practice;
8. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of contemporary professional issues;
9. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of entry level and advanced certifications, licensure, and other relevant professional credentials, as well as local, state, and national regulations and policies relevant to professional practice.
10. The program must include experiences in breadth and depth to achieve the following skills outcomes:
(i) Evaluation:
(I) Conduct screening and prevention procedures (including prevention activities);
(II) Collect case history information and integrate information from clients/patients, family, caregivers, teachers, and relevant others, including other professionals;
(III) Select and administer appropriate evaluation procedures, such as behavioral observations, non-standardized and standardized tests, and instrumental procedures;
(IV) Adapt evaluation procedures to meet client/patient needs;
(V) Interpret, integrate, and synthesize all information to develop diagnoses, and make appropriate recommendations for intervention;
(VI) Complete administrative and reporting functions necessary to support evaluation; and
(VII) Refer clients/patients for appropriate services.
(ii) Intervention:
(I) Develop setting-appropriate intervention plans with measurable and achievable goals that meet clients'/patients' needs. Collaborate with clients/patients and relevant others in the planning process;
(II) Implement intervention plans (involve clients/patients and relevant others in the intervention process);
(III) Select or develop and use appropriate materials and instrumentation for prevention and intervention;
(IV) Measure and evaluate clients'/patients' performance and progress;
(V) Modify intervention plans, strategies, materials, or instrumentation as appropriate to meet the needs of clients/ patients;
(VI) Complete administrative and reporting functions necessary to support intervention; and
(VII) Identify and refer clients/ patients for services as appropriate.
(iii) Interaction:
(I) Communicate effectively, recognizing the needs, values, preferred mode of communication, and cultural/ linguistic background of the client/ patient, family, caregivers, and relevant others;
(II) Collaborate with other professionals in case management;
(III) Provide effective guidance and coaching to colleagues who are supporting the speech language program;
(IV) Provide counseling regarding communication and swallowing disorders to clients/ patients, family caregivers, and relevant others; and
(V) Adhere to the ASHA Code of Ethics and behave professionally.
(c) The program shall include a minimum of 400 clock hours of supervised clinical experience in the practice of speech-language pathology, including twenty-five hours in clinical observations and 375 hours in direct client/ patient contact.
(d) At least 325 of the 400 clock hours must be completed while the applicant is engaged in graduate study in a program accredited in speech-language pathology by the Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology.

Rule 505-3-.72 Teacher Leadership Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards and requirements for approving initial Teacher Leadership preparation programs designed to prepare individuals to serve in teacher leader roles in grades P-12 and to supplement requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Admission Requirements. A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider in partnership with the employing school(s)/local unit(s) of administration, as delineated in an agreement by all partners, shall offer this program as a Service (S) field to candidates who hold a valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, service certificate, or Life certificate, and:
(a) Are recommended by a school system-level administrator (e.g., superintendent, assistant or associate superintendent, or a designee such as the principal of the applicant's school);
(b) Have at least one year of successful classroom teaching experience as a certified educator at the Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional level. While at least one year of successful classroom teaching experience is required for program admission, this program is better suited for teachers who have completed the induction phase of their careers, or have at least three years of teaching experience.
(c) Meet the criteria for specific program delivery methods:
1. Certification-only candidates must have a Master's Degree or higher;
2. Advanced degree candidates must have a Bachelor's degree or higher.
(3) Completion Requirements.
(a) Certification-only candidates must meet the following criteria:
1. Have intensive support by a mentor experienced in instructional leadership;
2. Have an Individualized Growth Plan (IGP) developed and utilized collaboratively by the candidate and a mentor toward achievement of the candidate's IGP goals; and
3. Have individual work samples or other artifacts that demonstrate the candidate has met program standards;
(b) Advanced degree candidates must meet the following criteria:
1. Have intensive support by a mentor experienced in instructional leadership;
2. Have an Individualized Growth Plan (IGP) developed and utilized collaboratively by the candidate and a mentor toward achievement of the candidate's IGP goals;
3. Have individual work samples or other artifacts that demonstrate the candidate has met program standards; and
4. Must complete the following requirements at the appropriate level:
(i) Master's Degree level: a minimum of six (6) semester hours (or the quarter hours equivalent) of advanced level coursework focused on the content or content pedagogy of a certificate field held by the educator. All six hours may be satisfied through advanced level content or content pedagogy courses in which candidates are required to demonstrate advanced skills related to their field of certification. This requirement may also be satisfied through work on a thesis or research project, or through work on a program capstone, internship, or other intensive field-based practical exercise directly focused on the content of a certificate field held by the educator or the educator's advancement of one or more peers' knowledge, skill, and/or ability in the peers' field(s) of certification; or
(ii) Specialist or Doctoral degree level: a minimum of six (6) semester hours (or the quarter hours equivalent) of advanced level coursework focused on the content or content pedagogy of a certificate field held by the educator. All six hours may be satisfied through advanced level content or content pedagogy courses in which candidates are required to demonstrate advanced skills related to their field of certification. This requirement may also be satisfied through work on a thesis, research project or dissertation, or through work on a program capstone, internship, or other intensive field-based practical exercise directly focused on a content field held by the educator or the educator's advancement of one or more peers' knowledge, skill, and/or ability in the peers' field (s) of certification.
(4) Program Approval. To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who will facilitate the design and implementation of sustained, intensive, and job-embedded professional learning (as defined in the 2015 Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA), 20 U.S.C. § 6301) based on identified student and teacher needs. The teacher leader:
(i) Applies appropriate knowledge and strategies of adult learning theories across teacher leadership and professional learning practices;
(ii) Models lifelong learning for students, colleagues, and community stakeholders by being reflective, by engaging in professional development, advocating for the profession and staying current and knowledgeable of policy, trends, and practices in education;
(iii) Collaborates with others to assist with creating and sustaining viable professional learning communities designed to support the collaborative work of schools;
(iv) Leverages components of distributed leadership to conduct needs assessments to identify staff needs and provide ongoing support with implementing strategies to address staff needs;
(v) Stays current with research on the organizational conditions and features of effective professional learning which are necessary for designing and implementing on-going professional learning experiences that are based on best practices and identified teacher and student needs;
(vi) Involves colleagues in development, implementation, and evaluation of a coherent professional learning plan based on school goals;
(vii) Teaches and models changes in teacher practices that are necessary for improvement in student learning;
(viii) Applies the knowledge and skills of effective mentoring, coaching, and instructional leadership to provide support for teachers' professional learning and practice;
(ix) Utilizes multiple methods, including evidence of student learning, to assess the effectiveness of professional learning activities; and
(x) Designs, facilitates, and implements professional development aligned to state and national professional learning standards (e.g., Learning Forward's Standards for Professional Learning).
2. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who work with stakeholders to promote the development of a school culture that fosters excellence in teaching and learning for all, focuses on continuous improvement, and builds a collaborative work environment. The teacher leader:
(i) Works with others to create an environment where colleagues and students take learning risks, where fear of initial failure is minimized, and mistakes are openly discussed;
(ii) Uses team building and effective conflict management, including consensus-building skills, in a variety of contexts to build a culture of collaboration, respect, trust and high expectations;
(iii) Works with others to create an environment that encourages needed change using a research-informed change model;
(iv) Supports analysis of the school's culture and builds understanding of the impact of organizational culture in teaching and learning;
(v) Engages colleagues in creating a culture supportive of a collaborative learning community that embraces a shared vision of desired results;
(vi) Considers the ethical and legal implications of decisions made and actions executed individually and collectively;
(vii) Demonstrates the capacity to support the school or school district in refining, redefining, or sharpening its vision toward continuous improvement;
(viii) Facilitates the development of an interdependent culture of improvement and accountability grounded in the belief that collective responsibility and commitment to the team are fundamental to the school's success;
(ix) Clarifies issues to sharpen the focus on the elements of student and adult learning and school culture that are most important to the school's success; and
(x) Works with others to build a culture that personalizes the work and learning of colleagues and students.
3. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of curriculum and can facilitate others in the alignment of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to standards. The teacher leader:
(i) Possesses an in-depth knowledge of their discipline, and is knowledgeable about the structure of the curriculum;
(ii) Understands how the programs of study from various disciplines and grade levels are related and sequenced in order to design and deliver meaningful and relevant professional learning and instructional strategies;
(iii) Demonstrates the capacity to use a variety of processes to engage and focus teachers in collaborative planning to improve teaching and learning;
(iv) Demonstrates the capacity to use appropriate research-informed protocols to audit curriculum and analyze student work to assure high expectations for all students;
(v) Demonstrates deep understanding of the curriculum and is able to use a variety of protocols and organizing frameworks to engage in discussions about what students should know, understand, and do in each instructional unit based on those standards;
(vi) Knows how to locate and can assist in recommending content specific resources that are important in the curriculum implementation process; and
(vii) Leads and assists in leading others in prioritizing, mapping, and monitoring the implementation of the curriculum.
4. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who model best practices in pedagogy and serve as a mentor and coach for other educators. The teacher leader:
(i) Advances the professional skills of colleagues by demonstrating and applying expertise in observational skills utilizing predetermined clear criteria and providing effective, descriptive feedback;
(ii) Models and articulates exemplary instructional practices and strategies based on evidence-based research and high expectations for all students;
(iii) Models the effective application of curriculum standards, instructional choices, student engagement, and monitoring of student learning;
(iv) Demonstrates the capacity to guide and assist teachers in designing and planning quality and meaningful student work and learning experiences;
(v) Promotes and encourages teachers in developing higher order questions, thoughtful discourse, and critical thinking in the classroom;
(vi) Guides teachers in the in-depth understanding of lesson planning and delivery of content in clear and meaningful ways;
(vii) Models and assists teachers in the integration of technology to support classroom instruction and student learning; and
(viii) Implements effective active listening and professional discourse skills to include facilitation of critical or difficult conversations, as appropriate;
5. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who work with others to design and implement assessment practices and analyze data for monitoring and improving teaching and learning through data-informed decision making. The teacher leader:
(i) Guides teachers in the identification and selection of appropriate assessment instruments and practical assessment strategies to improve instruction and monitor student learning;
(ii) Assists teachers in identifying resources and providing appropriate support services for specific student needs;
(iii) Assists teachers in using formative and summative data to assess student progress toward and attainment of expected outcomes;
(iv) Facilitates teachers in the collection, analysis, use, and interpretation of varied assessment data for instructional decisions and changes;
(v) Facilitates the use of multiple sources of evidence to monitor and evaluate teaching and learning; and
(vi) Is knowledgeable of research on the appropriate use of assessment instruments and data analysis techniques and can coach colleagues on their implementation.
6. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who access and conduct research, and apply research findings to improve teaching and learning. The teacher leader:
(i) Guides colleagues to relevant research to find the appropriate method and solutions to instructional problems and challenges;
(ii) Conducts and engages others in formal or informal action research to improve educational outcomes and to help address critical educational issues;
(iii) Follows appropriate legal and ethical procedures when conducting research;
(iv) Reads and stays informed of current educational research, policies, trends, and innovations; and shares current research with the school community;
(v) Analyzes a variety of valid, reliable, and evidence based research before making decisions;
(vi) Implements original ideas based on valid, reliable, and systematic inquiry as a critical component of informed decision making; and
(vii) Supports colleagues in collaborating with professional organizations involved in educational research.
7. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who demonstrate the ability to collaboratively advocate for the differentiated needs of students, colleagues, families, and stakeholders to improve student learning and to guide positive change. The teacher leader:
(i) Facilitates group processes and builds alliances between and among stakeholders necessary for school improvement;
(ii) Exhibits strong interpersonal skills that establish and maintain effective working relationships;
(iii) Supports colleagues in the development and improvement of interpersonal skills;
(iv) Works to develop and sustain trusting, productive, and supportive relationships with all students, colleagues, families, and other stakeholders;
(v) Promotes an atmosphere of collaboration through the effective use of problem solving processes and protocols;
(vi) Demonstrates the capacity to understand, explain, and assist with implementation of the school improvement process;
(vii) Facilitates open dialogue of ideas and information that support the school improvement process student achievement goals, and the improvement of teaching and learning practices;
(viii) Knows how to find resources to promote school, family, and community relations and can utilize them effectively;
(ix) Advocates for student needs and for practices that promote student achievement; and
(x) Facilitates colleagues' understanding of the school community's broad range of backgrounds and populations to enrich the educational experiences of all students and achieve high levels of learning.

Rule 505-3-.73 Alternative Preparation for Speech-Language Associate Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving non-traditional programs that prepare individuals as Speech-Language Associates who provide related educational support or direct intervention for all students whose individual education program indicates instructional needs in the area of communication disorders under the direct supervision of a GaPSC-certified Speech and Language Pathologist. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) Admission. Candidates must hold a Bachelor's or higher degree in Speech-Language Pathology or Communication Sciences and Disorders, and must be employed by a local school district.
(b) To receive approval for an initial preparation program, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi as addressing the following standards for the preparation of Speech Language Pathologists published by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) by the Council on Academic Accreditation in Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology (2020).
1. The program shall prepare candidates who know the principles of biological sciences, physical sciences, mathematics, and the social/behavioral sciences;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who know basic human communication and swallowing processes, including their biological, neurological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, linguistic, and cultural bases;
3. The program shall prepare candidates who know the nature of speech, language, hearing, and communication disorders and differences, including the etiologies, characteristics, anatomical/physiological, acoustic, psychological, developmental, and linguistic, and cultural correlates. Specific knowledge shall be demonstrated in the following areas:
(i) Speech sound disorders;
(ii) Receptive and expressive language (phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics) in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and manual modalities;
(iii) Hearing, including the impact on speech and language;
(iv) Cognitive aspects of communication (attention, memory, sequencing, problem-solving, executive functioning);
(v) Social aspects of communication (including challenging behavior, ineffective social skills, lack of communication opportunities); and
(vi) Communication modalities (including oral, manual, augmentative, and alternative communication techniques and assistive technologies);
4. The program shall prepare candidates who possess knowledge of the principles and methods of prevention, assessment, and intervention for students with communication disorders including consideration of anatomical/physiological, psychological, developmental, and linguistic and cultural correlates of the disorders;
5. The program shall prepare candidates who know standards of ethical conduct;
6. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate processes used in the integration of evidence based clinical practice;
7. The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of certification, specialty recognition, and other relevant professional credentials;
8. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the supervisory nature of working under a certified Speech Language Pathologist;
9. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the collaborative nature of working with all stakeholders; and
10. The program shall prepare candidates who have the knowledge of individual education programs, individual learning differences, learning environments, instructional planning, and student engagement.
(c) The Alternative Preparation for Speech-Language Associate program must provide a Candidate Support Team (CST) for each candidate that provides intensive support for a minimum of one (1) academic semester. The CST must meet the following requirements:
1. The CST shall be comprised of:
(i) A school-based administrator;
(ii) A supervisor employed by the EPP; and
(iii) A GaPSC-certified Speech Language Pathologist.
2. The CST shall:
(i) Plan school-based internships to include input from the employing school or district;
(ii) Guide Speech-Language Associate candidates throughout the program, to include providing appropriate opportunities to demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions reflective of current audiology and speech-language pathology research and program standards; and
(iii) Work together to meet the individual learning needs of Speech-Language Associate candidates.
(d) Speech-Language Associate candidates will participate in a school-based internship for one semester (15 weeks) and during that semester, a total of 100 hours of direct service with students in either small group, individual sessions, or in an inclusion model will be completed under the direct supervision of a GaPSC-certified Speech Language Pathologist.

Rule 505-3-.74 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.75 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.76 Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states specific content standards and requirements for approving Tier I and Tier II alternative preparation programs designed for the preparation of individuals to serve in educational leadership positions in P-12 schools and Local Units of Administration (LUA), and it is designed to meet recruitment and hiring needs in various areas of the state. This rule supplements requirements and definitions of terms in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. Implementation guidelines accompany this rule.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Alternative preparation is defined as a post-baccalaureate program designed for individuals who have not prepared as leaders in a traditional leadership preparation program. These preparation programs, which lead to an Educator Preparation Provider's verification of meeting requirements for Georgia certification, but not a degree, recognize candidates' earlier academic preparation and life experiences.
(b) Certificate Levels are assigned to Georgia educator certificates based on the degree(s) an educator holds. See GaPSC Rule CLASSIFICATION.
(c) The term leadership position refers to those positions requiring leadership certification as determined by the employing LUA for placement on the state salary schedule.
(d) Tier I prepares candidates for entry level leadership positions that include P-12 school level positions below the principal and system level positions that do not supervise principals.
(e) Tier II prepares candidates for advanced leadership positions that include P-12 school level principals or the equivalent, superintendents, or other LUA staff who supervise principals.
(3) Requirements.
(a) The standards and requirements set forth in this rule are intended to guide the development of an alternative preparation program in two phases of preparation (Tier I and Tier II). The goal is to ensure completers of each tier are able to demonstrate knowledge of leadership content, skills, and dispositions to positively impact teacher performance and student growth. Each tier includes a minimum one-year residency which provides opportunity for candidates to experience guided practice of skills in authentic leadership situations.
(b) To receive approval for the Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership program, a Georgia Professional Standards Commission (GaPSC)-approved educator preparation provider (EPP) shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, websites, catalogs, and syllabi conforming to the Georgia Educational Leadership Standards, which are adapted from the Professional Standards for Educational Leaders (PSEL) published in 2015 by the National Policy Board for Educational Administration. Programs will be assessed at the standard level; elements listed under each standard give guidance regarding the breadth and depth of each standard and are adapted from PSEL. Although programs shall be designed upon the PSEL Standards and as required by Rule , the Teacher Assessment on Performance Standards (TAPS) in relation to instructional leadership (see paragraph (3) (e) 4. (i)), EPPs are advised to consider additional standards in developing program curricula and clinical experiences at the appropriate level (Tier I or Tier II), such as the Learning Forward Standards for Professional Learning, Georgia Teacher Leadership Standards (GaPSC Rule TEACHER LEADERSHIP PROGRAM), the Model Principal Supervisor Standards, the evaluation standards comprising the Georgia Teacher Keys Effectiveness System (TKES) and the Georgia Leader Keys Effectiveness System (LKES), and the standards delineated in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE. GaPSC and Georgia Department of Education (GaDOE) rules are often focused on implementation of such standards; candidates shall complete preparation programs prepared to implement programs and processes that address such standards. Professional learning as described in the GaPSC certificate renewal rule (GaPSC Certification Rule RENEWAL REQUIREMENTS) and continuous improvement as described in GaDOE rules and processes shall be addressed in the leadership preparation curriculum and clinical experiences. Effective educational leaders:
1. Develop, advocate, and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student. Education leaders build consensus among all stakeholders to develop an educational mission, vision, and core values of what students should know and do as a consequence of their schooling, as well as what it means for students to become well-adjusted, contributing members of society. Building such a vision supported by core values can require reconciling possibly competing perspectives among all members of the school community. Based on this vision, leaders work with school and community members to establish the school's mission, and to plan, implement, monitor, and evaluate impact to promote continuous and sustainable improvement. Effective leaders:
(i) Using relevant data and in collaboration with school and community members, develop an educational mission, vision, and statement of core values for the school to promote student success and well-being.
(ii) In collaboration with members of the school and the community and using relevant data, develop and promote a vision for student success and well-being by articulating, advocating, and cultivating core values that define the school's culture, and stress the imperative of child-centered education; high expectations and student support; fair access, opportunity, and advancement for all students; openness, caring, and trust; and continuous improvement.
(iii) Utilize best practices to strategically identify, implement, and evaluate actions to achieve the vision, mission, and core values for the school.
(iv) Ensure core values support processes and procedures that allow all students access to the most effective teachers and an instructional program that will ensure they are college and career ready.
(v) Develop a systematic, inclusive, and comprehensive process to review, revise, and communicate the school's mission, vision, and core values, and respond to changing expectations and opportunities for the school, and changing needs and situations of students.
(vi) Develop shared understanding of and commitment to mission, vision, and core values within the school and the community.
(vii) Monitor communications and actions to build and sustain school and community alignment with the shared vision, mission, and core values.
(viii) Model and pursue the school's mission, vision, and core values in all aspects of leadership.
2. Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Educational leaders are professionals who ensure personnel are equipped with professional understanding of the school's mission and the professional norms that must be followed to ensure student success and well-being. Leaders have an understanding of ethical principles to guide actions and decision-making, which must be within the boundaries of professional practice. Leaders foster the development of a school culture that nurtures understanding of professional conduct and ethics, and have a professional responsibility to take an intentional approach to ensure not only regulatory enforcement, but also ethics education, outreach, and prevention. Effective leaders:
(i) Act ethically and professionally in personal conduct, relationships with others, decision-making, stewardship of the school's resources, and all aspects of school leadership.
(ii) Act according to and promote the professional norms of integrity, fairness, transparency, trust, collaboration, perseverance, learning, and continuous improvement.
(iii) Place children at the center of education and accept responsibility for each student's academic success and well-being.
(iv) Safeguard and promote the values of democracy, individual freedom and responsibility, and fairness.
(v) Lead with interpersonal and communication skill, social-emotional insight, and understanding of all students' and staff members' backgrounds and cultures.
(vi) Provide moral direction for the school and promote ethical and professional behavior among faculty and staff.
3. Strive for fairness of educational opportunity and responsive practices to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders create a school culture that values learner differences. Students are known, accepted, valued, and empowered to reach their full potential. The school's culture supports a climate in which students are healthy, safe, and supported. The culture defines high expectations, encourages trust, and expects all to be responsible participants; as a result, all students thrive. Effective leaders:
(i) Ensure that each student feels a sense of belonging, is treated fairly and respectfully, and is accepted and valued as an active member of the school community.
(ii) Recognize, respect, and employ each student's strengths, differences, and culture as assets for teaching and learning.
(iii) Analyze data to ensure that each student has equitable access to effective teachers, learning opportunities, academic and social support, and other resources needed for college/career readiness.
(iv) Develop and communicate expectations and codes of conduct to address student behavior in a positive and fair manner.
(v) Eliminate barriers associated with race, class, culture and language, gender and sexual orientation, and disability or special status.
(vi) Utilize a variety of strategies to examine and address assumptions and beliefs that may conflict with vision, mission, core values, and goals.
(vii) Incorporate knowledge of the social, cultural, leadership, and political dynamics of the school community to cultivate a positive academic learning environment.
(viii) Promote the preparation of students to live productively in and contribute to the varied cultural contexts of a global society.
(ix) Act with cultural competence and responsiveness in their interactions, decision making, and practice.
4. Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Effective educational leaders develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to maximize each student's growth and learning. Education leaders promote the use of rigorous curricula, which set high expectations for students and are aligned to academic standards. They seek to maximize student learning through authentic and differentiated pedagogy, systems of support, and effective assessment strategies that inform instruction. They develop and coordinate these systems in ways that create opportunities to personalize the academic program to meet individual student needs. The effectiveness of implementation and the impact of these systems on student learning are evaluated. Effective leaders:
(i) Promote the mission, vision, and core values of the school, embody high expectations for student learning, and align curriculum, instruction, and assessment with academic standards that are responsive to the needs of all learners.
(ii) Align and focus systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment within and across grade levels to promote student academic success, love of learning, the identities and habits of learners, and healthy sense of self.
(iii) Promote instructional and assessment practice that is consistent with knowledge of learning, learner growth and development, effective pedagogy, and the needs of each student.
(iv) Guide the selection and implementation of evidence-based teaching strategies, curricular materials, educational technologies, and other resources appropriate to address all student populations.
(v) Ensure instructional practice that is intellectually challenging, authentic to student experiences, aligned to student strengths, and is differentiated and personalized.
(vi) Collaboratively model and promote with all stakeholders a culture of high expectations for all students.
(vii) Promote the effective use of technology.
(viii) Employ valid assessments that are consistent with knowledge of child learning and development and technical standards of measurement.
(ix) Monitor and evaluate the use of diagnostic, formative, and summative assessment to provide timely and accurate feedback to students and parents, and to inform instructional practices.
5. Cultivate a welcoming, caring, and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student. Education leaders build a school culture and climate that supports students being known and valued. The learning environment is personalized so students feel encouraged to engage with others as active learners. In such an environment learners are willing to take chances in their learning since a support system has been built to reinforce student learning. Effective leaders:
(i) Build and maintain a safe, caring, and healthy school environment that meets the academic, social, emotional, and physical needs of each student.
(ii) Create and sustain a school environment in which each student is known, accepted and valued, trusted and respected, cared for, and encouraged to be an active and responsible member of the school community.
(iii) Provide coherent systems of academic and social supports, services, extracurricular activities, and accommodations to meet the range of learning needs of each student.
(iv) Promote adult-student, student-peer, and school-community relationships that value and support academic learning and positive social and emotional development.
(v) Cultivate and reinforce student engagement in school and positive student conduct.
(vi) Infuse the school's learning environment with the cultures and languages of the school's community.
6. Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders support the professional learning of effective, caring teachers and leaders who are able to work with students productively in the classroom and who can collaboratively lead a school or district. Building an effective staff requires careful personnel recruitment, selection, assignment of responsibilities, support, evaluation, and retention. Developing the professional skills of educators involves such activities as coaching, creating supportive conditions, and fostering a professional learning community. Effective leaders:
(i) Recruit, hire, assign, support, develop, and retain effective and caring teachers and other professional staff and form them into an educationally effective faculty in an equitable manner based on school needs, and local, state, and federal requirements.
(ii) Plan for and manage staff turnover and succession, providing opportunities for effective induction including mentoring of new personnel by carefully selected and trained mentors.
(iii) Develop teachers' and staff members' professional knowledge, skills, and practice through differentiated opportunities for learning and growth, guided by understanding of professional and adult learning and development.
(iv) Foster continuous improvement of individual and collective instructional capacity to achieve outcomes envisioned for each student.
(v) Deliver actionable feedback about instruction and other professional practice through valid, research-anchored systems of supervision and evaluation to support the development of teachers' and staff members' knowledge, skills, and practice.
(vi) Empower and motivate teachers and staff to the highest levels of professional practice and to continuous learning and improvement.
(vii) Recognize the achievements of highly effective teachers and others by developing the capacity, opportunities, and support for teacher leadership and leadership from other members of the school.
(viii) Promote the personal and professional health, well-being, and work-life balance of faculty and staff.
(ix) Address their own learning and effectiveness through reflection, study and improvement, maintaining a healthy work-life balance.
7. Foster a professional community of teachers and other professional staff to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders promote each student's academic success and well-being by creating and supporting a professional community of teachers. Building a community of teachers and other professional staff includes creating effective workplace conditions, promoting collective engagement and responsibility, and mutual accountability. Creating professional communities of teachers and other professional staff includes job-embedded opportunities that promote collaborative examination of practice and focuses on improvement of programs and practices. Effective leaders:
(i) Foster supportive workplace conditions for teachers and other professional staff that promote effective professional development, practice, and student learning.
(ii) Empower and entrust teachers and staff with collective responsibility for meeting the academic, social, emotional, and physical needs of each student, pursuant to the mission, vision, and core values of the school.
(iii) Establish and sustain a professional culture of engagement and commitment to shared vision, goals, and objectives pertaining to the education of the whole child; high expectations for professional work; ethical and equitable practice; trust and open communication; collaboration, collective efficacy, and continuous individual and organizational learning and improvement.
(iv) Promote mutual accountability among teachers and other professional staff for each student's success and the effectiveness of the school as a whole.
(v) Develop and support open, productive, caring, and trusting working relationships among leaders, faculty, and staff to promote professional capacity and the improvement of practice.
(vi) Design and implement job-embedded and other opportunities for professional learning collaboratively with faculty and staff.
(vii) Provide roles, structures, opportunities, and norms to support collaborative examination of practice, collegial feedback, and collective learning.
(viii) Encourage faculty-initiated improvement of programs and practices.
(ix) Use data, including student performance data, to evaluate the impact professional learning has on the faculty and staff, the school/district, and student learning.
8. Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders build and sustain productive relationships with families and other community partners in the government, non-profit, and private sectors. They promote understanding, appreciation, and use of the community's cultural, social, and intellectual resources. They communicate regularly and openly with families and community partners, and seek their input and support for continuous improvement efforts. Effective Leaders:
(i) Are approachable, accessible, and welcoming to all families and community members.
(ii) Create and sustain positive, collaborative, and productive relationships with families and the community for the benefit of students.
(iii) Engage in regular and open two-way communication with families and the community about the school, students, needs, challenges, and accomplishments.
(iv) Maintain a presence in the community to understand its strengths and needs, develop productive relationships, and engage its resources for the school.
(v) Create means for the school community to partner with families to support student learning in and out of school.
(vi) Build and sustain mutually beneficial productive partnerships with public and private sectors to share resources and promote school improvement and student learning.
(vii) Create an environment that values differences, serves as a resource for families and the school community, and welcomes family engagement in school activities.
(viii) Understand, value, and employ the community's cultural, social, intellectual, and political resources to promote student learning and school improvement.
(ix) Advocate publicly for the needs and priorities of the school, district, students, families, and the community.
(x) Work with the community to collect and analyze data on economic, social, and other emerging issues that impact district and school planning, programs, and structures.
9. Manage school operations and resources to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders are responsible for the effective, efficient, equitable, and ethical management of schools and districts. Their responsibilities include garnering and allocating resources, monitoring and addressing internal and external regulatory requirements, developing organizational policies and practices, and other administrative duties that maintain the continued viability of the school or district. Effective leaders:
(i) Institute, manage, and monitor operations and administrative systems that promote the mission and vision of the school.
(ii) Strategically manage staff resources, assigning and scheduling teachers and staff to roles and responsibilities that optimize their professional capacity to address each student's learning needs.
(iii) Seek, acquire, and manage fiscal, physical, and other resources to support curriculum, instruction, and assessment; student learning community; professional capacity and community; and family and community engagement.
(iv) Are responsible, ethical, and accountable stewards of the school's monetary and nonmonetary resources, engaging in effective budgeting and accounting practices.
(v) Protect teachers' and other staff members' work and learning from disruption.
(vi) Employ technology to improve the quality and efficiency of operations and management.
(vii) Develop and maintain data and communication systems to deliver actionable information for classroom and school improvement.
(viii) Know, comply with, and help the school community understand local, state, and federal laws, rights, policies, and regulations to promote student success.
(ix) Develop and manage relationships with feeder and connecting schools for enrollment management and curricular and instructional articulation.
(x) Develop and manage productive relationships with the central office and school board.
(xi) Develop and administer systems for fair and equitable management of conflict among students, faculty and staff, leaders, families, and community.
(xii) Manage governance processes and internal and external politics toward achieving the school's mission and vision.
10. Act as agents of continuous improvement to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Educational leaders foster an environment among stakeholders where data are analyzed and used to continuously improve the academic and social success of the students, staff, and the community of learners. Leaders ensure a systematic and collaborative process that promotes a culture of school improvement and accountability. This plan, do, check, act process is created with input from all stakeholders. The leader uses current and relevant research and effectively gathers, analyzes, and interprets student data from multiple sources to promote a shared vision for instructional improvement that engages all stakeholders in decision-making that drives and sustains school improvement for each student. Effective leaders are willing to make difficult decisions and confront adverse situations to promote student academic success and well-being. Effective leaders:
(i) Use a systematic continuous improvement process to achieve the vision, fulfill the mission, and promote the core values of the school.
(ii) Create a continuous improvement culture within the school and community that promotes mutual commitment and accountability for student success.
(iii) Develop the capacity of staff to effectively lead strategic teams in a systematic process of school improvement.
(iv) Employ situationally-appropriate strategies for improvement, including transformational and incremental, adaptive approaches and attention to different phases of implementation.
(v) Build the capacity of staff to assess the value and applicability of emerging educational trends and the findings of research for school improvement.
(vi) Develop systematic processes of data collection, management, and analysis to determine root causes and inform the decision-making process.
(vii) Adopt a systems perspective ensuring alignment among improvement efforts and within all aspects of school organization, programs, and services.
(viii) Manage uncertainty, risk, competing initiatives, and politics of change with courage and perseverance, providing support and encouragement, and openly communicating the need for, process for, and outcomes of improvement efforts.
(ix) Develop and promote leadership among teachers and staff for inquiry, experimentation and innovation, and initiating and implementing improvement.
(c) In addition to meeting the standards listed above, program requirements must include the following:
1. Tier I Program Admission.
(i) Non-educator candidates seeking admission to a Tier I program must:
(I) Receive from a LUA a recommendation for admission to the program and assurance the candidate works in a leadership position at least one-half day or more, each day;
(II) Hold, at a minimum, a master's degree from a GaPSC-accepted accredited college or university;
(III) Document five (5) or more years of successful leadership experience and related leadership training, preferably in an executive management, supervisory, or leadership role;
(IV) Provide references documenting evidence of successful performance in a leadership role;
(V) Exhibit professional leadership dispositions through an assessment, developed and/or adopted by the educator preparation provider; and
(VI) Provide evidence of experience in engaging employees in organizational development or professional learning opportunities.
(ii) Candidates currently employed as educators and seeking admission must:
(I) Receive the recommendation of a Georgia LUA for participation in the program and assurance the candidate works in a leadership position at least one-half day or more, each day;
(II) Hold a master's degree and a GaPSC Level 5 or higher professional type certificate; candidates who also have national board certification, the Teacher Leadership endorsement, Coaching endorsement or the Teacher Support and Coaching endorsement are ideal. The master's degree must have been earned from a GaPSC-accepted accredited institution and must have resulted in a Certificate Level upgrade.
(III) Provide evidence of successful teacher leadership experience;
(IV) Exhibit professional leadership dispositions through an assessment, developed and/or adopted by the educator preparation provider;
(V) Provide evidence of experience in engaging colleagues in professional learning opportunities; and
(VI) Provide evidence of successful teaching.
(iii) Upon admission, candidates accepted into the Tier I Alternative Preparation program are issued a Three (3)-Year Non-Renewable Leadership Certificate upon request from the employing LUA, which may be converted to a professional leadership certificate when requirements are met.
(iv) Candidates who enroll in a Tier I Alternative Preparation program must pass the Georgia Ethics for Educational Leadership Assessment prior to beginning program coursework.
2. Tier II Program Admission.
(i) Candidates must be employed in a leadership position in a LUA requiring Performance-Based Professional Leadership Certification at Tier II.
(ii) In addition, practicing educators seeking admission must:
(I) Receive the recommendation of the employing LUA for participation in the program and assurance that the system will support the work of the candidate in the program;
(II) Hold a level 5 or higher Standard Professional Educational Leadership Tier I Certificate or hold a valid, Standard Professional L Certificate in Educational Leadership Tier II based on completion of a non-performance-based program; and;
(III) Provide references documenting evidence of successful performance in a leadership position that requires Tier I leadership certification.
3. Candidate Support. All alternative preparation programs require structured supervision and guidance by a team of qualified mentors and coaches for a minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle during Tier I and a minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle during Tier II. The LUA shall provide a mentor with successful leadership experience at the Tier II level relative to the candidate being mentored. The alternative preparation program shall provide coaching by qualified individuals who demonstrate competencies in the knowledge, skills, and dispositions required for accomplished leadership. It is incumbent upon the program provider to ensure individuals providing developmental support (coach and mentor, for example) have successfully completed appropriate training.
4. Program Requirements. The alternative preparation program shall develop a performance-based program addressing the following:
(i) Tier I Program.
(I) A Pre-Residency component shall address through courses, modules, seminars or other modes of content delivery, at a minimum school law, the Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators, and organizational leadership with a focus on teaching, learning, and using data in the school improvement process. The pre-residency Educational Leadership requirements are described in program approval documents submitted to the GaPSC as part of the program approval process for educator preparation programs;
(II) Residency requirements must be successfully completed while employed by a regionally accredited LUA or regionally accredited private school in a Tier I leadership position full-time or part-time, for at least a half day every day for a minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle. Residency requirements for Tier I include the following:
I. Candidates shall participate in carefully designed experiences in addition to completing appropriate coursework, during an extended residency [minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle], providing significant opportunities for candidates to apply the knowledge and guided practice to develop the skills and dispositions identified in the program standards through substantial, sustained, standards-based work in actual Tier I settings;
II. Candidates shall participate in a residency incorporating a continual assessment of candidate application of knowledge, skills, and leadership dispositions. Candidates' performances shall be planned and guided cooperatively by a candidate support team, throughout the program, to provide inclusion of appropriate opportunities to demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions reflective of current leadership research and program standards. At a minimum, the candidate support team shall be composed of the candidate, a trained and qualified leadership coach, a P-12 school-based leader and/or LUA mentor/coach, and a supervisor from the approved program provider; and
III. The residency experiences shall provide candidates with substantial responsibilities that increase over time in amount and complexity, and involve direct interaction and involvement with appropriate staff, students, parents, and community leaders. The preponderance of experiences shall engage candidates in leading rather than observing or participating. Candidates shall demonstrate the ability to lead, facilitate, and make decisions as school leaders. Assessment of candidate performance shall be the responsibility of the approved program provider and shall include multiple formative and summative measures used throughout the residency to measure candidate progress in acquiring knowledge, demonstrating skills, and refining dispositions. Data from these assessments shall be shared with the candidate, instructors, mentors/coaches, and candidate support team in order to make informed decisions regarding candidate performance, program effectiveness, and EPP operations.
(ii) Tier II Program.
(I) Alternative preparation program advanced residency requirements shall be completed while employed by a regionally accredited LUA or regionally accredited private school in a Tier II level leadership position full-time or part-time, for at least a half day every day for a minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle. Residency requirements for Tier II shall include the following:
(II) Candidates shall participate in performances developed by the candidate support team based on individual performance assessment data, during an extended residency [minimum of a twelve (12) month cycle], providing significant opportunities for candidates through guided practice to apply knowledge, develop skills, and refine dispositions identified in the program standards while engaged in substantial, sustained, standards-based work in actual P-12 school/ system settings;
(III) Candidates shall participate in a performance-based residency incorporating a continual assessment of candidate application of knowledge, skills, and leadership dispositions. Candidates' performances shall be planned and guided cooperatively by a candidate support team, throughout the program, to provide inclusion of appropriate opportunities to demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions reflective of current leadership research and program standards. At a minimum, the candidate support team shall be composed of the candidate, a leadership coach, a P-12 school-based leader and/or LUA mentor/coach, and a supervisor from the approved program provider; and
(IV) The residency experiences shall provide candidates with substantial responsibilities that increase over time in amount and complexity, and involve direct interaction and involvement with appropriate staff, students, parents, and community leaders. The preponderance of experiences shall engage candidates in leading rather than observing or participating. Candidates shall demonstrate the ability to lead, facilitate, and make decisions as P-12 school leaders. Assessment of candidate performance shall be the responsibility of the approved program provider and will include multiple formative and summative measures used throughout the residency to measure candidate progress. Data from these assessments shall be shared with the candidate, instructors, mentors/coaches, and candidate support team in order to make informed decisions regarding candidate performance, program effectiveness, and EPP operations.
5. Certification Requirements. Upon admission, candidates accepted into the Tier II Alternative Preparation program are issued a Three (3)-Year Non-Renewable Leadership Certificate upon request of the employing LUA, which may be converted to a professional leadership certificate when requirements are met. If the Georgia Ethics for Educational Leadership Assessment was not passed upon enrollment in a Tier I program, it must be passed prior to beginning Tier II coursework. An educator working in a Tier II position who does not hold Tier I certification will be issued a Non-Renewable Professional Certificate in each tier. If the Tier I certificate is converted to a Standard Professional Certificate, the Non-Renewable Performance-Based Professional Certificate in Educational Leadership - Tier II may be extended for an additional three (3) years. While in the program, candidates shall demonstrate continual progress.
6. Exit Requirements. Exit requirements for successful completion of the alternative preparation program at each tier shall provide candidates an opportunity to demonstrate a foundation of knowledge, skills, and dispositions necessary for work in leadership positions in P-12 schools and LUAs. Requirements for each tier shall include the following:
(i) Successful defense of their leadership work before the candidate support team;
(ii) A successful evaluation of the candidate's performance by the superintendent or the superintendent's designee; and
(iii) A passing score on the GACE content assessment for Educational Leadership for Tier I candidates; for Tier II candidates, a passing score on the GACE performance-based assessment for Educational Leadership Tier II.
7. Notification of Program Completion. Upon successful completion of all program exit requirements, the GaPSC-approved program provider shall notify the GaPSC that the candidate has met all program requirements and is qualified for a professional Performance-based Educational Leadership certificate at either the Tier I or Tier II level.
8. Continuous Improvement as Part of the Program Approval Process.
(i) As part of the continuous improvement cycle required by GaPSC Program Approval Standards (2023), EPPs are advised to engage partner school districts in regularly reviewing program effectiveness. In addition, as a formative measure, EPPs are advised to engage in a mid-cycle review using peers and partners as reviewers; such reviews will have no regulatory consequences. Mid-cycle formative reviews will use a valid and reliable process such as Quality Measures.
(4) Eligible Program Providers. The Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership program may be proposed by any GaPSC-approved EPP that can verify, through the program approval process, the ability to provide an alternative preparation program complying with the definitions, standards, and requirements of the Alternative Preparation for Educational Leadership program as delineated in this rule. The eligible provider shall create a preparation program for both Tier I and Tier II; however, a provider is not required to offer a Tier II program. GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers at LUAs, private schools, or charter schools shall offer an approved alternative preparation program only to those candidates employed by that LUA or P-12 school.

Rule 505-3-.77 Educational Leadership Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards and requirements for approving programs that prepare individuals to serve in educational leadership positions in P-12 schools and Local Units of Administration (LUAs), and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. The term leadership position refers to those positions requiring leadership certification as determined by the employing LUA for placement on the state salary schedule.
(2) Two-tiered Educational Leadership Preparation.
(a) Tier I, or entry level certification, in the field of Educational Leadership shall prepare candidates for entry leadership positions that include P-12 school level positions below the principal and district level positions that do not supervise principals.
(b) Tier II, or advanced level certification, in the field of Educational Leadership shall prepare candidates for advanced leadership positions that include P-12 school level principals or the equivalent, superintendents, or other LUA staff who supervise principals.
(c) The Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) must seek and receive GaPSC approval to offer Tier I and Tier II preparation programs and shall comply with all GaPSC reporting requirements for preparation programs. The EPP shall offer both a Tier I and a Tier II program.
(3) Preparation Program Requirements.
(a) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved EPP shall offer Tier I and Tier II Educational Leadership preparation programs described in program planning forms, catalogs, syllabi, and on websites conforming to the following Georgia Educational Leadership Standards, which are adapted from the Professional Standards for Educational Leaders (PSEL) published in 2015 by the National Policy Board for Educational Administration. The elements accompanying the standards are adapted from PSEL Standards. Although programs shall be designed upon the PSEL Standards and as required by GaPSC Rule , the Teacher Assessment on Performance Standards (TAPS) in relation to instructional leadership (see GaPSC Rule paragraph (e) 3. (i)), EPPs are advised to consider additional standards in developing program curricula and clinical experiences at the appropriate level (Tier I or Tier II), such as the Learning Forward Standards for Professional Learning, Georgia Teacher Leadership Standards (GaPSC Rule TEACHER LEADERSHIP PROGRAM), the Model Principal Supervisor Standards, and the evaluation standards comprising the Georgia Teacher Keys Effectiveness System (TKES) and the Georgia Leader Keys Effectiveness System (LKES), and the standards delineated in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE. GaPSC and Georgia Department of Education (GaDOE) rules are often focused on implementation of such standards; candidates shall complete preparation programs prepared to implement programs and processes that address such standards. Professional learning as described in the GaPSC certificate renewal rule (GaPSC Rule RENEWAL REQUIREMENTS) and continuous improvement as described in GaDOE rules and processes shall be addressed in the leadership preparation curriculum and clinical experiences. The elements accompanying the standards inform and support the practice of the educational leader by illustrating some, but not all, leadership practices that define the standards in practice. Programs will be assessed at the standard level. Effective leaders:
1. Develop, advocate, and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student. Education leaders build consensus among all stakeholders to develop an educational mission, vision, and core values of what students should know and do as a consequence of their schooling, as well as what it means for students to become well-adjusted, contributing members of society. Building such a vision supported by core values can require reconciling possibly competing perspectives among all members of the school community. Based on this vision, leaders work with school and community members to establish the school's mission, and to plan, implement, monitor, and evaluate impact to promote continuous and sustainable improvement. Effective leaders:
(i) Using relevant data and in collaboration with school and community members, develop an educational mission, vision, and statement of core values for the school to promote student success and well-being.
(ii) In collaboration with members of the school and the community and using relevant data, develop and promote a vision for student success and well-being by articulating, advocating, and cultivating core values that define the school's culture, and stress the imperative of child-centered education; high expectations and student support; fair access, opportunity, and advancement for all students; openness, caring, and trust; and continuous improvement.
(iii) Utilize best practices to strategically identify, implement, and evaluate actions to achieve the vision, mission, and core values for the school.
(iv) Ensure core values support processes and procedures that allow all students access to the most effective teachers and an instructional program that will ensure they are college and career ready.
(v) Develop a systematic, inclusive, and comprehensive process to review, revise, and communicate the school's mission, vision, and core values, and respond to changing expectations and opportunities for the school, and changing needs and situations of students.
(vi) Develop shared understanding of and commitment to mission, vision, and core values within the school and the community.
(vii) Monitor communications and actions to build and sustain school and community alignment with the shared vision, mission, and core values.
(viii) Model and pursue the school's mission, vision, and core values in all aspects of leadership.
2. Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Educational leaders are professionals who ensure personnel are equipped with professional understanding of the school's mission and the professional norms that must be followed to ensure student success and well-being. Leaders have an understanding of ethical principles to guide actions and decision-making, which must be within the boundaries of professional practice. Leaders foster the development of a school culture that nurtures understanding of professional conduct and ethics, and have a professional responsibility to take an intentional approach to ensure not only regulatory enforcement, but also ethics education, outreach, and prevention. Effective leaders:
(i) Act ethically and professionally in personal conduct, relationships with others, decision-making, stewardship of the school's resources, and all aspects of school leadership.
(ii) Act according to and promote the professional norms of integrity, fairness, transparency, trust, collaboration, perseverance, learning, and continuous improvement.
(iii) Place children at the center of education and accept responsibility for each student's academic success and well-being.
(iv) Safeguard and promote the values of democracy, individual freedom and responsibility, and fairness.
(v) Lead with interpersonal and communication skill, social-emotional insight, and understanding of all students' and staff members' backgrounds and cultures.
(vi) Provide moral direction for the school and promote ethical and professional behavior among faculty and staff.
3. Strive for fairness of educational opportunity and responsive practices to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders create a school culture that values learner differences. Students are known, accepted, valued, and empowered to reach their full potential. The school's culture supports a climate in which students are healthy, safe, and supported. The culture defines high expectations, encourages trust, and expects all to be responsible participants; as a result, all students thrive. Effective leaders:
(i) Ensure that each student feels a sense of belonging, is treated fairly and respectfully, and is accepted and valued as an active member of the school community.
(ii) Recognize, respect, and employ each student's strengths, differences, and culture as assets for teaching and learning.
(iii) Analyze data to ensure that each student has equitable access to effective teachers, learning opportunities, academic and social support, and other resources needed for college/career readiness.
(iv) Develop and communicate expectations and codes of conduct to address student behavior in a positive, and fair manner.
(v) Eliminate barriers associated with race, class, culture and language, gender and sexual orientation, and disability or special status.
(vi) Utilize a variety of strategies to examine and address assumptions and beliefs that may conflict with vision, mission, core values, and goals.
(vii) Incorporate knowledge of the social, cultural, leadership, and political dynamics of the school community to cultivate a positive academic learning environment.
(viii) Promote the preparation of students to live productively in and contribute to the varied cultural contexts of a global society.
(ix) Act with cultural competence and responsiveness in their interactions, decision making, and practice.
4. Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Effective educational leaders develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to maximize each student's growth and learning. Education leaders promote the use of rigorous curricula, which set high expectations for students and are aligned to academic standards. They seek to maximize student learning through authentic and differentiated pedagogy, systems of support, and effective assessment strategies that inform instruction. They develop and coordinate these systems in ways that create opportunities to personalize the academic program to meet individual student needs. The effectiveness of implementation and the impact of these systems on student learning are evaluated. Effective leaders:
(i) Promote the mission, vision, and core values of the school, embody high expectations for student learning, and align curriculum, instruction, and assessment with academic standards that are responsive to the needs of all learners.
(ii) Align and focus systems of curriculum, instruction, and assessment within and across grade levels to promote student academic success, love of learning, the identities and habits of learners, and healthy sense of self.
(iii) Promote instructional and assessment practice that is consistent with knowledge of learning, learner growth and development, effective pedagogy, and the needs of each student.
(iv) Guide the selection and implementation of evidence-based teaching strategies, curricular materials, educational technologies, and other resources appropriate to address all student populations.
(v) Ensure instructional practice that is intellectually challenging, authentic to student experiences, aligned to student strengths, and is differentiated and personalized.
(vi) Collaboratively model and promote with all stakeholders a culture of high expectations for all students.
(vii) Promote the effective use of technology.
(viii) Employ valid assessments that are consistent with knowledge of child learning and development and technical standards of measurement.
(ix) Monitor and evaluate the use of diagnostic, formative, and summative assessment to provide timely and accurate feedback to students and parents, and to inform instructional practices.
5. Cultivate a welcoming, caring, and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student. Education leaders build a school culture and climate that supports students being known and valued. The learning environment is personalized so students feel encouraged to engage with others as active learners. In such an environment learners are willing to take chances in their learning since a support system has been built to reinforce student learning. Effective leaders:
(i) Build and maintain a safe, caring, and healthy school environment that meets the academic, social, emotional, and physical needs of each student.
(ii) Create and sustain a school environment in which each student is known, accepted and valued, trusted and respected, cared for, and encouraged to be an active and responsible member of the school community.
(iii) Provide coherent systems of academic and social supports, services, extracurricular activities, and accommodations to meet the range of learning needs of each student.
(iv) Promote adult-student, student-peer, and school-community relationships that value and support academic learning and positive social and emotional development.
(v) Cultivate and reinforce student engagement in school and positive student conduct.
(vi) Infuse the school's learning environment with the cultures and languages of the school's community.
6. Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders support the professional learning of effective, caring teachers and leaders who are able to work with students productively in the classroom and who can collaboratively lead a school or district. Building an effective staff requires careful personnel recruitment, selection, assignment of responsibilities, support, evaluation, and retention. Developing the professional skills of educators involves such activities as coaching, creating supportive conditions, and fostering a professional learning community. Effective leaders:
(i) Recruit, hire, assign, support, develop, and retain effective and caring teachers and other professional staff and form them into an educationally effective faculty in an equitable manner based on school needs, and local, state, and federal requirements.
(ii) Plan for and manage staff turnover and succession, providing opportunities for effective induction including mentoring of new personnel by carefully selected and trained mentors.
(iii) Develop teachers' and staff members' professional knowledge, skills, and practice through differentiated opportunities for learning and growth, guided by understanding of professional and adult learning and development.
(iv) Foster continuous improvement of individual and collective instructional capacity to achieve outcomes envisioned for each student.
(v) Deliver actionable feedback about instruction and other professional practice through valid, research-anchored systems of supervision and evaluation to support the development of teachers' and staff members' knowledge, skills, and practice.
(vi) Empower and motivate teachers and staff to the highest levels of professional practice and to continuous learning and improvement.
(vii) Recognize the achievements of highly effective teachers and others by developing the capacity, opportunities, and support for teacher leadership and leadership from other members of the school.
(viii) Promote the personal and professional health, well-being, and work-life balance of faculty and staff.
(ix) Address their own learning and effectiveness through reflection, study and improvement, maintaining a healthy work-life balance.
7. Foster a professional community of teachers and other professional staff to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders promote each student's academic success and well-being by creating and supporting a professional community of teachers. Building a community of teachers and other professional staff includes creating effective workplace conditions, promoting collective engagement and responsibility, and mutual accountability. Creating professional communities of teachers and other professional staff includes job-embedded opportunities that promote collaborative examination of practice and focuses on improvement of programs and practices. Effective leaders:
(i) Foster supportive workplace conditions for teachers and other professional staff that promote effective professional development, practice, and student learning.
(ii) Empower and entrust teachers and staff with collective responsibility for meeting the academic, social, emotional, and physical needs of each student, pursuant to the mission, vision, and core values of the school.
(iii) Establish and sustain a professional culture of engagement and commitment to shared vision, goals, and objectives pertaining to the education of the whole child; high expectations for professional work; ethical and equitable practice; trust and open communication; collaboration, collective efficacy, and continuous individual and organizational learning and improvement.
(iv) Promote mutual accountability among teachers and other professional staff for each student's success and the effectiveness of the school as a whole.
(v) Develop and support open, productive, caring, and trusting working relationships among leaders, faculty, and staff to promote professional capacity and the improvement of practice.
(vi) Design and implement job-embedded and other opportunities for professional learning collaboratively with faculty and staff.
(vii) Provide roles, structures, opportunities, and norms to support collaborative examination of practice, collegial feedback, and collective learning.
(viii) Encourage faculty-initiated improvement of programs and practices.
(ix) Use data, including student performance data, to evaluate the impact professional learning has on the faculty and staff, the school/district, and student learning.
8. Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders build and sustain productive relationships with families and other community partners in the government, non-profit, and private sectors. They promote understanding, appreciation, and use of the community's cultural, social, and intellectual resources. They communicate regularly and openly with families and community partners, and seek their input and support for continuous improvement efforts. Effective leaders:
(i) Are approachable, accessible, and welcoming to all families and community members.
(ii) Create and sustain positive, collaborative, and productive relationships with families and the community for the benefit of students.
(iii) Engage in regular and open two-way communication with families and the community about the school, students, needs, challenges, and accomplishments.
(iv) Maintain a presence in the community to understand its strengths and needs, develop productive relationships, and engage its resources for the school.
(v) Create means for the school community to partner with families to support student learning in and out of school.
(vi) Build and sustain mutually beneficial productive partnerships with public and private sectors to share resources and promote school improvement and student learning.
(vii) Create an environment that values differences, serves as a resource for families and the school community, and welcomes family engagement in school activities.
(viii) Understand, value, and employ the community's cultural, social, intellectual, and political resources to promote student learning and school improvement.
(ix) Advocate publicly for the needs and priorities of the school, district, students, families, and the community.
(x) Work with the community to collect and analyze data on economic, social, and other emerging issues that impact district and school planning, programs, and structures.
9. Manage school operations and resources to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Education leaders are responsible for the effective, efficient, equitable, and ethical management of schools and districts. Their responsibilities include garnering and allocating resources, monitoring and addressing internal and external regulatory requirements, developing organizational policies and practices, and other administrative duties that maintain the continued viability of the school or district. Effective leaders:
(i) Institute, manage, and monitor operations and administrative systems that promote the mission and vision of the school.
(ii) Strategically manage staff resources, assigning and scheduling teachers and staff to roles and responsibilities that optimize their professional capacity to address each student's learning needs.
(iii) Seek, acquire, and manage fiscal, physical, and other resources to support curriculum, instruction, and assessment; student learning community; professional capacity and community; and family and community engagement.
(iv) Are responsible, ethical, and accountable stewards of the school's monetary and nonmonetary resources, engaging in effective budgeting and accounting practices.
(v) Protect teachers' and other staff members' work and learning from disruption.
(vi) Employ technology to improve the quality and efficiency of operations and management.
(vii) Develop and maintain data and communication systems to deliver actionable information for classroom and school improvement.
(viii) Know, comply with, and help the school community understand local, state, and federal laws, rights, policies, and regulations to promote student success.
(ix) Develop and manage relationships with feeder and connecting schools for enrollment management and curricular and instructional articulation.
(x) Develop and manage productive relationships with the central office and school board.
(xi) Develop and administer systems for fair and equitable management of conflict among students, faculty and staff, leaders, families, and community.
(xii) Manage governance processes and internal and external politics toward achieving the school's mission and vision.
10. Act as agents of continuous improvement to promote each student's academic success and well-being. Educational leaders foster an environment among stakeholders where data are analyzed and used to continuously improve the academic and social success of the students, staff, and the community of learners. Leaders ensure a systematic and collaborative process that promotes a culture of school improvement and accountability. This plan, do, check, act process is created with input from all stakeholders. The leader uses current and relevant research and effectively gathers, analyzes, and interprets student data from multiple sources to promote a shared vision for instructional improvement that engages all stakeholders in decision-making that drives and sustains school improvement for each student. Effective leaders are willing to make difficult decisions and confront adverse situations to promote student academic success and well-being. Effective leaders:
(i) Use a systematic continuous improvement process to achieve the vision, fulfill the mission, and promote the core values of the school.
(ii) Create a continuous improvement culture within the school and community that promotes mutual commitment and accountability for student success.
(iii) Develop the capacity of staff to effectively lead strategic teams in a systematic process of school improvement.
(iv) Employ situationally-appropriate strategies for improvement, including transformational and incremental, adaptive approaches and attention to different phases of implementation.
(v) Build the capacity of staff to assess the value and applicability of emerging educational trends and the findings of research for school improvement.
(vi) Develop systematic processes of data collection, management, and analysis to determine root causes and inform the decision-making process.
(vii) Adopt a systems perspective ensuring alignment among improvement efforts and within all aspects of school organization, programs, and services.
(viii) Manage uncertainty, risk, competing initiatives, and politics of change with courage and perseverance, providing support and encouragement, and openly communicating the need for, process for, and outcomes of improvement efforts.
(ix) Develop and promote leadership among teachers and staff for inquiry, experimentation and innovation, and initiating and implementing improvement.
(b) Tier I. Educational Leadership preparation programs leading to entry level certification may be offered by GaPSC-approved EPPs as Master's degree programs, or as non-degree granting certification-only programs for educators who already hold a Master's and Level 5 certification. To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved EPP shall offer an educator preparation program for entry level preparation described in program planning forms, catalogs, syllabi, and on websites meeting the following requirements:
1. Program Admission. EPPs shall determine admission requirements for Tier I entry level preparation programs in addition to the minimum requirements established in this rule.
2. Program Curriculum. Programs leading to Tier I Entry Level Educational Leadership certification shall address all the GEL Standards referenced in paragraph (3) (a), but shall place emphasis on standards related specifically to practices designed to directly impact the improvement of teaching and learning.
3. Partnerships. A partnership agreement shall be established with LUAs, agencies, or other organizations for the purpose of collaborative work to ensure program curriculum and clinical experiences address LUA leadership preparation needs and to continuously examine program effectiveness. Such partnerships shall permit candidate self-selection for Tier I programs provided the partner district has the capacity to mentor the candidate and the candidate meets program admission criteria. A regular and systematic plan agreeable to the partner districts and the EPP shall be established for updating partnership agreements to ensure continuous improvement of the preparation program.
4. Candidate Support. At a minimum, Tier I candidates shall receive mentoring by a leader who is actively employed in a leadership position in the P-12 school or LUA and who has been trained to be a leader mentor. In addition, candidates shall receive EPP support through group coaching or other means whereby candidates have opportunities to interact with program staff and other candidates for reflection, feedback, and support related to their performances in the field.
(c) Tier II. Educational Leadership preparation programs leading to Tier II advanced level certification may be offered by GaPSC-approved EPPs as education specialist or doctoral degree programs, or as non-degree certification-only programs for educators who already hold an education specialist degree, a doctoral degree, or a GaPSC-issued certificate at Level 6 or 7. To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved EPP shall offer a performance-based educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, syllabi, and on websites meeting the following requirements:
1. Program Admission. EPPs shall require potential candidates to:
(i) Hold Tier I entry level certification or hold a Tier II certificate if that certificate is based on completion of an Educational Leadership program that led to a Georgia L or PL certificate;
(ii) Serve in a leadership position (see (1) Purpose above for the definition of the term, leadership position) at either the P-12 school or LUA level (or agency or organization equivalent to LUA level) that will enable the candidate to fully meet the program's clinical requirements. Candidates who do not serve in a leadership position as described above may be enrolled if the EPP and employer establish a formal, written agreement specifying the candidate will be released from other responsibilities for two full days per week or the equivalent to allow the candidate sufficient time to participate in and successfully complete clinical work. Employees of state education or human service agencies, RESAs, universities or technical colleges, and employees of education or human service non-profit organizations may also pursue Tier II Educational Leadership certification as long as the employer has established a partnership with a GaPSC-approved EPP and in the partnership agreement agrees to meet all requirements specified in this rule; and
(iii) Meet program admission criteria, and admission criteria specified by the EPP and in the partnership agreements with employers of potential candidates.
2. Program Curriculum. Programs leading to Tier II Educational Leadership certification shall address all standards through clinical performances required in the program. In coursework emphasis shall be on those standards not emphasized in the Tier I program.
3. Partnerships. A partnership agreement shall be established with the employing LUA, agency, or organization of each candidate for the purpose of ensuring candidates will be able to meet Tier II level clinical requirements. Partnership agreements:
(i) Shall be developed collaboratively by the LUA, agency, or organization and the program provider;
(ii) Shall establish mutually agreed upon responsibilities; and
(iii) Shall be regularly and systematically updated to ensure continuous improvement of the preparation program and its partnerships.
4. Candidate Support. The clinical work of each Tier II candidate shall be supervised by a candidate support team. At a minimum, the candidate support team shall be composed of the candidate, a trained and qualified leadership coach, a trained P-12 school or LUA mentor, and an EPP representative. (The leadership coach may serve as both the coach and the EPP representative provided the coach is employed by the EPP). These individuals shall work as a team to meet candidate and program needs.
(4) Clinical Practice Requirements and Candidate Performance Expectations.
(a) Tier I Entry Leader Preparation.
1. Clinical Practice. Tier I Clinical Practice shall include 250 clock hours (in certification-only and degree programs) in addition to performances required in courses and shall consist of significant opportunities for candidates to synthesize and apply the knowledge, and practice and develop the skills identified in the standards through field experiences cooperatively developed by the candidate, mentor, and EPP advisor. Field experiences shall engage candidates in substantial, standards-based work in a variety of settings. In Tier I programs candidates shall, at a minimum, observe leaders at all levels-elementary, middle, high school, and central office.
2. Performance Expectations. Candidates in Tier I entry level preparation programs shall demonstrate at a proficient level the knowledge, skills, and dispositions required for entry level educational leaders by demonstrating performance proficiency in the Georgia Educational Leadership Standards referenced in paragraph (3) (a).
(b) Tier II Advanced Level Leader Preparation.
1. Tier II Clinical Practice - Residency. Tier II programs shall be performance-based, and as such, shall be designed around leadership performances. Courses shall be designed to support performances. Candidates in Tier II preparation programs shall participate in performance-based experiences in courses as well as during an extended residency (in certification-only and degree programs). The extended residency shall consist of 750 clock hours of extended, job-embedded residency work. This work provides significant opportunities for candidates to synthesize and apply the knowledge, and practice and develop the skills identified in the standards through substantial, sustained, standards-based work in real settings in real time (actual P-12 school and LUA settings or similar settings for candidates employed in agencies or organizations not classified as P-12 schools or LUAs). Such a residency shall be planned and guided cooperatively by the EPP and LUA or employer through candidate support teams that develop and manage individual induction plans for each candidate.
2. Performance Expectations. Candidates in Tier II preparation programs shall demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions required for advanced level educational leaders by demonstrating performance proficiency in the standards referenced in paragraph (3) (a). The candidate's program shall be planned and guided cooperatively by the EPP and LUA, agency, or organization personnel. The EPP shall be responsible for using formative assessments throughout the program to assess candidate progress. Candidate performances shall be designed as follows:
(i) Candidates shall demonstrate the ability to accept genuine responsibility for leading, facilitating, and making decisions typical of those made by principals, supervisors of principals, and superintendents. The residency experiences shall provide candidates with substantial responsibilities that increase over time in amount and complexity and involve direct interaction and involvement with appropriate staff, students, parents, and community leaders, including school board members. The preponderance of experiences shall engage candidates in leading rather than observing or participating;
(ii) Candidates shall participate in a performance-based residency cooperatively planned and guided by a candidate support team during the course of the program, including assessment of candidate application of knowledge, skills, and leadership dispositions;
(iii) Candidates shall apply skills and knowledge articulated in national and state standards for educational leaders in experiences designed to accommodate candidates' individual needs;
(iv) Candidates shall demonstrate performances in settings that allow for the demonstration of a wide range of relevant knowledge, skills, and dispositions while working with faculty and other LUA personnel, students, parents, and appropriate community organizations such as social service groups, local businesses, community organizations, parent groups, and school boards; and
(v) Candidates' performances shall be planned cooperatively by the candidate support team and provide appropriate opportunities to apply skills, knowledge, and research contained in the standards.
(5) Testing Requirements.
(a) Tier I Entry Level. Candidates completing an entry level preparation program shall be required to take the GACE content assessment in Educational Leadership. A passing score on the state-approved content assessment is not required for program completion; however, candidates shall attempt the assessment prior to program completion, and a passing score is required for state entry level certification in Educational Leadership.
(b) Tier II Advanced Level Preparation. Candidates completing a Tier II program shall be required to take the GACE performance-based assessment for Educational Leadership Tier II. A passing score on the state-approved performance-based assessment is not required for program completion; however, candidates shall attempt the assessment prior to program completion, and a passing score is required for Tier II certification in Educational Leadership.
(c) Candidates who enroll in a GaPSC-approved Tier I Educational Leadership program must pass the Georgia Ethics for Educational Leadership Assessment prior to beginning program coursework. Any candidate enrolling in a Tier II program who did not pass the Ethics Assessment prior to enrolling in a Tier I program must pass the assessment prior to beginning Tier II program coursework.
(6) Conversion of Previously Issued Leadership Certificates to "PL" and/or Tier II Certificates.
(a) Educators who hold "L" certificates may convert to "PL" certificates by completing a GaPSC-approved certification-only Tier II program in Educational Leadership or a Tier II degree program if the educator holds only Level 5 certification. Such a program shall be performance-based and shall include extensive residency experiences meeting the requirements described in this rule. Educators who hold "FLD704 Educational Leadership (P-12)" certificates are exempted from meeting requirements to hold any position requiring Educational Leadership certification.
(b) Educators holding a PL certificate (FLD706 Building Level or FLD707 System Level; FLD706 and FLD707 were combined and became FLD710 after July 1, 2015) are eligible to hold any position requiring leadership certification. Holders of PL - Building Level or PL - System level shall not be required to meet any additional requirements for leadership certification.
(7) Continuous Improvement as Part of the Program Approval Process.
(a) As part of the continuous improvement cycle required by GaPSC Program Approval Standards (2023), EPPs are advised to engage partner school districts in regularly reviewing program effectiveness. In addition, as a formative measure, EPPs are advised to engage in a mid-cycle review using peers and partners as reviewers; such reviews will have no regulatory consequences. Mid-cycle formative reviews will use a valid and reliable process such as Quality Measures.

Rule 505-3-.78 Curriculum and Instruction and Educational Leadership Tier 1 Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states requirements for programs resulting in certification in the two fields of Curriculum and Instruction and Educational Leadership Tier I, and it supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Assessment Attempt: A candidate is considered to have attempted a state-approved assessment if it results in an official score on all parts of the assessment.
(b) Dual-field Program: An educator preparation program resulting in candidates meeting, through the completion of one degree program, all requirements and standards for two fields of certification as defined by two distinct Educator Preparation Rules.
(3) Requirements.
(a) Approval. To offer this dual-field program, the EPP must first be approved to offer both single-field programs. The dual-field program will be Developmentally approved through the GaPSC Substantive Change process. For subsequent approval reviews (First Continuing and Continuing), the dual-field program will be reviewed separately from the two single-field programs. After Developmental approval is granted for the dual-field program, the EPP is not required to maintain approval for the single-field programs.
(b) Admission. The EPP shall ensure candidates meet all admission requirements specified in GaPSC Rule CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION, and all Tier I admission requirements specified in GaPSC Rule EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP.
(c) Program Content. The EPP shall ensure candidates meet all standards and complete all requirements specified in GaPSC Rule CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION, and all the standards and requirements specified for Tier I preparation in GaPSC Rule 505-3-77 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP.
(d) Partnerships and Clinical Experiences. The EPP shall assure that P-12 employers and partner schools and districts agree to support candidates in meeting all program field and clinical practice requirements. The EPP shall secure fully executed Partnership Agreements with employers of all candidates before candidates begin coursework.
(e) Assessments. Candidates must attempt the state-approved content assessment for Curriculum and Instruction and the state-approved content assessment for Educational Leadership Tier I prior to program completion.
(f) EPP Agreements. The EPP shall require each admitted candidate to sign an agreement acknowledging all program and certification requirements. The agreement will specify that requirements must be met for both fields of certification and that the state-approved content assessment for both fields must be attempted prior to program completion.

Rule 505-3-.79 Teacher Leadership and Educational Leadership Tier I Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states requirements for programs resulting in certification in the two fields of Teacher Leadership [a Service (S) field] and Educational Leadership Tier I [a Leadership (L) field], and it supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Assessment Attempt: A candidate is considered to have attempted a state-approved assessment when the attempt results in an official score on all parts of the assessment.
(b) Dual-field Program: An educator preparation program resulting in candidates meeting, through the completion of one degree program, all requirements and standards for two fields of certification as defined by two distinct Educator Preparation Rules.
(3) Requirements.
(a) Approval. To offer this dual-field program, the EPP must first be approved to offer both single-field programs. The dual-field program will be Developmentally approved through the GaPSC Substantive Change process. For subsequent approval reviews (First Continuing and Continuing), the dual-field program will be reviewed separately from the two single-field programs. After Developmental approval is granted for the dual-field program, the EPP is not required to maintain approval for the single-field programs.
(b) Admission. The EPP shall ensure candidates meet all admission requirements specified in GaPSC Rule TEACHER LEADERSHIP, and all Tier I admission requirements specified in GaPSC Rule EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP.
(c) Program Content. The EPP shall ensure candidates meet all standards and complete all requirements specified in GaPSC Rule TEACHER LEADERSHIP, and all the standards and requirements specified for Tier I preparation in GaPSC Rule 505-3-77 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP.
(d) Partnerships and Clinical Experiences. The EPP shall assure that P-12 employers and partner schools and districts agree to support candidates in meeting all program field and clinical practice requirements. The EPP shall secure fully executed Partnership Agreements with employers of all candidates before candidates begin coursework.
(e) Assessments. Candidates must attempt the state-approved content assessment for Teacher Leadership and the state-approved content assessment for Educational Leadership Tier I prior to program completion.
(f) EPP Agreements. The EPP shall require each admitted candidate to sign an agreement acknowledging all program and certification requirements. The agreement will specify that requirements must be met for both fields of certification and that the state-approved content assessment for both fields must be attempted prior to program completion.

Rule 505-3-.80 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.81 Repealed and Reserved

Rule 505-3-.82 Birth Through Kindergarten Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to work with and teach children from Birth through Kindergarten and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Educators seeking to add the Birth Through Kindergarten Endorsement must be certified in Elementary Education (P-5) or Special Education General Curriculum Elementary Education (P-5). Completion of the endorsement will allow these educators to also teach children aged birth through five.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program for candidates holding Elementary Education (P-5) certification or Special Education General Curriculum Elementary Education (P-5) certification, or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program in either Elementary Education (P-5) or Special Education General Curriculum Elementary Education (P-5), or in an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (3) (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer an educator preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards and requirements delineated below for initial early childhood professional preparation programs. The standards are adapted from standards published in 2019 by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (NAEYC) and the standards published in 2017 by the Council for Exceptional Children-Initial Specialty Set in Early Childhood, and cross-walked with the Early Intervention/Early Childhood Special Educator national standards developed by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020).
1. Child Development and Learning in Context and Individual Learning Differences. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates are grounded in an understanding of the developmental period of early childhood from birth through kindergarten across developmental domains. They understand each child as an individual with unique developmental variations. They understand that all children develop within relationships; that learning is constructed by adults and children together; and that learning occurs within the context of families, languages, communities, and society. Candidates use this multidimensional knowledge to make evidence-based decisions to carry out their responsibilities. They understand how exceptionalities may interact with development and learning, and use this knowledge to provide meaningful and challenging learning experiences for children with unique learning needs. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know and understand early childhood development based on:
(I) Knowledge of developmental theories, coursework, and observation across domains and areas such as physical, cognitive, social-emotional, and linguistic; and
(II) Understanding variability in early development of young children with unique learning needs, such as children with disabilities or children who are bilingual, and the impacts of variability on development and learning.
(ii) Candidates know and understand the biological and environmental factors, both social and physical, that affect pre-, peri-, and postnatal development and learning;
(iii) Candidates know, understand, and value each child as an individual with unique developmental variations, agencies, strengths, interests, challenges, approaches to learning, experiences and abilities;
(iv) Candidates know and understand the impact of medical conditions and related care on development and learning, as well as on family concerns, resources, and priorities;
(v) Candidates know and understand the ways that development and the learning process for children with unique learning needs occur within multiple contexts, including family, language, and community as well as within a larger societal context of structural inequities; and
(vi) Candidates use multidimensional knowledge of early development (including developmental period of early childhood; etiology, characteristics, and classification of common disabilities in infants and young children; and individual child, development and learning in cultural context) to make evidence-based decisions that support each child.
2. Family and Community Partnerships. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that successful early childhood education depends upon partnerships with young children's families. They know about, understand, and value the importance of family and community characteristics. They use this understanding to create respectful and linguistically responsive, reciprocal relationships and to engage as partners with families in young children's development and learning. They use community resources to support young children's learning and development and to support families as they also support partnerships with early learning settings, schools and community organizations, and agencies. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know about, understand, and value the differences among families and communities;
(ii) Candidates engage as partners with families in young children's development, and learn through respectful and reciprocal relationships;
(iii) Candidates use community resources to support families and young children, as well as work to support the community; and
(iv) Candidates partner with families and other professionals to develop individualized plans and support the various transitions that occur for the young child and their family throughout the birth through kindergarten.
3. Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that the primary purpose of assessment (formal and informal, formative and summative) is to inform instruction and planning for children with varied learning needs in early learning settings. They understand that child observation, documentation, and other forms of assessment are central to the practice of all early childhood professionals. They know how to use observation, documentation, and other appropriate assessment approaches and technically sound tools that minimize discrepancies, and use knowledge of measurement principles and practices to interpret assessment results and guide educational decisions for individuals with unique learning needs. They are responsible and ethical in their use of assessment and assessment results. In partnership with families and professional colleagues, they document individual children's progress, and plan learning experiences that promote positive outcomes for each child. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand that assessment (formal and informal, formative and summative) is conducted to make informed choices and for planning in early learning settings;
(ii) Candidates know a wide range of types of assessments, their purposes, and their associated methods and tools;
(iii) Candidates align assessment with curriculum; content standards; and local, state, and federal regulations;
(iv) Candidates practice assessment that is ethically and legally grounded and developmentally and linguistically appropriate to document developmental progress and promote positive outcomes for each child;
(v) Candidates build assessment partnerships with families and professional colleagues, including, assisting families in identifying their concerns, resources, and priorities, and integrating family priorities and concerns in the assessment process;
(vi) Candidates assess progress in the five developmental domains, play, and temperament using a variety of materials and contexts to maintain the interests of young children and the assessment process; and
(vii) Candidates emphasize the child's strengths and needs in assessment reports that focus on functional concerns, and participate as a team member to integrate assessment results in the development and implementation of individualized plans.
4. Learning Environments. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates create safe, developmentally responsive learning environments, so that children with unique learning needs become active and effective learners and develop emotional well-being, positive social interactions, and self-determination. They collaborate with other colleagues to create safe, developmentally responsive learning environments to engage all children in meaningful learning activities and social interactions. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates use motivational and instructional interventions to teach children with unique learning needs how to adapt to different environments. They know how to intervene safely and appropriately with all children. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates select, develop, and evaluate developmentally responsive and functionally appropriate materials, equipment, and environments;
(ii) Candidates organize space, time, materials, peers, and adults to maximize progress in natural and structured environments;
(iii) Candidates embed learning opportunities in everyday routines, relationships, activities, and places;
(iv) Candidates structure social environments, using peer models and proximity, and responsive adults, to promote interactions among peers, parents, and caregivers;
(v) Candidates provide a stimulus-rich indoor and outdoor environment that employs materials, media, and adaptive and assistive technology responsive to individual differences;
(vi) Candidates implement basic health, nutrition, and safety management procedures for infants and young children; and
(vii) Candidates use evaluation procedures and recommend referral with ongoing follow- up to community health and social services.
5. Developmentally and Linguistically Responsive Teaching Strategies. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand that teaching and learning with young children is a complex enterprise, and its details vary depending on children's ages, characteristics, and the settings within which teaching and learning occur. They understand and use positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation for their work with young children. They are able to differentiate instruction for individual children and for groups. They use a broad repertoire of developmentally responsive and linguistically relevant, and evidence-based teaching approaches that reflect universal design for learning principles. They understand the importance of play and inquiry in young children's learning and development, and how to support play in early education. They develop and sustain reflective, responsive, and intentional practice. They use technologies to support instructional assessment, planning, and delivery for children with unique learning needs, and are familiar with augmentative and alternative communication systems and a variety of assistive technologies to support the communication and learning of children with disabilities. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates use strategies to enhance language development and communication skills of children with unique learning needs. They develop and implement a variety of education and transition plans across a wide range of settings and different learning experiences in collaboration with individuals, families and teams, and teach to mastery and promote generalization of learning. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand positive, caring, supportive relationships and interactions as the foundation of early childhood educators' work with young children, and understand how to support child-initiated development and learning in classroom and home settings;
(ii) Candidates understand that the science of learning and child development indicates the need for distinct teaching skills and strategies appropriate to early childhood (such as teacher-scaffolded and -initiated instruction to complement child-initiated learning), along with differentiated instruction to support children's individual needs, including those of bilingual children and children with developmental delays or disabilities;
(iii) Candidates use a broad repertoire of developmentally responsive and linguistically relevant, and evidence-based teaching skills and strategies that reflect universal design for learning principles;
(iv) Candidates develop and sustain reflective, responsive, and intentional practice;
(v) Candidates link development, learning experiences, and instruction to promote educational transitions, implementing processes and strategies that support transitions, and assisting the family in planning for transition; and
(vi) Candidates design intervention strategies incorporating information from multiple sources and supportive of children's independent functioning in natural environments.
6. Content Knowledge in Early Childhood Curriculum. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates have and apply a solid understanding of the content of the academic disciplines. They understand content knowledge about the central concepts, methods, inquiry and application tools, and structures in each academic discipline. They understand pedagogical content knowledge about how young children learn and process information in each discipline including the learning trajectories for each discipline. They apply this knowledge in using early learning standards and other resources to make decisions about spontaneous and planned teaching practices, and about curriculum development, implementation, and evaluation that will be stimulating, challenging, and meaningful to each child. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates understand the central concepts, structures of the discipline, and tools of inquiry of the content areas they teach and can organize this knowledge, integrate cross-disciplinary skills, and develop meaningful learning progressions for children with unique learning needs. They understand and use general and specialized content knowledge for teaching across curricular content areas to individualize learning for children with unique learning needs and can modify general and specialized curricula to make them accessible to all children. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates understand content knowledge and resources, including the central concepts, methods, inquiry and application tools, and structures of the academic disciplines in an early education curriculum;
(ii) Candidates understand pedagogical content knowledge regarding how young children with unique learning needs learn in each discipline, and how to use the teacher knowledge and practices described in Standards 1 through 4 (e.g., universal design for learning, embedded and differentiated instruction) to support young children's learning in each content area;
(iii) Candidates apply, expand, integrate, and update their content knowledge in the disciplines, knowledge of curriculum content resources and pedagogical content knowledge to their teaching practice;
(iv) Candidates apply current research to the five developmental domains, play, temperament, and address challenging behavior in learning situations; and
(v) Candidates plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally responsive curricula, instruction, and adaptations based on knowledge of individual children, the family, and the community.
7. Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates identify and conduct themselves as members of the early childhood profession and serve as informed advocates for young children, families, and the early childhood profession. They know and use ethical guidelines and other early childhood professional guidelines. They are continuous, collaborative learners who demonstrate knowledgeable, reflective, and critical perspectives on early childhood education to inform their practice. They have strong communication skills that effectively support their relationships and work with young children, families and colleagues. They understand that differences are a part of families and schools, and that complex human issues can interact with the delivery of special education services. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates identify and involve themselves with the early childhood field and serve as informed advocates on behalf of infants and young children and their families, including awareness of trends and issues (legal, ethical, policy) in early childhood education, early childhood special education, and early intervention. This includes participation in activities of professional organizations relevant to early childhood education, early childhood special education, and early intervention;
(ii) Candidates know about the historical, philosophical foundations and legal basis of services for infants and young children with and without disabilities, and know about and uphold ethical standards and other early childhood professional guidelines (e.g., recognizing signs of emotional distress, neglect, and abuse; following reporting procedures; and implementing family services consistent with due process safeguards);
(iii) Candidates engage in continuous, collaborative learning to inform practice;
(iv) Candidates integrate knowledgeable and critical perspectives on early childhood education and develop the habit of intentional, reflective practice, including, applying evidence-based and Council for Exceptional Children Division for Early Childhood recommended practices for infants and young children including those from different backgrounds;
(v) Candidates use strong communication skills to effectively support young children's learning and development and work with families and colleagues, including integrating family systems theories into practice; and respecting families' choices and goals; and
(vi) Candidates advocate for professional status and working conditions for those who serve infants and young children, and their families.
8. Collaboration. Birth Through Kindergarten candidates collaborate with families, other educators, related service providers, individuals with exceptionalities, and personnel from community agencies in responsive ways to address the needs of all children across a range of learning experiences. They use the theory and elements of effective collaboration, serve as a collaborative resource to colleagues, and use collaboration to promote the well-being of all children across a wide range of settings and collaborators. Indicators are as follows:
(i) Candidates know and apply models and strategies of consultation and collaboration, and the roles of families, school and community personnel in planning individualized programs;
(ii) Candidates understand the concerns of families of children with disabilities and strategies to help address these concerns;
(iii) Candidates know responsive factors that promote effective communication and collaboration among families, school personnel, and community members;
(iv) Candidates understand the structures supporting inter-agency collaboration, including interagency agreements, referral, and consultation;
(v) Candidates collaborate with caregivers, professionals, and agencies to support children's development and learning, including involving families in evaluation of services;
(vi) Candidates implement family-oriented services based on the family's identified resources, priorities, and concerns; and
(vii) Candidates provide consultation and coaching in settings serving infants and young children, including use of adult learning principles when consulting with and coaching family members and service providers.

Rule 505-3-.83 Autism Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare general and special education teachers to teach students P-12 with Autism. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Autism Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competencies for teaching children with autism in the grade levels and/or subjects of their base certificates(s).
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GAPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4.(ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020):
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with various social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Autism adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exception Children (2012).
(i) Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences.
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who understand theories grounded in current research that prepare candidates to understand the etiology of Autism and how such theories can be used to develop differentiated learning and social opportunities.
(II) Candidates are prepared to understand and demonstrate the following for individuals with autism spectrum disorder:
I. Medical aspects and implications for learning;
II. Core and associated characteristics;
III. Co-existing conditions and ranges that exist at a higher rate than in the general population;
IV. Sensory challenges;
V. Speech, language, and communication challenges;
VI. Adaptive behavior needs; and
VII. Effect of self-regulation on learning and behavior.
(ii) Learning Environments and Instructional Planning and Strategies.
(I) Candidates are prepared to use person-centered approaches and collaborate with families, other educators, and other professionals to plan and implement age and ability appropriate differentiated instruction that enhance accessibility to the general education curriculum; and
(II) Candidates are prepared to use person-centered approaches and collaborate with families, other educators, and other professionals to plan and implement differentiated instruction that enhances sense of belonging, peer relationships, and social communication. (Note: person-centered planning involves instruction based on learner characteristics, interests, and ongoing assessment, and should be embedded into all learning environments.)
(iii) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate a basic understanding of frequently used procedures to identify eligibility criteria and monitor progress of learning and other goals of individuals with autism spectrum disorders;
(II) Candidates are prepared to describe how Functional Behavior Assessments and assessments of environmental conditions are used to develop databased interventions to support learning and communication of individuals with autism spectrum disorders;
(III) Candidates are prepared to identify research-based assessment tools and procedures to describe skills, areas of strength and interest that can be used to differentiate instruction to support learning and behavior;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to use preference assessment techniques to identify individual preferences that enhance learning;
(V) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with behavior specialists to conduct Functional Behavior Assessments that lead to the development of behavior support plans; and
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate culturally sensitive practices that include collaboration with families in assessment of students with autism spectrum disorders.
(iv) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to understand definitions and issues related to the identification of individuals with autism spectrum disorders at different ages across the spectrum;
(II) Candidates are prepared to describe the history of autism spectrum disorder and how the history may impact the current understanding of autism and interventions/supports by parents, teachers, and other community members;
(III) Candidates are prepared to differentiate between research-based practices and pseudo-science, and can describe the importance of using effective practices based on research to those who may advocate for practices lacking empirical support;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to understand and can identify different perspectives held by individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder; and
(V) Candidates are prepared to understand and promote the concepts of self-determination, self-advocacy, and community and family support that impact the lives of individuals with autism spectrum disorder.

Rule 505-3-.84 Career Technical Instruction (CTI) Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to coordinate and teach Career Technical Instruction programs in grades 6-12 and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Educators seeking to add the Career Technical Instruction (CTI) Endorsement must be certified in Special Education. Completers of the Career Technical Instruction Endorsement are qualified to coordinate and provide Career, Technical, and Agricultural Education (CTAE) instruction to students in grades 6-12 identified as having special educational needs.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program to candidates who hold Special Education certification or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation Special Education program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi, addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who have knowledge of youth with disabilities, Georgia's career technical education programs, development and implementation of the IEP, transition of students from school to life and work, and opportunities for post-secondary education and/or employment;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who know principles of career development, employability and retention, and implement techniques for assisting students and their parents in making educational and occupational choices;
3. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan curriculum and provide necessary accommodations or modifications, implement instructional techniques, accommodate students' learning styles and/or learning disabilities, assess student progress, and garner community based support for Georgia's career technical programs;
4. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the promotion, organization, instruction, budget, and coordination required to sustain a CTI program at the local level;
5. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the staffing process, due process, career technical placement, job placement, screening selection, guidance, assessment and counseling of students with disabilities enrolled in secondary career and technical programs;
6. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the knowledge of federal and state laws and regulations governing the assurances of programs serving students in special education;
7. The program shall require demonstrated competence to assure that each student will be guided in the development of a positive self-image, job entrance and retention skills, self-motivation, life coping skills, and the tools to make sound decisions;
8. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the mastery of technical skills, problem solving, and understanding subject matter thereby raising student expectations as much as possible, and intervening with CTI services to accelerate success in career and technical courses;
9. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the ability to utilize the community, business, industry, local and state support agencies, family, and school to assume the realistic opportunity to complete high school and transition to work and/or post-secondary education;
10. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the knowledge of remedial techniques; CTI enrichment camp; national, state, and local intervention services; advisory committees; instructional equipment; tools; safety procedures; facilities; life skills; and the documentation and progress of individual special education students enrolled in career and technical courses;
11. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the knowledge of the technical workplace, including various work-based learning options;
12. The program shall require demonstrated competence in an understanding of poverty, economically disadvantaged, unsupportive families, social and economic barriers, and other problems that CTI students face in a technical society;
13. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the knowledge of benchmarks for evaluating CTI students;
14. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the knowledge of annual evaluation of goals, objectives, delivery, and outcomes for the local CTI program;
15. The program shall require demonstrated competence in the use of available technology, particularly multimedia, for children with special needs, including the application of computer hardware and software and techniques for evaluating software for instruction; and
16. The program shall require supervised school/field-based internship in conducting a CTI program.

Rule 505-3-.85 Coaching Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to use performance assessment data to provide specific feedback to individuals that will assist them in meeting criteria for performance in various educational positions such as, but not limited to, a supervisor/coach of individuals completing student teaching requirements or a non-traditional teacher preparation program, a mentor/coach of interns/beginning teachers, an instructional/academic coach of classroom teachers, a classroom teacher providing professional learning for peers, or a coach of candidates seeking educational leadership positions. This rule supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the P-12 Service (S) field Coaching Endorsement are qualified to use performance assessment data to provide specific feedback to other educators or prospective educators in a variety of roles or educational positions, such as but not limited to the examples provided in paragraph (1).
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as a stand-alone endorsement program to candidates who hold a valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, Life certificate, or service certificate. Educators with leadership, Life, or service certificates must have held a Professional teaching certificate. A recommendation from a school district is required for program admission.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to identify performance criteria:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to analyze the context in order to identify organizational criteria with the coachee's performance. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Identify the organization's mission, vision, beliefs and goals;
(II) Analyze the alignment of the mission, vision, beliefs and goals to the roles, responsibilities and performances required for the coachee's position; and
(III) Communicate this alignment.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to analyze the strengths and opportunities for growth of the coachee to meet the organization's performance criteria. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Communicate the expected performance criteria;
(II) Assess the coachee's understanding of the performance criteria;
(III) Analyze the strengths of the coachee against performance criteria;
(IV) Help the coachee self-assess against performance criteria;
(V) Determine the coachee's "opportunities for growth" against the performance criteria;
(VI) Help the coachee self-assess his/her "opportunities for growth" against the performance criteria; and
(VII) Support the coachee in the development of confidence in her/his ability to achieve the performance criteria.
2. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of performance assessments and analysis of results:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to identify and know how to use assessments for coachee based on roles, responsibilities, positions and performance criteria. The coaches know and are able to:
(I) Identify and use various assessments available;
(II) Identify and use appropriate assessments for role and context;
(III) Identify and use appropriate questioning techniques for diagnostic purposes; and
(IV) Identify and use appropriate questioning techniques for clarifying purposes.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to implement appropriate assessments based on roles, positions, responsibilities, and performance criteria. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Use active and empathetic listening skills for diagnostic and/or clarifying purposes;
(II) Demonstrate the effective use of appropriate assessments; and
(III) Demonstrate the effective use of coaching processes.
(iii) The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to analyze results from assessments. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Demonstrate effective analysis skills for performance assessments for coachee's strengths and areas of growth;
(II) Analyze and identify barriers to performance;
(III) Compare areas for improvement identified by coach, coachee, and the district;
(IV) Communicate results of assessments effectively; and
(V) Demonstrate data interpretation/analysis.
3. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to develop, maintain, and implement an effective coaching plan:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to develop goals and a plan to achieve them in collaboration with coachee. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Create a plan with results that are specific, measurable, attainable, and realistic and have target dates (SMART goals);
(II) Encourage the coachee to take on new and challenging tasks;
(III) Define actions that will enable the coachee to demonstrate practice and deepen new learning; and
(IV) Adjust plan as warranted.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to demonstrate ability to manage progress and accountability. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Monitor the plan to keep coaching on track; and
(II) Develop a system to help the coach self-monitor.
(iii) The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to provide opportunities to practice. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Identify willing participants for practice;
(II) Identify resources used to practice; and
(III) Schedule agreed upon time to practice.
4. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to provide feedback to an individual or group of individuals in an effort to build capacity and improve performance:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to provide feedback based on performance criteria. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Provide feedback that reflects best practice based on current research;
(II) Utilize a process to provide feedback;
(III) Develop specific and purposeful feedback; and
(IV) Formulate and use effective questioning techniques.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to demonstrate ability to use feedback to collaborate with the coachee to plan strategies. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Provide resources that align with the identified needs;
(II) Prioritize and develop a timeline;
(III) Develop and utilize strategies to build a support network;
(IV) Develop coachee's recognition of incremental improvement and growth; and
(V) Recognize the fluid nature of coachee's plan for continuous improvement.
5. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to communicate effectively with the coachee:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to utilize effective verbal skills. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Utilize effective questioning skills;
(II) Utilize effective clarifying skills; and
(III) Utilize positive phrasing.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to use effective written skills. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Write for varied audiences and situations;
(II) Write clear statements for improved performance;
(III) Understand the legal implications of the written word; and
(IV) Demonstrate proper grammar, usage, and mechanics.
(iii) The program shall prepare the coach to use effective non-verbal skills to communicate independently of spoken or written words. The coach will know and be able to:
(I) Use active listening skills;
(II) Recognize and analyze body language; and
(III) Recognize the non-verbal implications of the coaching environment.
6. The program shall prepare the coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to effectively establish the relationship of trust with all stakeholders in the coaching process:
(i) The program shall prepare the coach to establish and maintain a highly confidential relationship:
(I) Understand the importance of confidentiality and trust;
(II) Protect and maintain confidentiality and trust; and
(III) Communicate to others the importance of confidentiality in the coach/coachee relationship.
(ii) The program shall prepare the coach to recognize and address the significance of relationship building skills:
(I) Foster a positive relationship for high performance;
(II) Demonstrate respect for coachee's perception, learning style, and individuality;
(III) Recognize and address cross-generational/cultural/other differences; and
(IV) Demonstrate effective listening and reflection.
(iii) The program shall prepare the coach to maintain a professional ethical environment:
(I) Demonstrate professional conduct at all times;
(II) Recognize and address personal issues that may impair, conflict, or interfere with coaching performance or professional relationships; and
(III) Show genuine concern for the coachee's welfare and future.
(iv) The program shall prepare the coach to demonstrate collaboration skills:
(I) Participate effectively in partnerships and networks of support to include all stakeholders;
(II) Serve as a member of coachee's professional team; and
(III) Provide on-going support and advocacy.

Rule 505-3-.86 Computer Science Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards and requirements for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach computer science in grades P-12 and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Educators holding a level four (4) or higher renewable professional certificate in any P-12 or secondary (6-12) teaching field and who complete the Computer Science Endorsement are qualified to teach computer science to students in grades P-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) GaPSC approved educator preparation providers may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. Approval to offer the Computer Science Endorsement qualifies the EPP to recommend for the Computer Science Micro-Endorsement, candidates who are actively enrolled in this program and who demonstrate mastery of standards 1 and 6. The Computer Science Micro-Endorsement qualifies individuals to teach introductory computer science courses in grades P-12 (see GaPSC Certification Rule , COMPUTER SCIENCE MICRO-ENDORSEMENT).
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi, based on the following standards adapted from the International Society for Technology Education (ISTE) (2017), and the Computer Science Teachers Association Standards (2017).
1. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate computational thinking skills to formalize a problem and express its solution in a way that computers (human and machine) can effectively carry out, as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and ability for applying computational thinking skills including decomposition, abstraction, and pattern recognition in problem solving;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate skills in devising algorithms for solving computational problems and checking for the correctness of the algorithms;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of limitations of computing; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who perform activities demonstrating applications of computational thinking skills.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in at least one third-generation programming language, such as Java, Python, C or C++, C#/.NET, R, and Rust, as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill regarding the syntax and semantics of a third-generation programming language, its control structures, and its data types;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill regarding common abstraction mechanisms including methods (functions/procedures), data structures, and application programming interfaces (APIs);
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of and skill in implementing algorithms into robust full stack programs (interpreted and compiled) and testing and debugging these programs for correctness;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who perform laboratory-based activities that demonstrate programming concepts proficiency in a third-generation programming language; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can document a program so that others can understand its design and implementation.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in basic computer system components and organization as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of how data are represented on a computer including bits, bytes, and words;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the mathematics of binary, octal and hexadecimal, as well as conversions among them;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of main components of a computer system including CPU, OS, Memory, motherboard layout (north & south bridges), I/O devices, and peripherals;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of various types of storage options in a computing environment including hard drive, cloud storage, flash drives, DVDs; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge and understanding of how components of a computer system work together to produce programs and applications to solve computational problems.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in fundamental principles of computer networks and the Internet as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of network components including hardware and software;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how network and cloud topologies and protocols enable users, devices, and systems to communicate and collaborate with each other;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can examine the factors such as bandwidth, latency, security, and server capability that impact network functionality;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the abstractions in the Internet and how the Internet functions (OSI model) including the assignment of IP addresses, routing, the domain name system (DNS), and the use of protocols; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the characteristics of the Internet and the systems built on it including redundancy, fault tolerance, hierarchy in IP addressing scheme, hierarchy in the DNS and open standards, and the influence of these characteristics on the systems.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency in effectively and responsibly using computer applications to create digital artifacts, analyze data, model and simulate phenomena suggested by research and/or data as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can effectively use computer applications to create digital artifacts such as audio, video, animation, presentation, and websites;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can extract information from data to discover, explain, and visualize connections or trends;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can create models and simulations to help formulate, test, and refine hypotheses;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can form a model from a hypothesis generated from research and run a simulation to collect and analyze data to test that hypothesis;
(v) The program shall prepare candidates to use industry best practices in application development; and
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who can instruct students in proper keying techniques, including typing by touch.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate proficiency and understanding of security, privacy, and safety concerns in computer systems, networks, and applications as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe main tenets of information security including confidentiality, integrity, availability, authentication, non-repudiation, and Zero Trust systems;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the fundamentals of encryption and decryption to protect data;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain fundamental security design principles, to include the differences between network and data security;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe types of threats and vulnerabilities to computer systems and the appropriate incident response and handling as well as imaging and backup procedures;
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe common network vulnerabilities and their associated responses;
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify safe, secure, and ethical digital behavior; and use effective strategies to evaluate the quality and credibility of websites; and
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates to educate students on their role in the prevention of cyberbullying and to take an active role in building positive online communities.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who plan, organize, deliver, and evaluate instruction for teaching full stack computer programming as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates to use industry standard Integrated Development Environments (IDE) for the development of computer programs;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate fundamental programming design paradigms, to include Waterfall, Agile, and DevOps;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate full stack programming in both interpreted and compiled languages;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can professionally interface with end users to develop programming requirements;
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who can instruct students to develop their own unique full-stack programs (both interpreted and compiled languages) and debug them using professional industry-standard IDEs;
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who know how to plan and implement instruction using a wide range of instructional strategies for individuals and groups and for a diverse student population;
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates who create and implement multiple forms of assessment (including performance- and project-based) and use resulting data to gauge student progress and adjust instruction accordingly; and
(viii) The program shall prepare candidates to positively impact the achievement and attainment of underrepresented populations by incorporating instructional strategies to increase student self-efficacy and interest to drive goals towards continued advanced studies in computer science.
8. The program shall prepare candidates who work with business and industry leaders in establishing school/business partnerships and advisory committees and operate student organizations as appropriate.
9. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy and purposes of Career Technical Education (CTE), including being members of professional teacher organizations that are appropriate for computer science content.

Rule 505-3-.87 Coordinated Career Academic Education (CCAE) Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach Coordinated Career Academic Education (CCAE) in grades 6-12 and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Coordinated Career Academic Education (CCAE) Endorsement are qualified to coordinate Career Technical and Agricultural Education (CTAE) programs in grades 6-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who implement career development, employability, and retention skills, as well as techniques for assisting students and their parents in making appropriate educational and occupational choices;
2. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan curriculum; incorporate different learning styles, instructional techniques, and delivery systems in coordinated career academic education; and implement evaluation methods and processes for CCAE and/or Project Success programs;
3. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with the nature of at-risk disadvantaged students who are potential school dropouts;
4. The program shall prepare candidates who understand the impact of poverty, economic deprivation, unsupportive families, barriers, and other problems that CCAE students face in a technical society;
5. The program shall prepare candidates who plan, promote, instruct, budget for, coordinate, and organize an intervention curriculum;
6. The program shall prepare candidates who select, screen, guide, assess, and counsel disadvantaged at-risk students enrolled in secondary coordinated career academic education programs;
7. The program shall prepare candidates who know the laws, statutes, guidelines, regulations, federal, state and local grants, and policies that govern program assurances for special populations;
8. The program shall prepare candidates who design and implement programs that provide opportunities for each student to develop a positive self-image, values, motivation, and the tools to make appropriate job and life decisions;
9. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with Georgia's Coordinated Career Academic Education programs so that they can intervene with the necessary services to accelerate educational success;
10. The program shall prepare candidates who can serve as co-curricular youth club advisors or co-advisors;
11. The program shall prepare candidates who can collaborate with career academic education teachers, counselors, and administrators;
12. The program shall prepare candidates who utilize school, family, and community resources to assure the realistic opportunity to complete high school and transition to work or to post-secondary education;
13. The program shall prepare candidates who can apply remedial techniques, intervention services, advisory committees, instructional equipment, tools, facilities, safety practices, life skills, and documentation to promote the progress of individual at-risk students;
14. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with the technical workplace in the private sectors of business and industry, including various work-based learning options;
15. The program shall prepare candidates who can develop and apply benchmarks for student and program evaluation;
16. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with and can apply the practices and procedures of Coordinated Career Academic Education to establish and sustain the program;
17. The program shall prepare candidates who can manage and utilize a wide variety of career related resources and instructional materials that increase student success; and
18. The program shall prepare candidates who can apply a system of measuring annual goals and objectives to the local CCAE and/or Project Success program.

Rule 505-3-.88 Culinary Arts Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach culinary arts in grades 6-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Culinary Arts Endorsement are qualified to teach culinary arts curriculum to students in grades 6-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) GaPSC approved professional educator preparation providers may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program for candidates who hold a level four (4) or higher renewable professional certificate in any secondary (6-12) field or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation Family and Consumer Sciences program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following requirements and standards.
1. Program Requirements.
(i) Candidates must earn and document 120 hours of industry experience consisting of 40 hours completed in front of the house service (defined as dining room area, table service, point of service system/electronic ordering system, wait staff management and table etiquette) and 80 hours in back of the house service (defined as hot line, grill, sauté, cold, fry, dessert stations, kitchen food preparation, and plating for service); and
(ii) Candidates must earn the ServSafe Manager Certificate issued by the National Restaurant Association by having passed the ServSafe Certification test with a score of 75% or above.
2. Knowledge of Nutrition. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate and apply knowledge of nutrition principles applicable to cooking.
3. Knife Skills. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate and apply knife skills to culinary production and fabrication.
4. Cooking Methods. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate and apply basic food preparation (proteins, vegetables and starches, stocks, soups and sauces) using moist, dry and combination cooking methods.
5. Professionalism.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who display professionalism to include professional culinary attire;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with organizations and publications relevant to the field;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify and understand industry segments; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who will serve as an advisor for a Career Technical Student Organization (CTSO) and participate in culinary competitions.
6. Professional Kitchen Equipment.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who know, apply, and demonstrate the use and safety of all kitchen equipment; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who know and demonstrate the proper use and safe handling of equipment and small wares.
7. Baking & Pastry. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and apply basic baking and pastry concepts, techniques, and preparations to include yeast, bread-making - doughs, basic cake preparation, double-boilers, icing, and decorating principles.
8. Basic Garde Manger/Pantry. The program shall prepare candidates who understand and apply the preparation of salads, sandwiches, dressings, appetizers, canapés, and breakfast cookery.
9. Front of the House Service. The program shall prepare candidates who know and demonstrate table settings, service styles, correct etiquette of service, and table side service.
10. Menu Planning, Purchasing, Cost Control, Math Skills, Receiving and Storage, Standardized Recipes, and Inventory.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who know and demonstrate the principles of receiving, storage and inventory control; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who know and demonstrate the principles of menu development, food costs, conversions, food handling procedures, writing a recipe, portion control, sales cost, math skills, and organic and sustainable foods.
11. Regional and International cuisines. The program shall prepare candidates who know and demonstrate American regional and Asian, Indian, European, and Central American cuisines.
12. Demonstrating. The program shall prepare candidates who can present live demonstrations using rigorous lesson plans demonstrating the principles of lecture, demonstration, and student practice.
13. Butchery. The program shall prepare candidates who can demonstrate chicken butchery, key protein groups (beef, poultry, pork and fish), muscle fiber directions, and tenderness as it relates to correct cooking methods.

Rule 505-3-.89 English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) in grades P-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the English to Speakers of Other Languages (ESOL) Endorsement program are qualified to teach ESOL courses in grades P-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2018 by the specialized professional association, Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, Inc.
1. Knowledge about Language. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of English language structures, English language use, and second language acquisition and development processes to help English Learners (ELs) acquire academic language and literacies specific to various content areas as indicated by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand and apply theories and research in language acquisition and development to support ELL English language and literacy learning and content-area achievement;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of second language acquisition theory and research pertaining to pedagogy and developmental processes of language acquisition to set achievable expectations for, facilitate, and monitor ELs' language learning; and
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of English academic language functions (e.g., compare, describe, explain), content-specific language and discourse structures, and vocabulary to promote ELs' academic achievement across content areas.
2. Language and Culture. Candidates demonstrate and apply knowledge of the impact of dynamic academic, personal, familial, cultural, social, and sociopolitical contexts on the education and language acquisition of ELs as supported by research and theories. Candidates investigate the academic, cultural and personal characteristics of each EL, as well as family circumstances and literacy practices, to develop individualized, effective instructional and assessment practices for their ELs. Candidates recognize how educator identity, role, culture, race, gender, class and preconceptions impact the interpretation of ELs' strengths and needs as indicated by:
(i) Candidates demonstrate pedagogical language knowledge and critical language awareness that can help understand and challenge the normative discourses and the ways in which dynamic academic, personal, familial, cultural, and social contexts, including sociopolitical factors, impact the education of ELs;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of research and theories of cultural and linguistic differences and fairness that promote critical literacy and critical pedagogies, to support academic achievement and English language acquisition;
(iii) Candidates devise and implement methods and strategies to understand each ELs' academic characteristics, including background knowledge, educational history, English Language Proficiency (ELP) and current performance data, to develop effective, individualized instructional and assessment practices;
(iv) Candidates devise and implement methods to learn about personal characteristics of the individual ELs (e.g., interests, motivations, strengths, needs) and their family (e.g., language use, literacy practices, circumstances) to develop effective instructional practices; and
(v) Candidates use their own and ELs' multiple identities (e.g., professional, cultural, linguistic, multilingual, transnational etc.) as pedagogical resources to empower ELs, by describing their own preconceptions, critical consciousness, and conscious knowledge of U.S. culture on their interpretation of the educational strengths and needs of ELs.
3. Planning and Implementing Instruction. Candidates plan supportive environments for ELs, design and implement standards-based instruction using evidence-based, EL-centered, interactive approaches. Candidates make instructional decisions by reflecting on individual EL outcomes and adjusting instruction as indicated by:
(i) Candidates plan for culturally and linguistically relevant, supportive environments that promote ELs' learning. Candidates design scaffolded instruction of language and literacies to support standards and curricular objectives for ELs' in the content areas;
(ii) Candidates instruct ELs using evidence-based, student-centered, developmentally appropriate interactive approaches;
(iii) Candidates adjust instructional decisions after critical reflection on individual ELs' learning outcomes in both language and content;
(iv) Candidates plan strategies to collaborate with other educators, school personnel, and families in order to support their ELs' learning of language and literacies in the content areas;
(v) Candidates use and adapt relevant materials and resources, including digital resources, to plan lessons for ELs, support communication with other educators, school personnel, and ELs and to foster student learning of language and literacies in the content areas; and
(vi) Candidates utilize WIDA Consortium English Language Development (ELD) standards and ELD assessment results aligned with the state-adopted content standards to effectively plan, develop, implement and communicate data-driven instruction for ELs.
4. Assessment and Evaluation. Candidates apply assessment principles to analyze and interpret multiple and varied assessments for ELs, including classroom-based, standardized, and language proficiency assessments. Candidates understand how to analyze and interpret data to make informed decisions that promote English language and content learning. Candidates understand the importance of communicating results to other educators, ELs, and ELs' families as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates apply knowledge of validity, reliability, and assessment purposes to analyze and interpret student data from multiple sources, including norm-referenced, criterion-referenced, and authentic ongoing assessments. Candidates recognize preconceptions in language testing and make informed instructional decisions that support language learning and assessment;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate understanding of classroom-based formative, summative, and diagnostic assessments scaffolded for both English language and content assessment.
(iii) Candidates continuously determine language and content learning goals based on assessment data;
(iv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of state-approved administrative considerations, accessibility features, and accommodations appropriate to ELs for standardized and other assessments; and
(v) Candidates demonstrate understanding of how English language proficiency assessment results are used for identification, placement, and reclassification and communicate these results to other educators, EL's families, and other stakeholders.
5. Professionalism and Leadership.
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of effective collaboration strategies in order to plan ways to serve as a resource for EL instruction, support educators and school staff, and advocate for ELs;
(ii) Candidates apply knowledge of school, district, and state policies as well as state and federal legislation that impact ELs educational rights in order to advocate for ELs;
(iii) Candidates practice self-assessment and reflection, make adjustments for self-improvement, and plan for continuous professional development in the field of English language learning and teaching; and
(iv) Candidates engage in field experiences to apply their knowledge and further develop their understanding of language, sociocultural context, planning and implementing instruction for ELs, and assessment and evaluation of ELs to improve their professional practice.

Rule 505-3-.90 Gifted In-Field Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach gifted and talented students in the field(s) and at the grade levels of their base teacher certification and supplements requirements in Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Gifted In-Field Endorsement program are qualified to provide direct instruction to gifted students in the grade levels and/or field(s) of their base teaching certificate(s), or to serve as a resource teacher for indirect gifted education services in any content area in grades P-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) Program Admission Requirements.
1. Stand-alone Programs. Candidates admitted to a stand-alone Gifted In-Field Endorsement must hold a valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, Life certificate, Induction, or Provisional certificate. Candidates holding a Provisional certificate at program completion will not earn the Endorsement until their certificate is converted to a Renewable Professional certificate or a 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher.
2. Embedded Programs.
(i) Candidates admitted to a Gifted In-Field Endorsement embedded in an initial preparation program must hold the Pre-Service Certificate or Provisional certificate. Candidates holding a Pre-Service at program completion will not earn the Endorsement until their certificate is converted to the 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher. Candidates holding a Provisional certificate at program completion will not earn the Endorsement until their certificate is converted to a Renewable Professional certificate.
(ii) Candidates admitted to a Gifted In-Field Endorsement embedded in an advanced (degree-only) preparation program must hold a valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, Life certificate, or 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher.
(c) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of teachers of students with gifts and talents adapted from the standards developed by the National Association for Gifted Children and the Council for Exceptional Children:
1. Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences. Beginning gifted education professionals understand the variations in learning and development in cognitive and affective areas between and among individuals with gifts and talents and apply this understanding to provide meaningful and challenging learning experiences for individuals with exceptionalities as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand how language, culture, economic status, family background, and/or area of disability can influence the learning of individuals with gifts and talents; and
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use their understanding of development and individual differences to respond to the needs of individuals with gifts and talents.
2. Learning Environments. Beginning gifted education professionals create safe, supportive, welcoming, and culturally responsive learning environments so that individuals with gifts and talents become effective learners and develop social and emotional well-being as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who create safe, supportive, welcoming, and culturally responsive learning environments that engage individuals with gifts and talents in meaningful and rigorous learning activities and social interactions;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use communication and motivational and instructional strategies to facilitate understanding of subject matter and to teach individuals with gifts and talents how to adapt to different environments and develop ethical leadership skills;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who adjust their communication to an individual's language proficiency and cultural and linguistic differences; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of the multiple environments that are part of a continuum of services for individuals with gifts and talents, including the advantages and disadvantages of various settings and teach students to adapt to these environments.
3. Curricular Content Knowledge. Beginning gifted education professionals use knowledge of general (core content) and specialized (interventions that are designed to address the unique needs of individuals with gifts and talents) to advance learning for individuals with gifts and talents as evidenced by:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the role of central concepts, structures of the discipline, and tools of inquiry of the content areas they teach, and use their understanding to organize knowledge, integrate cross-disciplinary skills, and develop meaningful learning progressions within and across grade levels;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who design appropriate learning and performance modifications for individuals with gifts and talents that enhance creativity, acceleration, depth and complexity in academic subject matter and specialized domains;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who use assessments to select, adapt, and create materials to differentiate instructional strategies and general and specialized curricula to challenge individuals with gifts and talents; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who understand that individuals with gifts and talents demonstrate a wide range of advanced knowledge and performance levels and modify the general or specialized curriculum appropriately.
4. Assessment. Beginning gifted education professionals use multiple methods of assessment and data sources in making educational decisions about identification of individuals with gifts and talents and student learning as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand that some groups of individuals with gifts and talents have been underrepresented in gifted education programs and select and use technically sound formal and informal assessments that minimize partiality in identifying students for gifted education programs and services;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who use knowledge of measurement principles and practices to differentiate assessments and interpret results to guide educational decisions for individuals with gifts and talents;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who collaborate with colleagues and families in using multiple types of assessment information to make identification and learning progress decisions and to minimize partiality in assessment and decision-making;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who use assessment results to develop long- and short-range goals and objectives that take into consideration an individual's abilities and needs, the learning environment, and other factors related to individual differences; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who engage individuals with gifts and talents in assessing the quality of their own learning and performance and in setting future goals and objectives.
5. Instructional Planning and Strategies. Beginning gifted education professionals select, adapt, and use a repertoire of evidence-based instructional strategies to advance the learning of individuals with gifts and talents as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who know principles of evidence-based, differentiated, and accelerated practices and possess a repertoire of instructional strategies to enhance the critical and creative thinking, problem-solving, and performance skills of individuals with gifts and talents;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who apply appropriate technologies to support instructional assessment, planning, and delivery for individuals with gifts and talents;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who collaborate with families, professional colleagues, and other educators to select, adapt, and use evidence-based strategies that promote challenging learning opportunities in general and specialized curricula;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who emphasize the development, practice, and transfer of advanced knowledge and skills across environments throughout the lifespan leading to creative, productive careers in a multicultural society for individuals with gifts and talents; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who use instructional strategies that enhance the affective development of individuals with gifts and talents.
6. Professional Learning and Ethical Practice. Beginning gifted education professionals use foundational knowledge of the field and professional ethical principles and programming standards to inform gifted education practice, to engage in lifelong learning, and to advance the profession as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who use professional ethical principles and specialized program standards to guide their practice;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who understand how foundational knowledge, perspectives, and historical and current issues influence professional practice and the education and treatment of individuals with gifts and talents both in school and society;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who model respect for individual differences, understanding that it is an integral part of society's institutions and impacts learning of individuals with gifts and talents in the delivery of gifted education services;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who are aware of their own professional learning needs, understand the significance of lifelong learning, and participate in professional activities and learning communities; and
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who advance the profession by engaging in activities such as advocacy and mentoring.
7. Collaboration. Beginning gifted education professionals collaborate with families, other educators, related-service providers, individuals with gifts and talents, and personnel from community agencies in culturally responsive ways to address the needs of individuals with gifts and talents across a range of learning experiences as evidenced by the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who apply elements of effective collaboration;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who serve as a collaborative resource to colleagues; and
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who use collaboration to promote the well-being of individuals with gifts and talents across a wide range of settings, experiences, and collaborators.

Rule 505-3-.91 Intervention Specialist Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to teach in Georgia's early intervention and remedial intervention programs. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Intervention Specialist Endorsement program are qualified to teach, in the grade levels and field(s) of their base certificates, students in early intervention and remedial intervention programs who are at risk of not reaching or maintaining academic grade level.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate in Elementary Education (P-5), Special Education General Curriculum Elementary Education (P-5), Middle Grades Education (with a language arts and/or mathematics area of concentration), or Special Education General Curriculum (with a language arts and/or mathematics concentration) is required for program admission.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. Education of Students Who are At-Risk. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Plan and implement developmentally and individually appropriate curricula and instructional practices based on knowledge of individual children, the family, the community, curriculum goals and content, and effective instructional practices for at-risk learners;
(ii) Develop and implement curriculum that focuses on individual students' needs and interests, and takes into account culturally valued content and students' home experiences;
(iii) Develop and implement learning activities that correlate with the Georgia mandated content standards for students and with the content domains and the designated assessment measure(s) identified by Georgia as being the most proficient in demonstrating student understanding of mandated content standards;
(iv) Assess students' cognitive, social-emotional, communication, motor, adaptive, and aesthetic development using multiple valid and reliable assessments and the resulting data to appropriately differentiate instruction;
(v) Demonstrate understanding of the developmental consequences of stress and trauma, protective factors and resilience and the development of mental health, and the importance of supportive relationships;
(vi) Establish and maintain positive, collaborative relationships with families; and
(vii) Collaborate/consult with other professionals and with agencies in the larger community to support children's development, learning, and well-being.

Rule 505-3-.92 K-5 Mathematics Endorsement

(1) Purpose.
(a) This rule describes requirements and field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare mathematics specialists for teaching students in grades K-5 and supplements requirements in Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION UNITS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) This endorsement is designed to strengthen and enhance educator competency levels. Individuals teaching mathematics in grades K-5 who hold a valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate and this endorsement will be eligible to earn salary incentives when funded by the General Assembly. The endorsement applies to educators teaching within grades K-5 but it does not modify the grade levels of the base certificate. For example, educators with the Middle Grades Mathematics (4-8) certificate and this K-5 endorsement are only in-field to teach mathematics in grades 4-8. They will be eligible for salary incentives only if they are assigned to teach mathematics in grades 4 or 5.
(c) Individuals with the following certificates will be eligible for pay incentives if they are assigned to teach mathematics in the grade levels defined below:
1. Elementary Education (P-5) certificate holders will be eligible to earn pay incentives if they are assigned to teach mathematics to children in grades K-5.
2. Middle Grades Mathematics (4-8) certificate holders will be eligible to earn pay incentives if they are assigned to teach mathematics to children in grades 4-5.
3. Special Education General Curriculum/Elementary Education (P-5) certificate holders will be eligible to earn pay incentives if they are assigned to teach mathematics to children in grades K-5.
4. Educators holding the following certificates and a core academic content concentration in mathematics will be eligible to earn pay incentives if they are assigned to teach mathematics to children in grades K-5:
(i) Special Education General Curriculum (P-12)
(ii) Special Education Adapted Curriculum (P-12)
(iii) Special Education Behavior Disorders (P-12)
(iv) Special Education Learning Disabilities (P-12)
(v) Special Education Deaf Education (P-12)
(vi) Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities (P-12)
(vii) Special Education Visual Impairment (P-12)
(viii) Gifted Education (P-12)
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the K-5 Mathematics Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency levels in mathematics content and instruction for teaching students in grades Kindergarten through five, based on the grade levels of their base certificate.
(3) Requirements.
(a) To be eligible to enroll in this endorsement program, the educator must have:
1. A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, in one of the following fields:
(i) Elementary Education (P-5);
(ii) Middle Grades Mathematics (4-8);
(iii) Special Education General Curriculum/Elementary Education (P-5); or
(iv) any of the following certificates combined with a core academic content concentration in mathematics:
(I) Special Education General Curriculum (P-12);
(II) Special Education Adapted Curriculum (P-12);
(III) Special Education Behavior Disorders (P-12);
(IV) Special Education Learning Disabilities (P-12);
(V) Special Education Deaf Education (P-12);
(VI) Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities (P-12);
(VII) Special Education Visual Impairment (P-12); or
(VIII) Gifted Certificate (P-12); and
2. A minimum of one year of teaching experience.
(b) The program may be offered only by a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider.
(c) The program shall be offered as a post-baccalaureate endorsement and may not be embedded in an initial preparation program.
(d) The program shall require candidates to complete an authentic residency. An authentic residency is defined as a supervised and coordinated series of real applications of knowledge and skills occurring in actual classroom settings that allow candidates to further develop and demonstrate the knowledge and skills acquired in coursework. Residency experiences shall require demonstration of the content knowledge and pedagogical skills delineated in program content standards. Authentic residency experiences shall occur in candidates' assigned classrooms, as well as in settings other than candidates' assigned classrooms to ensure experiences with avariety of students and with students in the grade levels of the candidate's base certificate. The authentic residency must include a portfolio component.
(e) The portfolio shall include but not be limited to: evidence of observations by supervisors, student work samples including analysis of student work, self-reflection and evidence of competence in the six standards specified below.
(f) The preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi shall require a minimum of three courses of which two courses shall be focused on the advancement of content knowledge and one course shall be focused on content-specific pedagogy and proven strategies that address the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2020 by the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), as well as portions of the 2014 NCTM document titled, Principles to actions.
1. Knowing and Understanding Meaningful Mathematics: Candidates demonstrate conceptual understanding, procedural fluency, application, and progression within and among the major concepts of mathematics appropriate for grades K-5:
(i) Number and Operations
(I) Prenumeration concepts and numeracy progression;
(II) Development, use, and multiple representation of numbers and number systems;
(III) Numbers (whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percents) and their relationships;
(IV) Place value, in the study of base ten and other number systems, and flexible use with operations;
(V) Model the use of the four basic operations in multiple contexts with the understanding of common additive/multiplicative problem situations/types;
(VI) Four basic operations with positive and negative rational numbers;
(VII) Use a variety of mental computation techniques or computational strategies;
(VIII) Apply estimation strategies to quantities, measurements, and computation to determine the reasonableness of results;
(ii) Algebraic Thinking
(I) Describe, extend, and generate patterns; model various kinds of growth, both numerical and geometric;
(II) Symbols - such as representing unknowns or relationships (e.g. equals sign);
(III) Generalization;
(IV) Relationships - describe and represent mathematical relationships;
(V) Algebraic concepts that focus on properties of the number system and their connection to the order of operations;
(VI) Model, explain, and develop a variety of (invented and standard) computational algorithms;
(VII) Write, interpret, and evaluate numerical expressions within real-life problems;
(VIII) Logical conjectures and conclusions using quantifiers such as "all", "some", and "none";
(iii) Statistical Reasoning
(I) The nature and use of data;
(II) Categorical and numerical data;
(III) Statistical investigative questions;
(IV) Data collection, organization, and representation;
(V) Elementary data analysis;
(VI) Drawing conclusions and making inference;
(iv) Geometry and Measurement
(I) Measurement as a concept, an attribute of a shape (what does it mean to have a measure, and what are you measuring);
(II) Measurement of time;
(III) Measurement of one-, two- and three-dimensional objects using nonstandard, customary and metric units;
(IV) Conversion of measurement units;
(V) 1D, 2D and 3D shapes and their properties;
(VI) Spatial visualization;
(VII) Location;
(VIII) Use geometric concepts and relationships to describe and model mathematical ideas and real world constructs.
2. Knowing and Using Mathematical Processes: Candidates demonstrate, within or across mathematical domains, their knowledge of and ability to apply the mathematical processes of:
(i) Problem Solving. Candidates demonstrate a range of mathematical problem-solving strategies to make sense of and solve cognitively-demanding tasks, both contextual and non-contextual.
(ii) Reasoning and Communicating. Candidates organize their mathematical thinking and use the language of mathematics to express ideas precisely in verbal and written formats.
(iii) Modeling. Candidates apply their mathematical knowledge to analyze and model contextual problems. They use models such as manipulatives, tables, diagrams, and graphs, equations, and technological tools to represent the mathematical relationships in contextual problems.
3. Knowing Students and Planning for Mathematical Learning: Candidates use knowledge of students and mathematics to plan rigorous and engaging mathematics instruction supporting all students' access and learning. The mathematics instruction that is developed provides fair and impartial, culturally responsive opportunities for all students to go deep with mathematics, leverage multiple mathematical competencies, affirm mathematical identities, challenge spaces of marginality, and draw on multiple resources of knowledge.
(i) Student Differences. Candidates design lessons in which all students have access to engage in meaningful mathematics, drawing upon cultural, linguistic, and academic differences. Candidates draw on student and community assets during lesson preparation that draw on student thinking and experiences.
(ii) Student Mathematical Strengths. Candidates recognize the mathematical strengths in each and every student. Candidates plan instruction to draw upon the variety of mathematical strengths present in the classroom.
(iii) Student Thinking about Mathematical Content. Candidates anticipate students' mathematical thinking. Candidates plan for instruction that attends to this thinking and is grounded in mathematical learning progressions.
(iv) Student Mathematical Identities. Candidates design learning experiences and plan instruction that develop and foster positive mathematical identities, grounded in the understanding that teachers' interactions impact individual students by influencing and reinforcing students' mathematical identities, positive or negative. They build lessons in which students are able to see themselves. Candidates purposefully group students to promote positive mathematical learning and identities, with the awareness of the negative impacts of homogeneous and static grouping practices.
4. Teaching Meaningful Mathematics: Candidates plan and implement effective teaching practices to support rigorous mathematical learning for each and every student drawing upon their knowledge of students.
(i) Establish mathematics goals to focus learning. Candidates establish clear goals for the mathematics that students are learning, situates goals within learning progressions, and uses the goals to guide instructional decisions.
(ii) Implement tasks that promote reasoning and problem solving. Candidates engage students in solving and discussing tasks that promote mathematical reasoning and problem solving and allow multiple entry points and varied solution strategies.
(iii) Use and connect mathematical representations. Candidates engage students in making connections among mathematical representations to deepen understanding of mathematics concepts and procedures and as tools for problem solving.
(iv) Facilitate meaningful mathematical discourse. Candidates facilitate discourse among students to build shared understanding of mathematical ideas by analyzing and comparing student approaches and arguments.
(v) Pose purposeful questions. Candidates use purposeful questions to assess and advance students' reasoning and sense making about important mathematical ideas and relationships.
(vi) Build procedural fluency from conceptual understanding. Candidates build fluency with procedures on a foundation of conceptual understanding so that students, over time, become skillful in using procedures flexibly as they solve contextual and mathematical problems.
(vii) Support productive struggle in learning mathematics. Candidates consistently provide students, individually and collectively, with opportunities and support to engage in productive struggle as they grapple with mathematical ideas and relationships.
(viii) Elicit and use evidence of student thinking. Candidates use evidence of student thinking to assess progress toward mathematical understanding and to adjust instruction continually in ways that support and extend learning.
5. Assessing Impact on Student Learning: Candidates use appropriate assessment methods to collect and analyze evidence of students' mathematics learning, modify instruction, monitor teaching effectiveness, and evaluate program effectiveness.
(i) Assessing for Learning. Candidates select, modify, and create a variety of formative methods to elicit information on students' progress toward mathematical learning goals.
(ii) Modify Instruction. Candidates use formal and informal formative assessment data regarding learning of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups in order to analyze the effectiveness of their instruction. Candidates propose adjustments and modify instruction.
(iii) Analyze Assessment Data. Candidates collect and use summative assessment data regarding learning of individual students, the class as a whole, and subgroups in order to determine mastery of learning goals.
6. Personal, Social, and Professional Context of Mathematics Education: Candidates are reflective mathematics educators who collaborate with colleagues and other stakeholders to grow professionally, and foster and advocate for fair and impartial mathematics learning environments.
(i) Demonstrate a Positive Mathematical Identity. Candidates reflect on and pursue continuous growth of a positive mathematical identity.
(ii) Collaborate with Families and Community. Candidates collaborate with families and other stakeholders to share and discuss strategies for ensuring children's mathematical success.
(iii) Participate in Professional Organizations and Communities. Candidates are involved in and draw upon the resources of professional communities in mathematics education.
(iv) Consider Social Context of Mathematics Teaching and Learning. Because social, historical, and institutional contexts of mathematics affect teaching and learning, candidates will know about and integrate these ideas in their instruction.

Rule 505-3-.93 K-5 Science Endorsement

(1) Purpose.
(a) This rule describes requirements and field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare science specialists for teaching students in grades K-5 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) This endorsement program is designed to strengthen and enhance educator competency levels. This endorsement is designed to advance science content knowledge, provide professional growth, and promote changes in practice that impact student achievement.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the K-5 Science Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency levels in science content and instruction for teaching students in grades Kindergarten through five, based on the grade levels of their base certificate.
(3) Requirements.
(a) To be eligible to enroll in this endorsement program, the educator must have:
1. A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate in one of the following fields:
(i) Elementary Education (P-5);
(ii) Middle Grades Science (4-8);
(iii) Special Education General Curriculum/ Elementary Education (P-5); or
(iv) The following certificates combined with a core academic content concentration in Science:
(I) Special Education General Curriculum (P-12);
(II) Special Education Adapted Curriculum (P-12);
(III) Special Education Behavior Disorders (P-12);
(IV) Special Education Learning Disabilities (P-12);
(V) Special Education Deaf Education (P-12);
(VI) Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities (P-12);
(VII) Special Education Visual Impairment (P-12); or
(VIII) Gifted Certificate (P-12); and
2. A minimum of one year of teaching experience.
(b) The program may be offered only by a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider.
(c) The program shall be offered as a post-baccalaureate endorsement and may not be embedded in an initial preparation program.
(d) The program shall require candidates to complete an authentic residency. An authentic residency is defined as a supervised and coordinated series of real applications of knowledge and skills occurring in actual classroom settings that allow candidates to further develop and demonstrate the knowledge and skills acquired in coursework. Residency experiences shall require demonstration of the content knowledge and pedagogical skills delineated in program content standards. Authentic residency experiences shall occur in candidates' assigned classrooms, as well as in settings other than candidates' assigned classrooms to ensure experiences with a variety of students and with students in the grade levels of the candidate's base certificate. The authentic residency must include a portfolio component.
(e) Prior to the creation of this rule a certificate known as the Early Childhood Science Endorsement was available. Those holding the Early Childhood Science Endorsement issued prior to June 30, 2010, may keep the endorsement; however, it will not result in eligibility for salary incentives. The K-5 Science Endorsement program shall include a process by which educators holding the Early Childhood Science Endorsement may add the K-5 Science Endorsement and thereby become eligible to earn salary incentives without repeating the full endorsement program. The process shall include but not be limited to the submission of a portfolio which will be assessed by the program provider. Based on the assessment of the portfolio, the program provider may prescribe coursework or performance-based assessments as necessary to ensure that all standards and requirements herein are met before recommending the candidate for the K-5 Science Endorsement.
(f) The portfolio shall include but not be limited to: evidence of observations by supervisors, student work samples, student work samples with analysis, self-reflection, and evidence of the effective use of technology to assist in student learning.
(g) The preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi shall require a minimum of three courses of which two courses shall be focused on the advancement of content knowledge and one course shall be focused on content-specific pedagogy and proven strategies that address the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who structure and interpret concepts, ideas and relationships in science at a level appropriate to K-5 students as indicated in the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the major concepts and principles of the science disciplines (life, physical, and earth and space) and interdisciplinary science perspectives as defined by A Framework for K-12 Science Education - Practices, Crosscutting Concepts, and Core Ideas 2012.
(I) In relation to the life sciences, candidates shall understand
I. From Molecules to Organisms: Structures and Processes - How organisms live, grow, respond to their environment, and reproduce including:
A. Structure and Function - How the structures of organisms enable life's functions;
B. Growth and Development of Organisms - How organisms grow and develop;
C. Organization for Matter and Energy Flow in Organisms - How organisms obtain and use the matter and energy they need to live and grow; and
D. Information Processing - How organisms detect, process, and use information about the environment.
II. Ecosystems: Interactions, Energy, and Dynamics - How and why organisms interact with their environment and the effects of the interactions including:
A. Interdependent Relationships in Ecosystems - How organisms interact with the living and nonliving environments to obtain matter and energy;
B. Cycles of Matter and Energy Transfer in Ecosystems - How matter and energy move through an ecosystem;
C. Ecosystem Dynamics, Functioning, and Resilience - What happens to ecosystems when the environment changes; and
D. Social Interactions and Group Behavior - How organisms interact in groups so as to benefit individuals.
III. Heredity: Inheritance and Variation of Traits - How characteristics of one generation pass to the next and how individuals of the same species and even siblings have different characteristics including:
A. Inheritance of Traits - How the characteristics of one generation relate to the previous generation; and
B. Variation of Traits - How individuals of the same species vary in how they look, function, and behave.
IV. Biological Evolution: Unity and Diversity - How there can be so many similarities among organisms yet so many different kinds of plants, animals, and microorganisms and how biodiversity affects humans including:
A. Evidence of Common Ancestry and Diversity - What evidence shows that different species are related;
B. Natural Selection - How genetic variation among organisms affects survival and reproduction;
C. Adaptation - How the environment influences populations of organisms over multiple generations; and
D. Biodiversity and Humans - Biodiversity, how humans affect it, and how it affects humans;
(II) In relation to the physical sciences, candidates shall understand
I. Matter and Its Interactions - How one explains the structure, properties, and interactions of matter including:
A. Structure and Properties of Matter - How particles combine to form the variety of matter one observes; and
B. Chemical Reactions - How substances combine or change (react) to make new substances and how one characterizes and explains these reactions and makes predictions about them.
II. Motion and Stability: Forces and Interactions - How one explains and predicts interactions between objects and within systems of objects including:
A. Forces and Motion - How one predicts an object's continued motion, changes in motion, or stability;
B. Types of Interactions - What underlying forces explain the variety of interactions observed; and
C. Stability and Instability in Physical Systems - Why some physical systems are more stable than others.
III. Energy - How energy is transferred and conserved including:
A. Definitions of Energy;
B. Conservation of Energy in Energy Transfer - What is meant by conservation of energy and how energy is transferred between objects or systems;
C. Relationship Between Energy and Forces - How forces are related to energy; and
D. Energy in Chemical Processes and Everyday Life - How food and fuel provide energy and if energy is conserved, why people say it is produced or used;
IV. Waves and Their Application in Technologies for Information Transfer - How waves are used to transfer energy and information including:
A. Wave Properties - The characteristics, properties, and behaviors of waves;
B. Electromagnetic Radiation - What is light, how one explains the varied effects that involve light, and other forms of electromagnetic radiation; and
C. Information Technologies and Instrumentation - How instruments that transmit and detect waves are used to extend human senses.
(III) In relation to the Earth and space sciences, candidates shall understand
I. Earth's Place in the Universe Including:
A. The Universe and Its Stars;
B. Earth and the Solar System - The predictable patterns caused by Earth's movement in the solar system; and
C. The History of Planet Earth - How people reconstruct and date events in Earth's planetary history.
II. Earth's Systems - How and why Earth is constantly changing including:
A. Earth Materials and Systems - How Earth's major systems interact;
B. Plate Tectonics and Large-Scale System Interactions - Why the continents move, and what causes earthquakes and volcanoes;
C. The Roles of Water in Earth's Surface Processes - How the properties and movements of water shape Earth's surface and affect its systems;
D. Weather and Climate - What regulates weather and climate; and
E. Biogeology - How living organisms alter Earth's processes and structures.
III. Earth and Human Activity - How Earth's surface processes and human activities affect each other including:
A. Natural Resources - How humans depend on Earth's resources;
B. Natural Hazards - How natural hazards affect individuals and societies;
C. Human Impacts on Earth Systems - How humans change the planet; and
D. Global Climate Change - How people model and predict the effects of human activities on Earth's climate.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who understand how the major crosscutting concepts and scientific and engineering practices, which include inquiry, are integrated with the scientific disciplinary core ideas to create a three dimensional learning experience as indicated in the following:
(l) Scientific and Engineering Practices including:
l. Asking questions (for science) and defining problems (for engineering):
A. Developing and using models;
B. Planning and carrying out investigations;
C. Analyzing and interpreting data;
D. Using mathematics and computational thinking;
E. Constructing explanations (for science) and designing solutions (for engineering);
F. Engaging in argument from evidence; and
G. Obtaining, evaluating, and communicating information.
II. Crosscutting Concepts including:
A. Patterns;
B. Cause and effect: Mechanism and explanation;
C. Scale, proportion, and quantity;
D. Systems and system models;
E. Energy and matter: Flows, cycles, and conservation;
F. Structure and function; and
G. Stability and change.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to engage K-5 students regularly and effectively integrate core ideas, crosscutting concepts, and science and engineering practices and who understand the roles the three dimensions of the Framework play in the development of scientific knowledge as indicated in the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who understand scientific and engineering practices and their relationship to the development of scientific knowledge;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who engage K-5 students effectively in scientific and engineering practices appropriate for their grade level and abilities;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who understand how to engage K-5 students effectively in studies of the nature of science and conventions of scientific explanations; and
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who use appropriate technology to teach K-5 students science.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who relate science to the daily lives and interests of students, understand the relationships of science to society and the community, and use human and institutional resources to advance the science education of their students understanding as indicated in the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who relate science to the personal lives, needs, and interests of K-5 students;
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the values and needs of the community and their effect on science teaching and learning;
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who use community, human, and institutional resources to advance science learning in the classroom and in the field;
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who understand the nature of science.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to engage a broad community of student learners through differentiated strategies as indicated in the following:
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who value and respect the experiences that all students bring from their backgrounds (e.g., homes or communities) and who tailor instruction by using culturally relevant pedagogy.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates to support a varied population of students, to include economically disadvantaged, by connecting science education to students' sense of "place" by physical, historical, and/or sociocultural dimensions.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates to positively impact the achievement and confidence of underrepresented groups, including females and other minority groups, by incorporating instructional strategies to increase their intentions to continue studies in science and curricula to improve their achievement and confidence in science.
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates to support students with limited English proficiency by using adequate literacy strategies for all students, language support strategies with ELLs, and discourse strategies with ELLs.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who use a variety of contemporary science formative and summative assessments to determine, guide, and inform science instruction and then use the results of these assessments to improve their practice and increase student achievement.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who create and maintain a psychologically, socially, and ethically safe and supportive learning environment and a science teaching environment that conforms to the National Science Teachers Association's National Science Safety Standards. To this end, the program will include instruction and training on the safe handling, distribution, disposal and storage of chemicals and other laboratory equipment and the safe and ethical treatment of animals in the classroom.
7. The program shall prepare candidates through authentic experiences who participate in the professional community and improve practices through their personal actions, education, and development.

Rule 505-3-.94 STEM Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to model STEM content pedagogy in the field and at the grade level of their base certification, and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Transdisciplinary. The integration of knowledge and methods from multiple disciplines, as well as engaging with stakeholders and community perspectives to innovate and solve authentic problems.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the STEM Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competency in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) content and instruction for teaching students in the field(s) and at the grade levels of their base certificate(s).
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of teachers of STEM and STEM-related content:
1. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate their understanding of STEM education as a transdisciplinary endeavor by demonstrating their ability to apply rigorous content across STEM and STEM related disciplines as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of and the ability to integrate STEM content standards in authentic ways that align to the expectations of grade level state standards;
(ii) Candidates will be able to articulate a clear definition and understanding of what STEM education is and what it looks like in practice as both transdisciplinary and process driven;
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to integrate each of the STEM disciplines as necessary components in answering questions, in investigating local, regional and global issues, and in developing solutions for real-world problems; and
(iv) Candidates will demonstrate knowledge of the benefits of STEM education for all citizens, enabling them to make informed decisions about challenges facing the next generation, for future STEM innovation, workforce development and related career opportunities with the skills necessary to be successful in them.
2. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate that they understand the ways of thinking and habits of mind used in STEM and STEM-related disciplines as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to think critically, evaluate complex data, draw data-driven conclusions, engage in effective argumentation and communicate effectively in written and oral formats;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the dispositions necessary to be effective transdisciplinary STEM educators (i.e., life-long learning, value collaborations, flexible, high tolerance for ambiguity, risk taker, innovative, committed to the profession, self-reflective perseverance); and
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in using STEM reasoning abilities, including computational reasoning, model-based reasoning, quantitative reasoning, and engineering design-based reasoning, and complex systems thinking that reveals how STEM professionals think and solve problems.
3. The program will prepare candidates who understand and demonstrate the role of meaningful collaboration and partnerships as evidenced by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to work effectively within a STEM-focused multidisciplinary professional learning community to achieve a common goal and to co-plan authentic standards-based STEM based experiences and transdisciplinary lessons;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to involve community and/or business partners in identifying and solving relevant problems; and
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to partner with local mathematicians, scientists, engineers, designers, and creative professionals to develop authentic, real-world learning experiences in STEM.
4. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to engage students using STEM and STEM-related discipline pedagogical practices as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in process-based thinking to solve open-ended problems or complete design challenges;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in authentic or investigative research to answer relevant questions;
(iii) Candidate will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in using STEM reasoning abilities (i.e., computational reasoning, model-based reasoning, quantitative reasoning, engineering design-based reasoning and complex systems thinking);
(iv) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in experiential learning;
(v) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in project management techniques;
(vi) Candidates will demonstrate proficiency in differentiating instruction related to integrated STEM concepts;
(vii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively assess students using transdisciplinary STEM performance tasks, and portfolio assessments and create rubrics for these assessments;
(viii) Candidates will be able to demonstrate the ability to facilitate student-led learning and to apply knowledge and skills to novel, relevant and authentic situations;
(ix) Candidates will demonstrate the implementation of authentic teaching and learning strategies, including project-based learning, problem-based learning, and place-based education to promote creative thinking;
(x) Candidates will foster a learning environment where creativity, innovation, and risk-taking are encouraged; and
(xi) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to facilitate student-led team-based learning with appropriate etiquette.
5. The program will provide candidates with authentic experiences in STEM and STEM related careers and teaching environments (a clinical component) as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will show evidence of an interaction with a STEM-related business or externships with STEM professionals to gain perspective of what it is to work in a STEM-related field;
(ii) Candidates will show evidence of in-person or virtual field-based experiences that include observation of classrooms, collaborative planning, and interviewing of teachers in an integrated STEM education environment that is evidenced by reflective documentation; and
(iii) Candidates will complete a transdisciplinary STEM culminating project to include Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics.

Rule 505-3-.95 Online Teaching Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach classes within online and blended learning environments and supplements requirements in Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Accessibility: Ensuring the content, tools, and technologies used in online and blended learning are designed and developed so that learners with disabilities can use them.
(b) Blended: Learning that combines face-to-face and online learning experiences, ideally benefitting from the strengths of each.
(c) Content Management System (CMS): A software program used to create and modify digital content for online and blended learning environments.
(d) Culturally responsive pedagogy: Using students' cultural knowledge, prior experiences, and frames of reference to select and convey content, enrich classroom experiences, and keep students actively engaged in learning.
(e) Digital citizenship: Knowledge and willingness to communicate and act civilly, appropriately, and safely in online environments.
(f) Digital learning tools: Software programs, websites, or online resources used to facilitate learning.
(g) Digital pedagogy: The use of digital technologies when teaching and learning in online, blended, or face-to-face learning environments.
(h) Instructional design: A systematic process for designing instruction by determining the needs of the learners, defining the end goals and objectives of instruction, and designing and planning learning activities and assessments to ensure effective learning experiences.
(i) Learner-centered instructional strategies: An approach to learning that gives learners more agency and responsibility for their learning and puts learners' interests and needs first, in which students are actively learning and have greater input into what they learn, how they learn, and when they learn.
(j) Learning Management System (LMS): A web-based program that contains and curates all materials and digital activities for a class or other learning experience, from content and communication to assessments.
(k) Netiquette: Guidelines for civil and appropriate communication in the online environment.
(l) Personalized learning: An approach to learning that values learner differences and harnesses technology to allow the educator and learner to co-plan a unique educational experience that addresses the distinct learning needs, interests, goals, and background of each individual student.
(m) Universal Design for Learning (UDL): A framework for designing learning goals, materials, methods, and assessments that give learners multiple means of engagement, representation, action, and expression. UDL includes but is not limited to concerns related to accessibility, and focuses on supporting the success of ALL learners.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Online Teaching Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency levels to teach online courses in the content areas and grade levels of their base certificate(s).
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published in 2019 by the Virtual Learning Leadership Alliance (VLLA) and Quality Matters (QM). These standards include portions of the National Standards for Quality Online Learning initially developed by The International Association for K-12 Online Learning (iNACOL).
1. Digital Proficiency. The online teacher supports learning and facilitates engagement with digital pedagogy in online and blended learning environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Select and utilize a range of digital pedagogical tools for communication, productivity, collaboration, analysis, presentation, research, content delivery, interaction and assessment;
(ii) Select and utilize a variety of content-specific and developmentally appropriate digital learning tools and resources to meet individualized learning needs;
(iii) Use a variety of communication technologies (e.g., learning management systems [LMS], content management systems [CMS], email, phone, video, audio, instant messaging, social media) in a variety of contexts to enhance online learning; and
(iv) Apply troubleshooting skills to address basic technical issues of online learners and access additional technical support as needed.
2. Instructional Design and Best Practices. The online teacher incorporates instructional design principles and best practices when designing and facilitating online and blended learning environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Provide a syllabus with measurable objectives, grading criteria, expectations for interactions for both teacher and learners, and appropriate behavior criteria for learners;
(ii) Utilize principles of universal design for learning (UDL) to design instruction and present content in a variety of ways using a digital learning platform;
(iii) Incorporate sufficient support, directions, and guidelines to ensure navigation is logical, consistent, and efficient for online learners;
(iv) Differentiate instruction so all learners can be successful in online learning environments;
(v) Design or incorporate flexible, digital, interactive and collaborative learning experiences that engage students in the learning process and promote higher order thinking and creativity;
(vi) Employ learner-centered instructional strategies incorporating authentic learning experiences;
(vii) Continually review and update all content materials and resources for relevancy, appropriateness, functionality, and alignment with course assignments, assessments, and standards-based learning goals;
(viii) Create and maintain a community of learners by communicating clear expectations for both teacher and learners, creating a relationship of trust, and establishing consistent and reliable classroom procedures;
(ix) Facilitate active learning among learners by providing opportunities for regular and frequent teacher-learner interaction, learner-learner interaction, learner-content interaction, learner-interface interaction, teacher-parent interaction, and teacher-mentor interaction;
(x) Lead synchronous online instructional sessions using best practices that support the learning goals and are meaningful, project-based, and inquiry-oriented; and
(xi) Model frequent, effective and timely communications regarding learner progress with stakeholders through various formats (e.g., emails, phone calls, video conferences, social media) and maintain records of communications with students, parents, and other school personnel.
3. Assessment and Feedback. The online teacher designs and implements a variety of assessments and provides high-quality feedback in online learning and blended learning environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Assess student readiness for content and method of delivery;
(ii) Continually measure learner proficiency through a variety of valid and reliable formative and summative assessments;
(iii) Design, select, and implement assignments, projects, and assessments that align with learning goals and promote research-based best practices (e.g., higher order thinking, problem-solving, authentic assessment);
(iv) Provide a clear description of learning goals, assessment expectations, and evaluation criteria for each assignment, assessment, and project;
(v) Provide timely, specific, constructive, and personalized feedback to learners about assignments, projects, tests, and questions;
(vi) Provide a clear explanation of the expectations of teacher response time and feedback to students;
(vii) Use student feedback data and assessments to inform instruction; and
(viii) Create opportunities for peer review and learner self-assessment.
4. Data Analysis, Reflection, and Professional Growth. The online teacher engages in data analysis and reflection to increase student learning in online and blended learning environments and enhance professional growth. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Use assessment data to plan instruction, modify instructional methods and content, monitor learner progress, and develop intervention and enrichment plans;
(ii) Use learner analytics or other observational data (e.g., tracking data in electronic courses, Web logs, email, student postings, discussions) to monitor learner progress, engagement, and success;
(iii) Use assessment data to personalize learning experiences and enable a learner customized pace and/or path through instruction, aligned with learner goals, needs and interests;
(iv) Empower learners to establish learning goals, self-assess, and reflect on learning;
(v) Engage in regular self-reflection and evaluation of teaching to improve and strengthen teaching effectiveness (e.g., LMS analytics, student surveys, teacher evaluations, teacher peer reviews);
(vi) Demonstrate continual growth in knowledge and skills of digital pedagogy and current and emerging technologies, and apply them to improve productivity and professional practice; and
(vii) Develop a professional learning network and stay abreast of issues, trends, research, and best practices on teaching and learning in online and blended learning environments.
5. Digital Citizenship. The online teacher models, guides, and encourages legal, ethical, and safe behavior in online and blended learning environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Ensure academic integrity and the security of learner assessment data;
(ii) Identify the risks of academic dishonesty for learners and create assessment opportunities that limit this risk;
(iii) Model and facilitate the safe, legal, ethical, and credible uses of digital information and technologies;
(iv) Create expectations for appropriate use of the internet and interaction among learners, including establishing netiquette requirements and enforcing the Acceptable Use Policy (AUP) and other similar guidelines/requirements; and
(v) Comply with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and communicate privacy guidelines to protect student privacy and maintain confidentially of student information, including in the use of technology tools.
6. Differentiation and Accessibility. The online teacher recognizes the variety of student academic needs, ensures accessibility of online learning, and incorporates appropriate accommodations in online and blended learning environments. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Address learner preference and abilities by creating multiple paths to meet learning goals and standards;
(ii) Identify students who are struggling with various learning obstacles and apply appropriate strategies to support student learning;
(iii) Ensure accessibility through compliance with legal mandates and other guidelines such as providing alternative text for images, synchronizing captions or including transcripts for video and audio files, formatting documents for screen readers, and choosing accessible digital tools and resources;
(iv) Utilize culturally responsive pedagogy demonstrating respect for and responsiveness to the cultural backgrounds and differing perspectives learners bring to the online environment; and
(v) Collaborate with appropriate school staff to make appropriate accommodations or modifications to meet the needs of all learners, to include the use of assistive technologies when appropriate.

Rule 505-3-.96 Reading Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals with enhanced knowledge and skills to teach reading to students in grades P-12, and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. This endorsement is intended to build upon the knowledge and skills described in GaPSC Rule FOUNDATIONS OF READING, LITERACY, AND LANGUAGE.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Reading Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency levels in the teaching of reading and are qualified to teach reading to students in grades P-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in an advanced (degree-only) preparation program to candidates who hold a valid level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teacher certificate, leadership certificate, Life certificate, or service certificate. Educators with leadership, Life, or service certificates must have held a Professional teaching certificate.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi based on the science of reading and addressing the following standards for classroom teachers of reading adapted from standards published by the International Literacy Association (2017).
1. Standard Foundational Knowledge. Candidates demonstrate knowledge of the major theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based foundations of literacy and language development and the ways in which they interrelate as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based components of reading development (i.e., concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension) and evidence-based instructional approaches that support that development;
(ii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based foundations of writing development and the writing process, and evidence-based instructional approaches that support writing of specific types of text and producing writing appropriate to task;
(iii) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based frameworks that describe the centrality of language to literacy learning and evidence-based instructional approaches that support the development of listening, speaking, viewing, and visually representing; and
(iv) Candidates demonstrate knowledge of major theoretical, conceptual, and evidence-based frameworks that describe the interrelated components of literacy and interdisciplinary learning.
2. Curriculum and Instruction. Candidates apply foundational knowledge to critically examine, select, and evaluate curriculum and design; implement, adapt, and evaluate instruction to provide a coherent and motivating literacy program that addresses both general and discipline specific literacy processes as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates demonstrate the ability to critically examine literacy curricula and select high-quality literary, multimedia, and informational texts to provide a coherent, integrated, and motivating literacy program;
(ii) Candidates plan, modify, and implement evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and integrated instructional approaches that develop reading processes as related to foundational skills (i.e., concepts of print, phonological awareness, phonics, word recognition, fluency), vocabulary, and comprehension for all learners;
(iii) Candidates design, adapt, implement, and evaluate evidence-based and developmentally appropriate instruction and materials to develop writing processes and orthographic knowledge of all learners; and
(iv) Candidates plan, modify, implement, and evaluate evidence-based and integrated instructional approaches and materials that provide developmentally appropriate instruction and materials to develop the language, speaking, listening, viewing, and visual representation skills and processes of all learners.
3. Assessment and Evaluation. Candidates understand, select, and use appropriate assessments to gather evidence for all students' content knowledge and literacy processes within a discipline for instructional and accountability purposes as indicated by:
(i) Candidates understand the purposes, strengths and limitations, reliability/validity, formats, and appropriateness of various types of informal and formal assessments;
(ii) Candidates use observational skills and results of student work to determine students' literacy and language strengths and needs;
(iii) Candidates select and administer other formal and informal assessments appropriate for assessing students' language and literacy development;
(iv) Candidates use results of various assessment measures to inform and/or modify instruction: and
(v) Candidates use data in an ethical manner, interpret data to explain student progress, and inform families and colleagues about the function/ purpose of assessments.
4. Learners and The Literacy Environment. Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to create a learning environment anchored in digital and print literacies as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates apply knowledge of learner development and learning differences to plan literacy learning experiences that develop motivated and engaged literacy learners;
(ii) Candidates incorporate digital and print texts and experiences designed to differentiate and enhance students' language, literacy, and the learning environment;
(iii) Candidates incorporate safe, appropriate, and effective ways to use digital technologies in literacy and language learning experiences; and
(iv) Candidates create physical and social literacy-rich environments that use routines and a variety of grouping configurations for independent and collaborative learning.
5. Professional Learning and Leadership. Candidates are lifelong learners who reflect upon practice, use ongoing inquiry to improve their professional practice and enhance students' literacy learning, and advocate for students and their families to enhance students' literacy learning as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates are readers, writers, and lifelong learners who continually seek and engage with professional resources and hold membership in professional organizations;
(ii) Candidates reflect as a means of improving professional teaching practices and understand the value of reflection in fostering individual and school change;
(iii) Candidates collaboratively participate in ongoing inquiry with colleagues and mentor teachers and participate in professional learning communities; and
(iv) Candidates advocate for the teaching profession and their students, schools, and communities.

Rule 505-3-.97 STEAM Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to model STEAM content pedagogy in the field and at the grade level of their base certification, and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Transdisciplinary. The integration of knowledge and methods from multiple disciplines, as well as engaging with stakeholders and community perspectives to innovate and solve authentic problems.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the STEAM Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency in Science, Technology, Engineering, the Arts, and Mathematics (STEAM) content, instructional planning, and assessment for teaching students in the field(s) and at the grade levels of their base certificate(s).
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved educator preparation provider may seek approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement or as an endorsement embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) Approval to offer the STEAM Endorsement qualifies the EPP to recommend for the STEAM Micro-Endorsement, candidates who are actively enrolled in this program and who demonstrate mastery of standards 1 and 5. The STEAM Micro-Endorsement qualifies individuals who hold a STEM Endorsement to teach STEAM Education content in the grade band of their base certification.
(c) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate their understanding of STEAM education as a transdisciplinary endeavor by demonstrating their ability to apply rigorous content across STEAM and STEAM-related disciplines as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of and the ability to integrate STEAM content standards in authentic ways that align to the expectations of grade level state standards;
(ii) Candidates will be able to articulate a clear definition and understanding of what STEAM education is and what it looks like in practice as both transdisciplinary and process driven;
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to integrate each of the STEAM disciplines as necessary components in answering questions, in investigating local, regional and global issues, and in developing solutions for real-world problems; and
(iv) Candidates will demonstrate knowledge of the benefits of STEAM education for all citizens, enabling them to make informed decisions about challenges facing the next generation, for future STEAM innovation, workforce development and related career opportunities with the skills necessary to be successful in them.
2. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate understanding of the ways of thinking and habits of mind used in STEAM and STEAM-related disciplines as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to think critically, evaluate complex data, draw data-driven conclusions, engage in effective argumentation, and communicate effectively in written and oral formats;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the dispositions necessary to be effective transdisciplinary STEAM educators (i.e., life-long learning, value collaborations, flexible, high tolerance for ambiguity, risk taker, innovative, committed to the profession, self-reflective perseverance); and
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in using STEAM reasoning abilities, including computational reasoning, model-based reasoning, quantitative reasoning, and engineering design-based reasoning, and complex systems thinking while also integrating artistic and design thinking to enhance creative problem-solving, visual representation, and storytelling in STEAM applications.
3. The program will prepare candidates who understand and demonstrate the role of meaningful collaboration and partnerships as evidenced by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to work effectively within a STEAM focused multidisciplinary professional learning community to achieve a common goal and to co-plan authentic standard based STEAM experiences and interdisciplinary lessons;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to involve community and/or business partners in identifying and solving relevant problems; and
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to partner with local mathematicians, scientists, engineers, artists, designers, and creative professionals to develop authentic, real-world learning experiences in STEAM.
4. The program will prepare candidates who demonstrate the ability to engage students using STEAM and STEAM-related discipline pedagogical practices as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in process-based thinking to solve open-ended problems or complete design challenges;
(ii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in authentic or investigative research to answer relevant questions;
(iii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in using STEAM reasoning abilities (i.e., computational reasoning, model-based reasoning, quantitative reasoning, engineering design-based reasoning, and complex systems thinking);
(iv) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in experiential learning;
(v) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively engage students in project management techniques;
(vi) Candidates will demonstrate proficiency in differentiating instruction related to integrated STEAM concepts;
(vii) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to effectively assess students using transdisciplinary STEAM performance tasks and portfolio assessments, and create rubrics for these assessments;
(viii) Candidates will be able to demonstrate the ability to facilitate student-led learning and to apply knowledge and skills to novel, relevant, and authentic situations;
(ix) Candidates will demonstrate the implementation of authentic teaching and learning strategies, including project-based learning, problem-based learning, and place-based education to promote creative thinking;
(x) Candidates will foster a learning environment where creativity, innovation, and risk-tasking are encouraged; and
(xi) Candidates will demonstrate the ability to facilitate student-led team-based learning with appropriate etiquette.
5. The program will provide candidates with authentic experiences in STEAM and STEAM-related careers and teaching environments (a clinical component) as indicated by the following:
(i) Candidates will show evidence of an interaction with a STEAM related business or externships with STEAM professionals to gain perspective of what it is to work in a STEAM related field;
(ii) Candidates will show evidence of in-person or virtual field-based experiences that include observation of classrooms, collaborative planning, and interviewing of teachers in an integrated STEAM education environment that is evidenced by reflective documentation; and
(iii) Candidates will complete a transdisciplinary STEAM culminating project to include Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts, and Mathematics.

Rule 505-3-.98 Special Education Deaf Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare teachers to teach students who are deaf or hard of hearing in grades P-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Special Education Deaf Education Endorsement program are qualified to provide educational services for students with hearing impairments in grades P-12 and preschool students (ages three [3] to five [5]), subject to the following conditions:
(a) The educator may work collaboratively with a content area teacher of record in all content subjects.
(b) To serve as the teacher of record, the educator may teach only the content subjects of her/his base certificate field(s) and the Special Education academic content concentrations with designated cognitive levels identified on their certificate.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program to candidates who hold a level four (4) or higher valid professional or induction certificate in any teaching field or in the service field of Speech and Language Pathology, or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation Special Education or Special Education/Elementary Education (P-5) program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020):
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Deaf and Hard of Hearing (D/HH) published by the Council for Exception Children (2018).
(i) Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the effects of the interrelationship among age of identification, type and etiology, level of hearing, auditory development, and provision of services on the development of individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of auditory development of individuals who are D/HH;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of visual and spoken languages and communication modes;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the impact of exceptionalities on the development of language and learning for individuals who are D/HH, including the ways in which exceptionalities may interact with varying hearing levels resulting in more complex needs;
(V) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the importance of advocating for equal access to language and communication in the individual's preferred mode across all educational settings;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to incorporate current theories of spoken and signed language development of individuals who are D/HH and components of communication competence into programming and planning for students;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to develop individualized programming and instruction in light of various aspects of hearing status;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to incorporate auditory development of individuals who are D/HH into programming and planning for students;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to implement evidence-based practices in early intervention services specifically related to overall development of children who are D/HH and family outcomes;
(X) Candidates are prepared to identify and support communication modes that provide equal access, based on the needs and preferences of individuals and their families;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to deliver individualized programming and planning informed by the presence of identified exceptionalities; and
(XII) Candidates are prepared to identify and support all Least Restricted Environment (LRE) options to facilitate Individualized Education Program (IEP) team decisions taking communication into account.
(ii) Learning Environments.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the influence of educational placement, family communication, language, cultural identity, socioeconomic status, home and community environment, and child maltreatment on development and learning;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the value of peers and role models who are D/HH on family perceptions, decision making, and student outcomes;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate factors impacting visual and/or auditory learning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to promote ongoing opportunities for interactions between individuals who are D/HH and their families with peers and role models who are D/HH;
(V) Candidates are prepared to assist with routines related to assistive technology used by individuals who are D/HH to enhance access to the environment;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to design or modify a language-rich learning environment that maximizes opportunities for visual and/or auditory learning and meets developmental and learning needs; and
(VII) Candidates are prepared to structure the learning environments to encourage developmentally appropriate self-advocacy and self-determination skills.
(iii) Curricular Content Knowledge.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the interrelationship between services and curricular sequencing and progressions;
(II) Candidates are prepared to integrate evidence based language and literacy instruction across all academic areas; and
(III) Candidates are prepared to differentiate and adapt curricula in response to the variety of populations across multiple educational settings.
(iv) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the range of assessment types, from informal to standardized;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the appropriate formative, summative, and diagnostic assessment of expanded core curriculum, auditory skills, visual language skills, self-advocacy, self determination, functional listening, self-care skills, and student safety;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the relationship between assessment data, reporting, and programming and planning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to utilize appropriate terminology and interpret results across assessments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to ensure equal access to communication and minimized partiality in assessment with regard to laws, policies, and ethical principles;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use and interpret technically sound assessments for individuals with D/HH;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to administer appropriate formative, summative, and diagnostic assessments;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to identify or develop appropriate specialized assessments that allow for alternative forms of expression, and select appropriate accommodations and modifications;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to collect and analyze a range of spoken, signed, written, or other language and communication samples; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to utilize assessment data to develop reports and to inform programming and planning.
(v) Instructional Planning and Strategies.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate language/modes of communication used by individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the strategies that promote curricular programming that is responsive to the variety of populations across multiple educational settings;
(III) Candidates are prepared to tailor evidence-based instructional strategies and specialized technologies across a variety of service delivery models and instructional setting;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to coordinate and collaborate to ensure appropriate instruction and planning;
(V) Candidates are prepared to implement strategies for supporting audition;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to implement strategies for conserving vision and hearing;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to implement evidence-based strategies for developing language in individuals' preferred communication mode(s);
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to promote optimal access to communication to facilitate supportive and welcoming experiences;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to develop proficiency in the languages/modes of communication used by individuals who are D/HH;
(X) Candidates are prepared to promote literacy and content area reading and writing through the individual's preferred communication mode(s);
(XI) Candidates are prepared to apply first and second language teaching strategies;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to ensure use of visual tools, organizers, and current assistive technology that enhances communication access that support programming and planning across a variety of service delivery models and instructional settings; and
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement transitions across service continua.
(vi) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of laws, policies, and ethical principles guiding equal access to communication in individuals' preferred communication mode(s);
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the awareness of the educator's language competence in supporting individual outcomes;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the sociocultural, historical, and political considerations unique to Deaf culture and the field of education of individuals who are D/HH;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to advocate, using impartial ethical practices, based on the needs of the individual or family;
(V) Candidates are prepared to apply ethical decision making related to optimal access to communication in individuals' preferred communication mode(s) for all programming and planning;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to increase educator's competence in the individual's preferred communication mode(s);
(VII) Candidates are prepared to advocate for and implement programming and planning to provide equal communication access to individuals across all educational settings; and
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to use historical foundations and research evidence to inform educational programming and planning;
(vii) Collaboration.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the services, organizations, and networks that are relevant to individuals who are D/HH;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the policies, procedures, and resources for universal newborn hearing screening and early intervention;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the roles and responsibilities of support staff in programming and planning;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate collaborative behaviors within the boundaries of the professionals' scope of practice;
(V) Candidates are prepared to interpret relevant data and statistics related to hearing levels and their potential impact on outcomes;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to participate in professional networks relevant to the education of individuals who are D/HH;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to provide families with information in an impartial manner to make informed choices regarding communication modes, philosophies, and educational options; and
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to prepare and assist team members to work with D/HH team members across a variety of service delivery models and instructional environments.

Rule 505-3-.99 Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare teachers to provide instruction or instructional support to P-12 students who have physical or health-related disabilities for all or part of a student's general or special curriculum needs as indicated in the Individual Education Plan (IEP). This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities Endorsement program are qualified to provide educational services for students with physical or health related disabilities in grades pre-school (P) through twelve (12) and for special education preschool students, aged three (3) to five (5), subject to the following conditions:
(a) The educator may work collaboratively with a content area teacher of record in all content subjects.
(b) To serve as the teacher of record, the educator may teach only the content subjects of her/his base certificate field(s) and the Special Education academic content concentrations with designated cognitive levels identified on their certificate.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children 2020:
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short- and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Physical and Health Disabilities published by the Council for Exception Children (2012).
(i) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the implications of physical and health disabilities on development and learning;
(ii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the functional effects of the type and severity of physical and health disabilities on individual performance;
(iii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the psychosocial effects of physical and health disabilities;
(iv) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the adaptations of educational environments to enhance the potential of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(v) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the barriers to accessibility by individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(vi) Candidates are prepared to use proper positioning techniques and equipment to promote participation in academic and social environments;
(vii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate proper body mechanics to promote individual and teacher safety in transfer, lifting, positioning, and seating;
(viii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of continuum of non-symbolic to symbolic forms of communication;
(ix) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of valid and reliable assessment instruments for individuals who have poor motor skills and for those who are nonverbal;
(x) Candidates are prepared to teach response modes to establish accuracy in the assessment of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xi) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the adaptations and assistive technology necessary to accommodate the unique characteristics of individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xii) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the incorporation of augmentative and assistive communication into instruction and daily living activities;
(xiii) Candidates are prepared to use specialized instructional strategies for academic and functional tasks for individuals with physical and health disabilities;
(xiv) Candidates are prepared to use adaptations and assistive technology to provide access to and participation in the general education curriculum; and
(xv) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate techniques for teaching literacy skills to individuals who are nonverbal.

Rule 505-3-.100 Special Education Preschool (Ages 3-5) Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare teachers holding renewable professional certification in Birth Through Kindergarten, Elementary Education (P-5) or any Special Education field to teach students ages 3-5 (below Kindergarten) with disabilities. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Special Education Preschool (ages 3-5) Endorsement program are qualified to provide educational services for students aged 3-5 (below Kindergarten) with disabilities other than visual and hearing impaired, under the following conditions:
(a) The educator may work collaboratively with a content area teacher of record in all content subjects.
(b) To serve as the teacher of record, the educator may teach only the content subjects of his/her base certificate fields(s).
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program in Elementary Education (P-5) or any Special Education field, or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the Early Interventionist/Early Childhood Special Educator (EI/ECSE) Standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020):
1. Child Development and Early Learning. Candidates understand the impact of different theories and philosophies of early learning and development on assessment, curriculum, instruction, and intervention decisions. Candidates apply knowledge of normative developmental sequences and variations, individual differences within and across the range of abilities, including developmental delays and disabilities, and other direct and indirect contextual features that support or constrain children's development and learning. Multiple factors are considered when facilitating meaningful learning experiences and individualizing intervention and instruction across contexts.
(i) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of the impact that different theories and philosophies of early learning and development have on assessment, curriculum, intervention, and instruction decisions;
(ii) Candidates apply knowledge of normative sequences of early development, individual differences, and families' social, cultural, and linguistic differences to support each child's development and learning across contexts;
(iii) Candidates apply knowledge of biological and environmental factors that may support or constrain children's early development and learning as they plan and implement early intervention and instruction; and
(iv) Candidates demonstrate an understanding of characteristics, etiologies, and individual differences within and across the range of abilities, including developmental delays and disabilities, their potential impact on children's early development and learning, and implications for assessment, curriculum, instruction, and intervention.
2. Partnering with Families. Candidates use their knowledge of family-centered practices and family systems theory to develop and maintain reciprocal partnerships with families. They apply family capacity-building practices as they support families to make informed decisions and advocate for their young children. They engage families in opportunities that build on their existing strengths, reflect current goals, and foster family competence and confidence to support their children's development and learning.
(i) Candidates apply their knowledge of family-centered practices, family systems theory, and the changing needs and priorities in families' lives to develop trusting, respectful, affirming, and culturally responsive partnerships with all families that allow for the mutual exchange of knowledge and information;
(ii) Candidates communicate clear, comprehensive, and objective information about resources and supports that help families to make informed decisions and advocate for access, participation, and fairness in the school environment; and
(iii) Candidates engage families in identifying their strengths, priorities, and concerns; support families to achieve the goals they have for their family and their young child's development and learning; and promote families' competence and confidence during assessment, individualized planning, intervention, instruction, and transition processes.
3. Collaboration and Teaming. Candidates apply models, skills, and processes of teaming when collaborating and communicating with families and professionals, using developmentally and linguistically responsive and affirming practices. In partnership with families and other professionals, candidates develop and implement individualized plans and successful transitions that occur across the age span. Candidates use a variety of collaborative strategies while working with and supporting other adults.
(i) Candidates apply teaming models, skills, and processes, including appropriate uses of technology, when collaborating and communicating with families; professionals representing multiple disciplines, skills, expertise, and roles; and community partners and agencies;
(ii) Candidates use a variety of collaborative strategies when working with other adults that are evidence-based, appropriate to the task, culturally and linguistically responsive, and take into consideration the environment and service delivery approach; and
(iii) Candidates partner with families and other professionals to develop individualized plans and support the various transitions that occur for the young child and their family throughout the birth through kindergarten age span.
4. Assessment Processes. Candidates know and understand the purposes of assessment in relation to ethical and legal considerations. Candidates choose developmentally, linguistically responsive appropriate tools and methods that are appropriate responsive to the characteristics of the young child, family, and program. Using evidence-based and evidence-informed practices, candidates develop or select as well as administer informal measures, and select and administer formal measures in partnership with families and other professionals. They analyze, interpret, document, and share assessment information using a strengths-based approach with families and other professionals for eligibility determination, outcome/goal development, planning instruction and intervention, monitoring progress, and reporting.
(i) Candidates understand the purposes of formal and informal assessment, including ethical and legal considerations, and use this information to choose developmentally, and linguistically responsive appropriate, valid, reliable tools and methods that are appropriate responsive to the characteristics of the young child, family, and program;
(ii) Candidates develop and administer informal assessments and/or select and use valid, reliable formal assessments using evidence-based and evidence-informed practices, including technology, in partnership with families and other professionals;
(iii) Candidates analyze, interpret, document, and share assessment information using a strengths-based approach with families and other professionals; and
(iv) Candidates, in collaboration with families and other team members, use assessment data to determine eligibility, develop child and family-based outcomes/goals, plan for interventions and instruction, and monitor progress to determine efficacy of programming.
5. Application of Curriculum Frameworks in the Planning of Meaningful Learning Experiences. Candidates collaborate with families and professionals to use an evidence-based, developmentally appropriate, and responsive early childhood curriculum addressing developmental and content domains. Candidates use curriculum frameworks to create and support universally designed, high quality learning experiences that provide each child and family with access and opportunities for learning and growth.
(i) Candidates collaborate with families and other professionals in identifying an evidence based curriculum addressing developmental and content domains to design and facilitate meaningful, developmentally responsive learning experiences that support the unique abilities and needs of all children and families; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge of early childhood curriculum frameworks, developmental and academic content knowledge, and related pedagogy to plan and ensure access to universally designed, developmentally responsive appropriate, and challenging learning experiences.
6. Using Responsive and Reciprocal Interactions, Interventions, and Instruction. Candidates plan and implement intentional, systematic, evidence-based, responsive interactions, interventions, and instruction to support all children's learning and development across all developmental and content domains in partnership with families and other professionals. Candidates facilitate access and participation for all children and families through culturally responsive and affirming practices and relationships. Candidates use data-based decision-making to plan for, adapt, and improve interactions, interventions, and instruction to ensure fidelity of implementation.
(i) Candidates, in partnership with families, identify systematic, responsive, and intentional evidence-based practices and use such practices with fidelity to support young children's learning and development across all developmental and academic content domains;
(ii) Candidates engage in reciprocal partnerships with families and other professionals to facilitate responsive adult-child interactions, interventions, and instruction in support of child learning and development;
(iii) Candidates engage in ongoing planning and use flexible and embedded instructional and environmental arrangements and appropriate materials to support the use of interactions, interventions, and instruction addressing developmental and academic content domains, which are adapted to meet the needs of each and every child and their family;
(iv) Candidates promote young children's social and emotional competence and communication, and proactively plan and implement function-based interventions to prevent and address challenging behaviors;
(v) Candidates identify and create multiple opportunities for young children to develop and learn play skills and engage in meaningful play experiences independently and with others across contexts;
(vi) Candidates use responsive interactions, interventions, and instruction with sufficient intensity and types of support across activities, routines, and environments to promote child learning and development and facilitate access, participation, and engagement; and
(vii) Candidates plan for, adapt, and improve approaches to interactions, interventions, and instruction based on multiple sources of data across a range of settings.
7. Professionalism and Ethical Practice. Candidates identify and engage with the profession of early intervention and early childhood special education (EI/ECSE) by exhibiting skills in reflective practice, advocacy, and leadership while adhering to ethical and legal guidelines. Evidence-based and recommended practices are promoted and used by candidates.
(i) Candidates engage with the profession of EI/ECSE by participating in local, regional, national, and/or international activities and professional organizations;
(ii) Candidates engage in ongoing reflective practice and access evidence-based information to improve their own practices;
(iii) Candidates exhibit leadership skills in advocating for improved outcomes for young children, families, and the profession, including the promotion of and use of evidence-based practices and decision-making; and
(iv) Candidates practice within ethical and legal policies and procedures.

Rule 505-3-.101 Special Education Transition Specialist Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare teachers to serve as transition specialists in grades 9-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Special Education Transition Specialist Endorsement Program are qualified to serve as a transition specialist in grades 9-12 who provides assistance in establishing post-school goals and objectives and facilitates the transition to work and community environments.
(3) Requirements.
(a) GaPSC-approved educator preparation providers may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020):
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short- and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Transition Specialist published by the Council for Exception Children (2012).
(i) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the procedures and requirements for referring individuals to community service agencies;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the implications of individual characteristics with respect to post-school outcomes and support needs;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the formal and informal approaches for identifying students' interests and preferences related to educational experiences and post school goals (postsecondary education, employment, independent living), including person-centered planning assessments;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of how to match skills and interests of the individuals to skills and demands required by vocational and post-school settings;
(V) Candidates are prepared to interpret results of career and vocational assessment for individuals, families, and professionals;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use a variety of formal and informal career, transition, and vocational assessment procedures;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to evaluate and modify transitional goals on an ongoing basis; and
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to assess and develop natural support systems to facilitate transition to post-school environments.
(ii) Programs, Services, and Outcomes.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of school and post-school services available to specific populations of individuals with exceptional learning needs;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the methods for providing community-based education for individuals with exceptional learning needs;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the methods for linking academic content to transition goals;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of strategies for involving families and individuals with exceptional learning needs in transition planning and evaluation;
(V) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of job seeking and job retention skills identified by employers as essential for successful employment;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of vocational education methods, models, and curricula;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the range of postschool options within specific outcome areas;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to identify and facilitate modifications within work and community environments;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to arrange and evaluate instructional activities in relation to post-school goals;
(X) Candidates are prepared to identify outcomes and instructional options specific to the community and the individual; and
(XI) Candidates are prepared to use support systems to facilitate self-advocacy in transition planning.
(iii) Research and Inquiry.
(I) Candidates are prepared to understand theoretical and applied models of transitions; and
(II) Candidates are prepared to understand research on relationships between individual outcomes and transition practices.
(iv) Leadership and Policy.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of transitional related laws and policies; and
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the history of national transition initiatives.
(v) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the scope and role of the transition specialist;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the scope and role of agency personnel related to transition;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate awareness of organizations and publications relevant to the field of transition;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to show positive regard for the capacity and operating constraints of community organizations involved in transition services;
(V) Candidates are prepared to participate in activities of professional organizations in the field of transition;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to ensure the inclusion on transition-related goals in the educational program plan; and
(VII) Candidates are prepared to develop post-school goals and objectives, using interests and preferences of the individual.
(vi) Collaboration.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate awareness of methods to increase transition service delivery through interagency agreements and collaborative funding;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of transition planning strategies that facilitate input from team members;
(III) Candidates are prepared to design and use procedures to evaluate and improve transition education and services in collaboration with team members;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to provide information to families about transition education, services, support networks, and post-school options;
(V) Candidates are prepared to involve team members in establishing transition policy;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to provide transition-focused technical assistance and professional development in collaboration with team members;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with transition focused agencies;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to develop interagency strategies to collect, share, and use student assessment data;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to use strategies for resolving differences in collaborative relationships and interagency agreements;
(X) Candidates are prepared to assist teachers to identify educational program planning team members; and
(XI) Candidates are prepared to assure individual, family, and agency participation in transition planning and implementation.

Rule 505-3-.102 Special Education Visual Impairment Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare teachers to teach students with visual impairments in grades P-12. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Special Education Visual Impairment Endorsement are qualified to work with visually impaired students in grades P-12 and special education pre-school students (ages 3-5) under the following conditions:
(a) The educator may work collaboratively with a content area teacher of record in all content subjects.
(b) To serve as a teacher of record, the educator may teach only the content subjects of the base certificate field(s) and the Special Education academic content concentration with designated cognitive levels identified on the certificate.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program to candidates who hold Special Education P-12 certification or Special Education General Curriculum/Elementary Education (P-5) certification or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation Special Education or Special Education/Elementary Education (P-5) program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the standards published by the Council for Exceptional Children (2020):
1. Engaging in Professional Learning and Practice within Ethical Guidelines. Candidates practice within ethical and legal guidelines; advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while considering their social, cultural, and linguistic differences; and engage in ongoing self-reflection to design and implement professional learning activities.
(i) Candidates practice within ethical guidelines and legal policies and procedures;
(ii) Candidates advocate for improved outcomes for individuals with exceptionalities and their families while addressing the unique needs of those with varying social, cultural, and linguistic backgrounds; and
(iii) Candidates design and implement professional learning activities based on ongoing analysis of student learning; self-reflection; and professional standards, research, and contemporary practices.
2. Understanding and Addressing Each Individual's Developmental and Learning Needs. Candidates use their understanding of human growth and development, the multiple influences on development, individual differences, unique characteristics, including exceptionalities, and families and communities to plan and implement supportive and welcoming learning environments and experiences that provide individuals with exceptionalities high quality learning experiences reflective of each individual's strengths and needs.
(i) Candidates apply understanding of human growth and development to create developmentally appropriate and meaningful learning experiences that address individualized strengths and needs of students with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates use their knowledge and understanding of various factors that influence development and learning, including differences related to families, languages, cultures, and communities, and individual differences, including exceptionalities, to plan and implement learning experiences and environments.
3. Demonstrating Subject Matter Content and Specialized Curricular Knowledge. Candidates apply their understanding of the academic subject matter content of the general curriculum and specialized curricula to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for learners with exceptionalities.
(i) Candidates apply their understanding of academic subject matter content of the general curriculum to inform their programmatic and instructional decisions for individuals with exceptionalities; and
(ii) Candidates augment the general education curriculum to address skills and strategies that students with disabilities need to access the core curriculum and function successfully within a variety of contexts as well as the continuum of placement options to assure specially designed instruction is developed and implemented to achieve mastery of curricular standards and individualized goals and objectives.
4. Using Assessment to Understand the Learner and the Learning Environment for Databased Decision Making. Candidates assess students' learning, behavior, and the classroom environment in order to evaluate and support classroom and school-based problem-solving systems of intervention and instruction. Candidates evaluate students to determine their strengths and needs, contribute to students' eligibility determination, communicate students' progress, inform short and long-term instructional planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction using technology as appropriate.
(i) Candidates collaboratively develop, select, administer, analyze, and interpret multiple measures of student learning, behavior, and the classroom environment to evaluate and support classroom and school-based systems of intervention for students with and without exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates develop, select, administer, and interpret multiple, formal and informal, culturally and linguistically appropriate measures and procedures that are valid and reliable to contribute to eligibility determination for special education services; and
(iii) Candidates assess, collaboratively analyze, interpret, and communicate students' progress toward measurable outcomes using technology as appropriate, to inform both short- and long-term planning, and make ongoing adjustments to instruction.
5. Supporting Learning Using Effective Instruction. Candidates use knowledge of individuals' development, learning needs, and assessment data to inform decisions about effective instruction. Candidates use explicit instructional strategies and employ strategies to promote active engagement and increased motivation to individualize instruction to support each individual. Candidates use whole group instruction, flexible grouping, small group instruction, and individual instruction. Candidates teach individuals to use meta-/cognitive strategies to support and self-regulate learning.
(i) Candidates use findings from multiple assessments, including student self-assessment, that are responsive to cultural and linguistic differences and specialized as needed, to identify what students know and are able to do. They then interpret the assessment data to appropriately plan and guide instruction to meet rigorous academic and non-academic content and goals for each individual;
(ii) Candidates use effective strategies to promote active student engagement, increase student motivation, increase opportunities to respond, and enhance self-regulation of student learning;
(iii) Candidates use explicit, systematic instruction to teach content, strategies, and skills to make clear what a learner needs to do or think about while learning. Candidates use flexible grouping to support the use of instruction that is adapted to meet the needs of each individual and group; and
(iv) Candidates organize and manage focused, intensive small group instruction to meet the learning needs of each individual. Candidates plan and deliver specialized, individualized instruction that is used to meet the learning needs of each individual.
6. Supporting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Growth. Candidates create and contribute to safe, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities through the use of effective routines and procedures and use a range of preventive and responsive practices to support social, emotional and educational well-being. They follow ethical and legal guidelines and work collaboratively with families and other professionals to conduct behavioral assessments for intervention and program development.
(i) Candidates use effective routines and procedures to create safe, caring, respectful, and productive learning environments for individuals with exceptionalities;
(ii) Candidates use a range of preventive and responsive practices documented as effective to support individuals' social, emotional, and educational well-being; and
(iii) Candidates systematically use data from a variety of sources to identify the purpose or function served by problem behavior to plan, implement, and evaluate behavioral interventions and social skills programs, including generalization to other environments.
7. Collaborating with Team Members. Candidates apply team processes and communication strategies to collaborate in a culturally responsive manner with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the school, other educational settings, and the community to plan programs and access services for individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
(i) Candidates utilize communication, group facilitation, and problem-solving strategies in a culturally responsive manner to lead effective meetings and share expertise and knowledge to build team capacity and jointly address students' instructional and behavioral needs;
(ii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with families, paraprofessionals, and other professionals within the educational setting to assess, plan, and implement effective programs and services that promote progress toward measurable outcomes for individuals with and without exceptionalities and their families;
(iii) Candidates collaborate, communicate, and coordinate with professionals and agencies within the community to identify and access services, resources, and supports to meet the identified needs of individuals with exceptionalities and their families; and
(iv) Candidates work with and mentor paraprofessionals in the paraprofessionals' role of supporting the education of individuals with exceptionalities and their families.
8. Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the Specialty Standards for Special Education Visual Impairment published by the Council for Exception Children (2012).
(i) Learner Development and Individual Learning Differences.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the development of the human visual system and areas of the brain involved in processing visual images;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the most prevalent causes of severe, uncorrectable visual impairment in children and youth ages birth to 22;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of terminology related to diseases and disorder of the human visual system, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of implications of prevalent visual conditions;
(V) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of sensory development and its impact on development and learning when vision is impaired;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the impact and implications of sociocultural/psychosocial factors on social-emotional development;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to accurately read, interpret, and summarize eye reports and serve as liaison to families and other members of the education team to individual services;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to select and develop assessment and teaching strategies, accommodations and modifications that address age, visual impairment, family values and priorities, visual prognosis, and other individual characteristics;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to use nonvisual/alternate strategies to promote attachment, early communication/literacy, orientation and mobility, and independence to address the effects of visual impairment on families and the reciprocal impact on individuals' self-esteem; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to select, adapt, and use nonvisual/alternate instructional strategies to address co-occurring disabilities and other individual characteristics.
(ii) Learning Environments.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of physical and virtual environmental factors that impact the acquisition of spatial and positional concepts, access to and synthesis of data visualizations, and other concepts typically acquired through vision;
(II) Candidates are prepared to identify and implement physical and virtual environmental accommodations and modifications to facilitate optimal sensory use and multisensory access to, and active participation in, individual and group activities in general and expanded core curriculum environments;
(III) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with team members to design and implement environments that promote optimal sensory use, foundational orientation and mobility skills, independence, social engagement, and efficient storage of specialized materials;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to identify unique issues specific to visual impairment for accessing digital multimedia and virtually built environments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to use ergonomics and appropriate technology settings aligned with students' preferred learning media and low tech strategies to support ubiquitous computing to promote access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to facilitate incidental learning experiences to address nonvisual access to physical and virtual environments;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to evaluate social skills and design behavior strategies for learners with visual impairments to maximize positive social engagement and interaction across environments;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to teach developmentally appropriate human guide, self-familiarization with new environments, protective, and alignment techniques for independent travel to promote safety across environments;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to teach orientation skills using environmental features, self-advocacy for optimal environmental accommodations and modifications, including requesting and refusing assistance as needed; and
(X) Candidates are prepared to teach nonvisual and alternate strategies for promoting digital citizenship and secure online practices.
(iii) Curricular Content Knowledge.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the relationship of individualized assessment, intervention planning/implementation, development of individualized education programs/individualized family service plans, progress monitoring, and placement specific to unique needs of students with visual impairment including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of a wide range of instructional and assistive technologies specific to visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate proficiency in reading, writing, proofreading, and interlining alphabetic and fully contracted Unified English Braille;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate basic proficiency in reading and writing braille for mathematic and scientific notation and in using the abacus;
(V) Candidates are prepared to produce braille with brailler, slate and stylus, computer (including use of braille translation software), and braille production methods;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate basic proficiency in human guide, protective, alignment, and search techniques in orientation and mobility with developmentally appropriate modifications;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to identify specialized resources unique to visual impairment to address the specific communication needs of students with varied communication abilities, reading levels, and language proficiency;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to develop, implement, and continuously monitor learning objectives and goals for optimizing sensory efficiency, developing concepts, and accessing the general and expanded core curriculum across settings; and
(IX) Candidates are prepared to identify and adapt general education and visual impairment specific curricula for instruction of literacy, other academic areas, and the expanded core curriculum.
(iv) Assessment.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the challenges of assessing students with visual impairments, including cerebra/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the options for specialized assessment materials and equipment for unique sensory needs;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role of specialized, individualized assessment data unique to visual impairment for pre-referral, referral, annual, and tri-annual processes;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the implications of short and long terms use of accommodations and modifications unique to students with visual impairments, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities;
(V) Candidates are prepared to interpret medical reports and multiple sources of data, including background information and family history, to plan and implement nondiscriminatory assessments;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use multiple sources of valid information/data, including data from formal/informal assessments to evaluate the effectiveness of intervention, instruction, specialized media, materials, equipment, and the physical environment;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to use valid assessment results and medical reports to determine eligibility for vision specific services, for students with and without specific visual diagnoses;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to use valid assessment data and knowledge of the potential impact of visual impairment on psychosocial functioning to identify when referral for services is needed;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to adapt assessments when tests are not validated on individuals with visual impairments to determine baseline performance;
(X) Candidates are prepared to identify assessment items and measures that are biased and make recommendations for non-visual or alternate accommodations and modifications;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with team members and families to plan and implement assessment and interpret assessment results on issues specific to visual impairment;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to conduct individualized functional vision, learning media, assistive technology and other expanded core curriculum-related assessments;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to interpret and/or assess cognitive, motor, social, and language concepts unique to individuals with visual impairments;
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to use multiple sources of data to determine appropriate learning and literacy media (braille, print, or dual) and assistive technology;
(XV) Candidates are prepared to interpret assessment results to determine individual needs to support acquisition of skills in the general and expanded core curriculum;
(XVI) Candidates are prepared to advocate for reasonable nonvisual and alternate accommodations and modifications on standardized assessments;
(XVII) Candidates are prepared to address limitations of standard scores and non-standard data when communicating visual impairment specific assessment data to educational teams and families;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to assess accessibility needs of individuals who are visually impaired who are English learners or from diverse backgrounds; and
(XIX) Candidates are prepared to use results of clinical low vision evaluation, functional vision, learning media, and assistive technology assessments to identify optimal assistive technology.
(v) Instructional Planning and Strategies.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the proper use and care of braille and braille production devices and technology equipment, including maintenance of devices and software updates;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the importance of creating positive, productive learning environments that foster independence and student achievement, and that reduce the tendency of others to engender learned helplessness in learners with visual impairments; and
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of knowledge of evidence-based practices for teaching students with visual impairments, including cerebral/cortical visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities.
(IV) Candidates are prepared to develop, coordinate, and implement appropriate programs for infants and young children with visual impairment, including those with cerebral/cortical visual impairment and co-occurring disabilities, and their families;
(V) Candidates are prepared to obtain resources, including published curricula, for braille codes currently in use;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to use digital resources, hardware, and software to produce and access materials in accessible media including the conversion of print materials into braille, tactile, and/or digital formats;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to teach varied visual, nonvisual, and multi-sensory devices, programs, and software to launch, navigate, save, and retrieve information on devices and local systems and online;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to select and use various visual, nonvisual, multisensory, and adaptive methods to teach technology skills by integrating students' assessed needs into instructional methods for teaching sensory efficiency skills, use of learning media, individual keyboarding, reading, writing, editing, and listening skills;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to plan and implement explicit instruction in assistive technology, including digital citizenship, that integrates students' ability to meet, manage, and advocate for their own needs;
(X) Candidates are prepared to integrate basic principles of accessibility to select, create, adapt, and format text, images, and media to promote usability and accessibility to meet the individual needs of students with visual impairments;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to provide systematic, explicit braille literacy instruction using embossed materials and digital technologies to meet individual needs;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to teach the use of the abacus, accessible calculator, tactile graphics, adapted equipment, and appropriate technology for mathematics and science instruction to meet individual needs;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to teach students to access, interpret, and create increasingly complex printed and digital graphics in visual and/or tactile forms, including maps, charts, diagrams, and tables, based on individual needs;
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to teach students to access, interpret, and create increasingly complex printed and digital graphics in visual and/or tactile forms, including maps, charts, diagrams, and tables, based on individual needs;
(XV) Candidates are prepared to teach students with low vision to use optical, electronic, and non-optical devices to optimize visual efficiency and independently use dual learning media such as visual and auditory information, or auditory and tactile information;
(XVI) Candidates are prepared to promote and reinforce sensorimotor and physical skills, including gross and fine motor skills, posture, balance, purposeful movement, and strength to meet individual needs unique to visual impairment;
(XVII) Candidates are prepared to teach basic orientation, body image, spatial, temporal, positional, directional, and environmental concepts based on individual needs to promote motor skill development, orientation and mobility, and academic and social inclusion;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to teach and reinforce human guide techniques to students with visual impairment, their peers, and others who interact with them;
(XIX) Candidates are prepared to orient students to unfamiliar environments;
(XX) Candidates are prepared to reinforce skills taught by orientation and mobility specialists to support the use of mobility devices and dog guides, for orientation and mobility;
(XXI) Candidates are prepared to teach independent living and organization skills using alternate and nonvisual strategies;
(XXII) Candidates are prepared to teach social communication skills related to appropriate body language, non-verbal communication, and social etiquette;
(XXIII) Candidates are prepared to teach development and monitoring of relationships and friendships, and knowledge of self, including human sexuality;
(XXIV) Candidates are prepared to teach skills usually acquired visually to develop and enhance participation in fitness/leisure/recreation activities, hobbies, and team and spectator sports to facilitate inclusion across settings;
(XXV) Candidates are prepared to teach students to recognize and report behaviors that they may not perceive visually that may threaten their personal safety and wellbeing;
(XXVI) Candidates are prepared to teach students their legal rights and responsibilities related to being a citizen with a visual impairment;
(XXVII) Candidates are prepared to prepare students with progressive visual conditions to transition to alternative skills;
(XVIII) Candidates are prepared to collaboratively develop, implement, and continuously monitor communication goals, objectives, and systems for students with visual impairments and co-occurring disabilities;
(XXIX) Candidates are prepared to teach students to recognize and report behaviors that they may not perceive visually that may threaten their personal safety and wellbeing;
(XXX) Candidates are prepared to select, adapt, and use nonvisual/alternate instructional strategies to address co-occurring disabilities; and
(XXXI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate an understanding of the knowledge of a range of cost effective technological devices from low to high tech for the instructional needs specific to visual impairment.
(vi) Professional Learning and Ethical Practice.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of roles and responsibilities of teachers and support personnel in providing services for students with visual impairments in a range of settings;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of current knowledge of eligibility criteria for specialized services, funding, and materials sources specific to visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the historical, political, and sociocultural forces unique to the education of students with visual impairments;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate awareness of the impact of nonverbal reactions and behaviors that are not accessible to students with visual impairments;
(V) Candidates are prepared to understand the role in determining and recommending appropriate type and amount of services based on evaluation of needs in all areas of the expanded core curriculum;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of current knowledge of laws that impact and protect individuals with visual impairments;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the roles of all members of educational/vision care teams;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to develop and maintain professional learning and practice by actively participating in professional organizations;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to articulate instructional and professional philosophies and ethical practices to address the specific needs of students with visual impairment across settings including the expanded core curriculum;
(X) Candidates are prepared to articulate and advocate for individual needs regarding placement, service delivery models, type and amount of service, and key components of services unique to visual impairment across ages and settings;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to advocate for reasonable nonvisual and alternate accommodations and modifications on standardized assessments;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to advocate for evidence-based educational policy related to visual impairment and low incidence disabilities;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to articulate a plan for maintaining continuous professional development to remain current on all areas of the expanded core curriculum, with particular attention to assistive and instructional technology, most prevalent causes of and medical treatments for severe visual impairment, and co-occurring disabilities; and
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to evaluate and discern credible and scholarly sources of information about visual impairments, including knowledge of valid and reliable research techniques.
(vii) Collaboration.
(I) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in conveying, to families and teams, information about the impact and implications of visual impairment on development and learning and access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(II) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in working collaboratively with families and teams for referral for counseling, therapy, or other services to address the unique needs of visual impairment;
(III) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate understanding of the role in increasing awareness of accessibility in physical and virtual environments and improving open access to information for families and the educational team;
(IV) Candidates are prepared to demonstrate the importance of role models with visual impairment for a full range of individual learners across settings;
(V) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with educational team and families on service delivery issues unique to visual impairment;
(VI) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with technology and curriculum development staff on accessibility needs;
(VII) Candidates are prepared to serve as liaison between medical care providers, families, and other members of the educational team;
(VIII) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with vision care professionals to facilitate access to the general and expanded core curriculum;
(IX) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and orientation and mobility specialists to reinforce orientation and mobility skills and other expanded core curriculum skills;
(X) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and other team members to plan and implement transitions;
(XI) Candidates are prepared to instruct and supervise paraeducators, and provide information to families and the educational team in nonvisual strategies that promote independence and autonomy;
(XII) Candidates are prepared to instruct and supervise paraeducators and braille transcribers, and provide information to families and the educational team on the production of accessible media;
(XIII) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with families and the educational team to promote literacy development; and
(XIV) Candidates are prepared to collaborate with assistive technology professionals to identify and support customized tools to meet the accessibility needs of individuals with visual impairment.

Rule 505-3-.103 Multi-Tiered System of Supports Facilitator Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to serve as the multi-tiered system of supports (MTSS) facilitator for schools in Georgia that use a systematic process to address the needs of the whole child (P-12). This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Multi-Tiered System of Supports Facilitator Endorsement Program are qualified to perform the duties assigned to individuals in the MTSS Facilitator position.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, service certificate, or Life certificate is required for program admission.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards adapted from the essential components and fidelity rubrics from the Center for Response to Intervention (2014).
1. The Learner. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Are knowledgeable about the methodology of teaching and learning and stages of child development, including the importance of family, school, and peer contexts for understanding student academic performance and behavior and for intervention selection to address student difficulties;
(ii) Are aware of individual differences in learning, including but not limited to the influence of culture, language, and disability, in response to instruction/intervention;
(iii) Have knowledge of and communicate theories and practices of behavior and classroom management;
(iv) Have knowledge on the management of intervention and instruction, and differentiated instructional practices;
(v) Have knowledge of universal, targeted, and intensive levels of academic and behavioral interventions; and
(vi) Have knowledge of how to promote and assess treatment fidelity and integrity of implementation.
2. Leadership. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Collaborate with leaders about the rights and/or needs of students, secure additional resources within the building or district that support student learning, and facilitate effective communication with targeted audiences;
(ii) Foster a collaborative culture of responsibility, respect, and trust to support educator development and student learning;
(iii) Are knowledgeable about school improvement and research proven best practice frameworks;
(iv) Lead changes by modeling effective communication skills, building consensus, and utilizing data to generate solutions to issues of mutual importance;
(v) Access, disaggregate, and analyze MTSS, and other data sources to inform school and system improvement planning and improve student learning;
(vi) Help students to become self-advocates: understand their own learning and the need for self-directed learning skills; actively participate in the learning process; and know how to get assistance;
(vii) Facilitate discussion to compare student needs with curriculum standards to determine intervention intensity; and
(viii) Give and solicit continuous objective feedback and acknowledge credit due to others.
3. School-Family-Community Partnerships. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Communicate the MTSS Framework with parents through invitation, encouragement, and education, including explanation of their role and responsibilities;
(ii) Utilize knowledge and understanding of the different backgrounds, ethnicities, cultures, and languages in the school community to promote effective communication and collaboration among colleagues, families, and the larger community;
(iii) Facilitate and encourage use of culturally responsive strategies, assessments, and interventions to enrich the educational experiences of students and enable high levels of learning for all students; and
(iv) Collaborate with all stakeholders to develop comprehensive supports to address the variety of educational needs of families and the community.
4. Professional Learning. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Engage the learning community (team, school, system, and community) to identify and systematically address professional job-embedded learning needs related to the effectiveness of MTSS;
(ii) Demonstrate understanding of how adults learn and differentiate ongoing education opportunities for an extensive variety of learning needs;
(iii) Collaborate with other professionals within and outside the system to share and engage in research, best practices, and pursue continuous improvement to achieve successful student outcomes;
(iv) Partner with school/system leadership to prioritize, monitor, and coordinate resources for educator learning; and
(v) Electronically manage documents, forms, data, and resources to effectively and securely share student information.
5. Legal and Regulatory Requirements. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Understand the judicial origin and legal intent of the MTSS framework;
(ii) Know and apply the laws, policies, and ethical principles regarding classroom management;
(iii) Know the rights and responsibilities of students, teachers, parents, and other professionals as it relates to implementation of MTSS; and
(iv) Understand and communicate pertinent aspects of applicable statutes and rules including but not limited to:
(I) State Board of Education SST Rule ;
(II) Section 504 of 1973 Rehabilitation Act, P.L. 93-112;
(III) Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA/IDEIA);
(IV) Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and confidentiality issues;
(V) Records retention schedule for SST records (where required by LUA);
(VI) Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA);
(VII) System Improvement Plan, School Improvement Plan;
(VIII) Georgia HB 605: The Improved Student Learning Environment and Discipline Act;
(IX) Georgia Code of Ethics for Educators; and
(X) State reporting requirements, as applicable.
6. Screening. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Assist in identifying screening tools for all areas (i.e., academics and behavior);
(ii) Ensure that the screening tools are brief, valid and reliable, and that correlations between the instruments and valued outcomes are strong;
(iii) Establish procedures to ensure universal screening for more than once a year and for implementation fidelity (i.e., all students are tested, scores are accurate, cut points/decisions are accurate);
(iv) Utilize screening results, with at least two other data sources (e.g., classroom performance, curriculum-based assessment, state assessments performance, diagnostic assessment data, short-term progress monitoring) to determine the level of risk and to identify students who need further assessments;
(v) Use results to identify the needs of all students and to inform the data-based decision making process (i.e., tiered supports); and
(vi) Utilize a data system to store and access student data in a timely fashion.
7. Progress Monitoring. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Establish procedures to ensure progress monitoring occurs at recommended intervals based on tiered support;
(ii) Assist in selecting progress monitoring tools that have sufficient forms for all areas (i.e., academics and behavior);
(iii) Ensure that minimum acceptable growth is specified and benchmarks for minimum acceptable end-of-year performance are provided;
(iv) Make sure that procedures are in place to ensure implementation fidelity (i.e., appropriate students are tested, scores are accurate, decision-making rules are applied consistently); and
(v) Utilize results to inform the data-based decision making process.
8. Data-based Decision Making. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who can facilitate a data-driven, decision-making process and who:
(i) Analyze data from universal screeners and progress monitoring to determine the needs of all students;
(ii) Disaggregate and analyze data at different levels (school-wide, grade-level, classroom, student, etc.);
(iii) Use data to plan and support effective instruction, and to determine and support movement between tiers;
(iv) Determine the effectiveness of evidence-based practices and interventions based on frequent progress monitoring data;
(v) Utilize data to determine enrichment opportunities for students who need acceleration and to determine which students (and educators) need extra support;
(vi) Assist in facilitating school-based data teams focused on student achievement;
(vii) Use a variety of formative and summative data to drive instructional decisions;
(viii) Ensure there are consistent learning experiences among students in the same grade and subject with different teachers (effective collaborative planning);
(ix) Make data-driven professional learning decisions;
(x) Ensure that discussions about students are data-driven (academic and behavior);
(xi) Determine the fidelity of implementation of professional learning based on data;
(xii) Assist in establishing clear decision rules (e.g., movement between levels or tiers, determination of appropriate instruction or interventions);
(xiii) Choose realistic measurable instructional/behavioral goals for the student;
(xiv) Develop an educational plan that specifies research/evidence-based interventions and practices, progress monitoring and fidelity of measures, and implementation steps;
(xv) Implement a plan with fidelity, assess student progress frequently, and provide ongoing feedback to parents/guardians, students, and staff as appropriate; and
(xvi) Periodically evaluate an educational plan, adjust the plan, transition to a different tier, or close the case, as appropriate.
9. Instruction. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Use data and information about the student to access and identify research/evidence based practices and interventions to appropriately address the learner's instructional needs;
(ii) Prioritize and evaluate instructional alternatives/solutions and plan instruction;
(iii) Manage multiple components of effective teams, including communicating and defining roles and responsibilities of team members; developing procedures; identifying resources (personnel, materials, time); organizing documentation; record keeping; applying brainstorming strategies; utilizing conflict resolution techniques; evaluating procedures; and setting goals;
(iv) Communicate clearly and effectively in oral, written, and non-verbal forms; apply listening and responding skills (e.g., acknowledging, paraphrasing, reflecting, clarifying; elaborating, summarizing); and interview effectively to elicit/share information and explore problems;
(v) Draw upon expertise of staff, parents, and invited specialists for collaborative consultation, information, and support, creating an supportive and welcoming culture where ideas are welcomed in developing solutions;
(vi) Utilize the team process to communicate with team members, school personnel, families, and others as appropriate through various technological devices;
(vii) Advocate for specific student learning needs and recognize trends to direct instructional planning in the classroom and school wide; and
(viii) Access, disaggregate, and analyze MTSS, and other data sources to inform school and system improvement planning and improve student learning.
10. Multi-level Prevention System. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Demonstrate an understanding of the characteristics of an effective multi-level prevention system as an integral component of Georgia's Systems of Continuous Improvement Framework focusing on the systems and structures (the "what") that must be in place for sustained improvement in student outcomes;
(ii) Articulate the essential components of Georgia's Tiered System of Supports for students: Screening, Progress Monitoring, Multi-Level Prevention System, Data-Based Decision Making, and Infrastructure;
(iii) Identify and demonstrate knowledge of differentiated instruction, progress monitoring, screening, and specialized instruction as it applies to multi-level prevention systems to maximize student achievement and behavior outcomes;
(iv) Identify and support implementation of the three tiers of instruction:
(I) Primary level:
I. Demonstrate knowledge of cut scores and target scores for identification using universal screeners and progress monitoring tools;
II. Identify targeted students through established criteria;
III. Articulate and support implementation of the necessary dimensions of effective core curriculum instruction at the primary level; and
IV. Demonstrate knowledge of research-based curriculum, evidence-based practices, and high-leverage practices.
(II) Secondary level:
I. Identify targeted students through established criteria;
II. Articulate and support implementation of the necessary dimensions of instruction at the primary level;
III. Select, implement, and monitor fidelity of interventions at the secondary level;
IV. Demonstrate knowledge of required levels of evidence, content, frequency, and duration of instruction necessary at the secondary level;
V. Demonstrate knowledge of research-based curriculum, evidence-based practices, and high-leverage practices at the secondary level;
VI. Demonstrate knowledge of cut scores and target scores for identification using universal screeners and progress monitoring tools; and
VII. Demonstrate knowledge of appropriate settings, group size, and schedule (frequency and duration) for selected interventions at the secondary level.
(III) Tertiary level:
I. Identify the targeted students through established criteria;
II. Articulate and support implementation of the necessary dimensions of instruction at the primary level;
III. Select, implement, and monitor fidelity of interventions at the tertiary level;
IV. Demonstrate knowledge of required levels of evidence, content, frequency, and duration of instruction necessary at the tertiary level;
V. Demonstrate knowledge of research-based curriculum, evidence-based practices, and high-leverage practices;
VI. Demonstrate knowledge of cut scores and target scores for identification using universal screeners and progress monitoring tools;
VII. Demonstrate knowledge of appropriate settings, group size, and schedule (frequency and duration) for selected interventions at the secondary level;
VIII. Design instructional interventions, strategies, and practices based upon assessment, data analysis, and teacher input;
IX. Redesign, maintain, or discontinue instructional interventions, strategies, and practices based upon ongoing assessment data from progress monitoring;
X. Develop and implement processes and procedures for assessing the effectiveness of the MTSS framework; and
XI. Document individual student instructional intervention plans, along with progress monitoring, redesign, maintenance, or completion of plan.
11. Technology. The program shall prepare facilitators of multi-tiered system of supports who:
(i) Identify and use various technologies to gather, monitor progress, and analyze data in order to use information to improve student learning and align education practices with school improvement goals.

Rule 505-3-.104 Teacher Leader Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to serve in teacher leader roles in grades P-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Teacher Leader Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competencies to:
(a) Facilitate the design and implementation of sustained, intensive, and job-embedded professional learning based on identified student and teacher needs;
(b) Work with others to promote the development of a school culture that fosters excellence in teaching and learning and focuses on continuous improvement creating a sense of belonging and building a collaborative work environment;
(c) Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of curriculum and apply this knowledge to the alignment of curriculum, instruction, and assessment to standards;
(d) Model best practices in pedagogy and serve as a mentor and coach for other educators;
(e) Work with others to design and implement assessment practices and analyze data for monitoring and improving teaching and learning;
(f) Both explore existing research and also engage in the research process for the purpose of improving teaching and learning via the application of the collective findings; and
(g) Demonstrate the ability to collaborate with all stakeholders to improve student learning and foster/influence change.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Induction, Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, service certificate, leadership certificate, or Life certificate is required for program admission. While at least one year of successful classroom teaching experience is required for program admission, this program is better suited for teachers who have completed the induction phase of their careers, or have at least three years of teaching experience.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who will facilitate the design and implementation of sustained, intensive, and job-embedded professional learning based on identified student and teacher needs. The teacher leader:
(i) Applies appropriate knowledge and strategies of adult learning theories across teacher leadership and professional learning practices;
(ii) Models lifelong learning for students, colleagues, and community stakeholders by being reflective, by engaging in professional development, advocating for the profession, and staying current and knowledgeable of policy, trends, and practices in education;
(iii) Works with others to build, lead, and assist with creating and sustaining viable professional learning communities designed to support the collaborative work of schools;
(iv) Collects data in order to diagnose staff needs, works with administrators to implement strategies to address needs, and provides ongoing support;
(v) Mentors colleagues and participates in professional learning via supportive observation and feedback that models reflective practice;
(vi) Stays current with research on the organizational conditions and features of effective professional learning, which are necessary for designing and implementing ongoing professional learning experiences that are based on best practices and identified teacher and student needs;
(vii) Involves colleagues in development, implementation, and evaluation of a coherent professional learning plan based on school goals;
(viii) Teaches and models changes in teacher practices that are necessary for improvement in student learning;
(ix) Applies the knowledge and skills of effective mentoring, coaching, and instructional leadership to provide support for teachers' professional learning and practice;
(x) Utilizes multiple measures to continually assess the effectiveness of professional learning activities and makes adjustments as needed; and
(xi) Designs, facilitates, and implements professional development aligned to state and national professional learning standards.
2. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who work with others to promote the development of a school culture that fosters excellence in teaching and learning and focuses on continuous improvement, creating a sense of belonging, and building a collaborative work environment. The teacher leader:
(i) Works with others to create an environment where colleagues and students take learning risks, where fear of initial failure is minimized and mistakes are openly discussed;
(ii) Uses effective conflict management, team building, and consensus-building skills in a variety of contexts to build a culture of collaboration, respect, trust and high expectations;
(iii) Works with others to create an environment that encourages needed change using a research-based change model;
(iv) Supports analysis of the school's culture and builds understanding of the impact of organizational culture on teaching and learning;
(v) Engages colleagues in creating a culture supportive of a collaborative learning community that embraces a shared vision of mission and desired results;
(vi) Considers the ethical and legal implications of decisions made individually and collectively;
(vii) Is informed on emerging trends and initiatives, and as a result helps the school or school district refine, redefine, or sharpen its vision;
(viii) Facilitates the development of an interdependent culture of improvement and accountability grounded in the belief that collective responsibility and commitment to the team are fundamental to the school's success;
(ix) Clarifies issues to sharpen the focus on the elements of student, adult, and organizational culture that are most important to the school's success; and
(x) Works with others to build a culture that personalizes the work and learning of colleagues and students.
3. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of curriculum and apply this knowledge to lead colleagues to align curriculum, instruction, and assessment to standards. The teacher leader:
(i) Possesses an in-depth knowledge of his/her discipline, and is knowledgeable about the structure of the curriculum;
(ii) Understands how the programs of study from various disciplines and grade levels are related and sequenced in order to design and deliver meaningful and relevant professional learning and instructional strategies;
(iii) Uses a variety of processes to engage and focus teachers in cooperative planning to improve teaching and learning;
(iv) Uses appropriate research-informed protocols to audit curriculum and analyze student work to assure high expectations for all students;
(v) Demonstrates deep understanding of the curriculum and is able to use a variety of protocols and organizing frameworks to engage in discussions about what students should know, understand, and do in each instructional unit based on those standards;
(vi) Identifies content specific resources that are important in the curriculum implementation process; and
(vii) Leads others in prioritizing, mapping, and monitoring the implementation of the curriculum.
4. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who model best practices in pedagogy and serve as a mentor and coach for other educators. The teacher leader:
(i) Models and articulates exemplary instructional practices and strategies based on evidence-based research;
(ii) Models the effective application of curriculum standards, instructional choices, and a variety of student assessment practices;
(iii) Guides and assists teachers in designing and planning quality and meaningful student work and learning experiences;
(iv) Assists teachers in developing higher order questions that promote thoughtful discourse and critical thinking in the classroom;
(v) Guides teachers in the in-depth understanding of lesson planning and delivery of content in clear and meaningful ways;
(vi) Models the integration of technology to support classroom instruction and student learning; and
(vii) Coaches teachers through the reflective process so that they examine their existing practices for the purpose of improving their future planning.
5. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who work with others to design and implement assessment practices and analyze data for monitoring and improving teaching and learning through data-informed decision making. The teacher leader:
(i) Guides teachers in the selection of appropriate assessment instruments and practical assessment strategies to improve instruction and monitor student learning;
(ii) Assists teachers in identifying resources and providing appropriate support services for specific student needs;
(iii) Assists teachers in using formative and summative data to assess student progress toward and attainment of expected outcomes;
(iv) Facilitates teachers in the collection, analysis, use, and interpretation of varied assessment data for instructional decisions and changes;
(v) Facilitates the use of multiple sources of evidence to monitor and evaluate teaching and learning; and
(vi) Is knowledgeable of research on the appropriate use of assessment instruments and data analysis techniques, and can coach colleagues on their implementation.
6. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who collaborate to explore existing research, engage in new research, and apply those collective findings to the improvement of teaching and learning. The teacher leader:
(i) Guides colleagues to relevant research to find the appropriate method and solutions for instructional problems and challenges;
(ii) Conducts and facilitates action research to improve educational outcomes and to help address critical educational issues;
(iii) Follows legal and ethical procedures when conducting research;
(iv) Reads and stays informed of current educational research, trends, and innovations; and shares current research with the school community;
(v) Analyzes a variety of valid, reliable, and evidence based research before making decisions; and
(vi) Initiates new or different approaches based on informed decision-making.
7. Candidates who complete the program are teacher leaders who demonstrate the ability to collaborate with all stakeholders to improve student learning and foster, as well as influence change. The teacher leader:
(i) Facilitates group processes and builds alliances between and among stakeholders necessary for school improvement;
(ii) Exhibits strong interpersonal skills that establish and maintain effective working relationships;
(iii) Develops and sustains trusting, productive, and supportive relationships with all stakeholders;
(iv) Promotes an atmosphere of collaboration through the effective use of problem solving processes and protocols;
(v) Supports colleagues in the development and improvement of interpersonal skills;
(vi) Promotes effective communication and collaboration with the school community's broad range of backgrounds and populations to enrich the educational experience of all students;
(vii) Articulates and advocates to various audiences the rationale and processes of school improvement;
(viii) Facilitates open dialogue of ideas and information that support student achievement goals and the change of teaching and learning practices; and
(ix) Identifies and effectively utilizes resources to promote school, family, and community relations.

Rule 505-3-.105 Teacher Support and Coaching (TSC) Endorsement Program

(1) Definitions.
(a) Coach: A coach supports the performance of the induction phase protégé in reaching a specific goal(s).
(b) Mentor: A mentor is highly committed to supporting the personal growth of the induction phase protégé. The mentor provides guidance, shares knowledge and experiences, and supports the induction phase protégé in making a positive impact on student growth and achievement.
(c) Protégé: The teacher candidate in the Pre-service or Induction phase, or Professional educators seeking to improve performance through reflection and modifications of practices.
(2) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare educators to supervise individuals completing clinical practice (residency, student teaching, or internship) requirements as a part of a preparation program or to mentor/coach protégés in the Induction and Professional phases of their careers, and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS. The standards delineated in Rule , COACHING ENDORSEMENT, are embedded in this rule; therefore, a candidate's successful completion of the TSC program will result in two endorsements: the Teacher Support and Coaching (TSC) Endorsement and the Coaching Endorsement.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Teacher Support and Coaching Endorsement are qualified to supervise pre-service teachers completing clinical practice requirements, to mentor interns or induction-phase teachers, to guide practicums, and to support other professional learning experiences for teachers.
(4) Requirements.
(a) A valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, leadership certificate, Life certificate, or service certificate with a recommendation to serve as a TSC from a local unit of administration or school administrator is required for program admission. Educators admitted to the program holding leadership, Life, or service certificates must have held a Professional teaching certificate.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved EPP shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, websites, or syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare the TSC coach to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to identify performance criteria as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to analyze the context of the protégé's teaching assignment in order to identify and connect organizational criteria with the protégé's performance. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Identify the organization's mission, vision, beliefs and goals;
(II) Analyze the alignment of the mission, vision, beliefs and goals to the roles, responsibilities and performances required for the protégé's teaching assignment; and
(III) Communicate this alignment.
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to analyze the strengths and opportunities for growth of the protégé to meet the organization's performance criteria. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Communicate the expected performance criteria;
(II) Assess the protégé's understanding of the performance criteria;
(III) Analyze the strengths of the protégé against performance criteria;
(IV) Assist the protégé in self-assessment and reflection against performance criteria;
(V) Determine the protégé's "opportunities for growth" against the performance criteria;
(VI) Assist the protégé's self-assessment to determine his/her "opportunities for growth" against the performance criteria; and
(VII) Support protégés in the development of confidence in the ability to achieve the performance criteria.
2. The program shall prepare the TSC to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to demonstrate the knowledge and understanding of performance assessments and analysis of results as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to identify and effectively implement appropriate assessments for the protégé based on roles, responsibilities, positions and performance criteria. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Identify and use multiple assessments;
(II) Identify and use appropriate assessments for role and context;
(III) Identify and use appropriate questioning techniques for diagnostic and/or clarifying purposes;
(IV) Use active and empathetic listening skills for diagnostic and/or clarifying purposes; and
(V) Demonstrate the effective use of coaching processes.
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to analyze results from assessments. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Demonstrate effective analysis skills for performance assessments for protégé's strengths and areas of growth;
(II) Analyze and identify barriers to performance;
(III) Compare opportunities for growth identified by TSC, protégé and the local unit of administration/school;
(IV) Communicate effectively to the protégé the results of assessments; and
(V) Demonstrate data interpretation/analysis.
3. The program shall prepare the TSC to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to develop, maintain, and implement an effective coaching plan as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to plan effective coaching for and in collaboration with the protégé. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Create collaboratively a growth plan for the protégé to include regularly scheduled meetings and goals that are specific, measurable, attainable, and realistic and have target dates (SMART goals);
(II) Encourage the protégé to take on new and challenging tasks; and
(III) Define actions that will enable the protégé to meet their SMART goals.
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to demonstrate ability to manage the coaching progress and accountability. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Meet with the protégé to adjust plan as warranted based on evidence;
(II) Progress Monitor the coaching plan to keep coaching on track; and
(III) Develop a system to help the protégé self-monitor.
(iii) The program shall prepare the TSC to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to implement the knowledge and skills of effective coaching. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Work with local unit of administration/school to identify a protégé during Clinical Practice;
(II) Identify resources used to inform Clinical Practice; and
(III) Schedule agreed upon time with protégé to implement effective coaching skills.
4. The program shall prepare TSCs who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions to create a supportive and reflective environment while establishing a relationship of trust with all stakeholders in the coaching process as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to establish and maintain a highly confidential relationship with the protégé. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Understand the importance of confidentiality and trust;
(II) Protect and maintain confidentiality and trust; and
(III) Communicate to others the importance of confidentiality in the TSC/protégé relationship.
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to recognize and address the significance of relationship building skills. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Foster a positive relationship for high performance;
(II) Demonstrate respect for protégé's perception, learning style, and individuality;
(III) Recognize and address cross-generational/cultural/other differences; and
(IV) Demonstrate effective listening and reflection.
(iii) The program shall prepare the TSC to maintain a professional ethical environment. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Demonstrate professional conduct at all times;
(II) Recognize and address personal issues that may impair, conflict, or interfere with coaching performance or professional relationships; and
(III) Show genuine concern for the protégé's welfare and future.
(iv) The program shall prepare the TSC to demonstrate collaboration skills. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Participate effectively in partnerships and networks of support to include all stakeholders;
(II) Serve as a member of protégé's professional team; and
(III) Provide on-going support and advocacy.
5. The program shall prepare the TSC to have the knowledge, skills, and dispositions to communicate effectively with the protégé as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to utilize effective verbal skills. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Identify and use appropriate questioning techniques for diagnostic purposes;
(II) Identify and use appropriate questioning techniques for clarifying; and
(III) Use active and empathetic listening skills for diagnostic and/or clarifying purposes;
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to use effective written skills. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Write for varied audiences and situations;
(II) Write clear statements for improved performance;
(III) Understand the legal implications of the written word including use of all electronic communications; and
(IV) Demonstrate proper grammar, usage, and mechanics including all electronic communications.
(iii) The program shall prepare the TSC to use effective non-verbal skills to communicate independently of spoken or written words. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Use active listening skills;
(II) Recognize and analyze body language; and
(III) Recognize the non-verbal implications of the coaching environment.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions of effective instructional coaching to assist protégés in planning, implementing, and assessing classroom instruction engaging all students in active learning as follows:
(i) The program shall prepare the TSC to guide protégés in the in-depth understanding of lesson planning and delivery of content in differentiated, clear, and meaningful ways. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Guide and assist protégés in designing and planning quality and meaningful student work and learning experiences;
(II) Assist protégés in developing higher order questions that promote thoughtful discourse and critical thinking in the classroom; and
(III) Assist the protégé in the use of knowledge of student learning styles and interest to choose appropriate strategies to engage students in learning.
(ii) The program shall prepare the TSC to lead the protégé in the implementation of the plan for student learning and growth. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Lead the protégé to consistently integrate technology to support classroom instruction and student learning;
(II) Model effective classroom management strategies;
(III) Model and articulate exemplary instructional practices and strategies based on current research; and
(IV) Model the effective application of curriculum standards, instructional choices, and student learning monitoring.
(iii) The program shall prepare the TSC who demonstrates knowledge, skills, and dispositions to use student work to evaluate and inform practice. The TSC will know and be able to:
(I) Guide the protégé to utilize student work to evaluate practice;
(II) Guide the protégé to recognize patterns in student work quality;
(III) Guide the protégé to use student work to identify mastery of concepts;
(IV) Guide the protégé to use student work to identify gaps in concept understanding and mastery; and
(V) Guide the protégé to use the analysis of student work data to adjust instruction to better meet student learning needs.
7. The program shall prepare the TSC to demonstrate knowledge, skills, and dispositions to plan and implement collaboratively a three-year induction plan for protégés. The TSC will know and be able to:
(i) Identify roles and responsibilities of TSCs;
(ii) Identify the knowledge, skills, and dispositions of the protégé to be able to differentiate coaching methods;
(iii) Utilize multiple methods of mentoring and coaching as needed by the protégé; and
(iv) Incorporate the knowledge, skills, and dispositions articulated in the standards of this rule into the three-year induction plan to ensure the protégé's opportunity for positively impacting student learning and growth.
8. Current TSS Endorsed teachers who wish to convert to the TSC Endorsement must affiliate with a GaPSC-approved Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) to complete one of the following options for conversion to the TSC Endorsement as determined by the EPP:
(i) Option 1: A GaPSC-approved provider of the TSC Endorsement will use the TSS Conversion Rubric to assess portfolios completed by holders of the TSS Endorsement. Results of the portfolio assessment will identify:
(I) To what extent TSS Endorsement holders have remained current in knowledge, skills, and dispositions; and
(II) Any gaps in candidates' knowledge, skills, and/or dispositions. Coursework or assignments will be designed to meet the specific needs of each candidate to ensure all TSC Endorsement standards are met.
(ii) Option 2: A GaPSC-approved provider of the TSC Endorsement will offer a performance-based bridge course designed to provide conversion candidates with knowledge and skills not addressed in the TSS Endorsement program. This instruction could be a segment of the GaPSC-approved TSC Endorsement program.
(iii) Option 3: TSS Endorsement holders may convert to the TSC Endorsement by passing the state-approved Teacher Leader Assessment.

Rule 505-3-.106 Work-Based Learning Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to supervise Work-Based Learning placements and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Work-Based Learning Endorsement are qualified to coordinate Work-Based Learning programs for students in grades 6-12.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with the foundations, delivery systems, and legislative foundations of career, technical and agricultural education, and the role of the work-based learning coordinator.
2. The program shall prepare candidates who can plan, market, implement, coordinate, and evaluate work-based learning programs.
3. The program shall prepare candidates who can identify, select, and organize training stations; develop training plans; correlate classroom instruction with on-the-job experiences; and evaluate job-training experiences.
4. The program shall prepare candidates who can program for special needs populations, including the gifted and talented.
5. The program shall prepare candidates who can identify and utilize community resources and advisory groups.
6. The program shall prepare candidates who are familiar with principles of vocational development, able to provide or obtain occupational information, able to develop students' employability and school-to-work transition skills, and able to implement appropriate guidance techniques.
7. The program shall prepare candidates who know the legal aspects of work-based learning programs.

Rule 505-3-.107 Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare teachers certified in P-12 Foreign Language Education to teach content to students in a dual immersion classroom. This rule supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) Endorsement are qualified to teach Elementary Education courses (grades P-5) only in a dual immersion setting in which content is delivered in a foreign language in which the educator holds certification. Holding this endorsement does not allow an educator to be in-field to teach any Elementary Education courses outside of a dual immersion setting.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation Foreign Language program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) Candidates admitted to the program must hold certification in P-12 Foreign Language education.
(c) To receive approval for a Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) Endorsement a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards published by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (2012), Association for Childhood Education International (2007), and the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing "Approved Bilingual Program Standards" as follows:
1. Using Developmentally Effective Approaches. Candidates prepared in Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) programs understand that teaching and learning with children is a complex enterprise, and its details vary depending on children's ages, characteristics, and the setting within which teaching and learning occur. They understand and use positive relationships and supportive interactions as the foundation for their work with children and families. Candidates know, understand, and use a wide array of developmentally appropriate approaches, instructional strategies, and tools to connect with children and families and positively influence each child's development and learning. The indicators are as follows:
(i) Using developmental knowledge to establish a classroom environment that is healthy, respectful, and grounded in positive relationships and supportive interactions as the foundation of their work with children;
(ii) Knowing and using effective research based strategies and tools for pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children including the appropriate use of technology;
(iii) Using a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate research-based teaching/learning approaches (play, small group projects, open-ended questioning, group discussion, problem solving, cooperative learning, reflection, and inquiry experiences) to help pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children develop intellectual curiosity, solve problems, and make decisions;
(iv) Reflecting on own practice to promote positive outcomes for each child;
(v) Understanding the interrelatedness among the four domains of language (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) and to know language forms and functions; and
(vi) Employing a variety of instructional and assessment strategies, appropriate to student language proficiency levels, that foster higher-order thinking skills.
2. Using Content Knowledge to Build Meaningful Curriculum. Candidates prepared in Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) programs use their knowledge of academic disciplines to design, implement, and evaluate experiences that promote positive development and learning for each and every child. Candidates understand the importance of developmental domains and academic (or content) disciplines in elementary curriculum. They know the essential concepts, inquiry tools, and structure of content areas, including academic subjects, and can identify resources to deepen their understanding. Candidates use their own knowledge and other resources to design, implement, and evaluate meaningful, challenging curriculum that promotes comprehensive development and learning outcomes for every child. The indicators are as follows:
(i) Understanding and integrating multicultural content knowledge and resources in academic disciplines: language and literacy; mathematics, science, social studies, the arts--music, creative movement, dance, drama, visual arts; physical activity, physical education and health and safety across the curriculum;
(ii) Knowing and using the central concepts, inquiry tools, and structures of content areas or academic disciplines;
(iii) Using content knowledge, appropriate content standards, and other resources to design implement and evaluate developmentally meaningful, culturally responsive, and challenging curriculum for each child;
(iv) Recognizing and utilizing opportunities for appropriate curriculum integration;
(v) Planning, developing, implementing and assessing standards-aligned content instruction in the primary and target language differentiating by students' levels of language proficiency;
(vi) Evaluating, selecting, using and adapting state-board adopted and state-board approved materials, as well as other supplemental instructional materials; and
(vii) Demonstrating the ability to use a variety of criteria for selection of culturally responsive instructional materials, to assess the suitability and appropriateness for local context and to augment resources when they are not suitable or available.
(viii) Content specific indicators: The program shall prepare elementary professionals to meet the following indicators based on content standards promoted by the Association for Childhood Education International (2007):
(I) Reading, Writing and Oral Language: Demonstrating a knowledge of teaching reading and writing in the target language and English;
(II) Language Arts: Demonstrating reading, language and child development, to teach reading, writing, speaking, viewing, listening, and thinking skills and to help students successfully apply their developing skills to many different situations, materials, and ideas;
(III) Science: Demonstrating the use of fundamental concepts of physical, life, and earth/space sciences. Candidates can design and implement age-appropriate inquiry lessons to teach science, to build student understanding for personal and social applications, and to convey the nature of science;
(IV) Mathematics: Demonstrating the major concepts and procedures that define number and operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, and data analysis. In doing so they consistently engage problem solving, reasoning and proof, communication, connections, and representation;
(V) Social studies: Demonstrating the major concepts and modes of inquiry from the social studies, the integrated study of history, geography, the social sciences, and other related areas, to promote elementary students' abilities to make informed decisions as citizens of a culturally diverse democratic society and interdependent world;
(VI) The arts: Demonstrating the content, functions, and achievements of the performing arts (dance, music, theater) and the visual arts as primary media for communication, inquiry, and engagement among elementary students;
(VII) Health education: Demonstrating the major concepts in the subject matter of health education to create opportunities for student development and practice of skills that contribute to good health; and
(VIII) Physical education: Demonstrating human movement and physical activity as central elements to foster active, healthy life styles and enhanced quality of life for elementary students.
3. Observing, Documenting, and Assessing to Support Children and Families. Candidates prepared in Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) programs understand that child observation, documentation, and other forms of assessment are central to the practice of all elementary professionals. They know about and understand the goals, benefits, and uses of assessment. They know about and use systematic observations, documentation, and other effective assessment strategies in a responsible way, in partnership with families and other professionals, to positively influence the development of every child. The indicators are as follows:
(i) Understanding the goals, benefits, and uses of assessment including its interpretation and use in development of appropriate goals and differentiated teaching strategies for pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children;
(ii) Systematically collecting and analyzing relevant data (via observation, documentation, and other appropriate assessment tools and approaches including the use of technology) to monitor student progress and to inform instruction;
(iii) Understanding and practicing responsible assessment to promote positive outcomes for each child, including the use of assistive technology for children with disabilities;
(iv) Engaging in productive effective assessment partnerships with families and with professional colleagues to build effective learning environments; and
(v) Using a variety of formal and informal assessments of content and language proficiency in a dual immersion program.
4. Becoming a Dual Immersion Professional. Candidates prepared in Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) programs identify and conduct themselves as members of the profession. They know and use ethical guidelines and other professional standards related to practice. They are continuous, collaborative learners who demonstrate knowledgeable, reflective and critical perspectives on their work, making informed decisions that integrate knowledge from a variety of sources. They are informed advocates for sound educational practices and policies. The indicators are as follows:
(i) Understanding the base of knowledge of the history, policies, programs, and research on the effectiveness of dual immersion education and biliteracy in the United States;
(ii) Applying knowledge of the research on the cognitive effects of bilingualism and biliteracy as developmental processes in instructional practice and the dimensions of learning in dual language education program models;
(iii) Understanding the benefits of multilingualism and multi-literacy in a global society;
(iv) Recognizing the knowledge of contrastive linguistics; specifically, the transferability of knowledge and skills between primary and target language with the understanding that the level of transferability is affected by the level of compatibility and may vary among languages;
(v) Demonstrating knowledge of the country/countries of origin, including geographic barriers, demographic and linguistic patterns, and the ways in which these affect trends of migration, immigration and settlement in Georgia and the United States; and
(vi) Promoting authentic family participation that includes learning about school systems, assuming leadership roles and affecting policy.
5. Building Family and Community Relationships. Candidates prepared in Dual Immersion Elementary Education (P-5) programs understand that successful elementary education depends upon partnerships with children's families and communities. They know about, understand, and value the importance and complex characteristics of children's families and communities. They use this understanding to create respectful, reciprocal relationships that support and empower families, and to involve all families in their children's development and learning. The indicators are as follows:
(i) Knowing about and understanding a wide range of different family structures and community characteristics;
(ii) Supporting and engaging families and communities through respectful, reciprocal relationships;
(iii) Involving families and communities in children's development and learning;
(iv) Promoting candidates' understanding of the family as a primary language and cultural resource, regardless of the home language;
(v) Understanding that students' motivation, participation and achievement are influenced by an intercultural classroom climate and school community; and
(vi) Developing dual immersion candidates' understanding and knowledge of intercultural communication and interaction that is linguistically and culturally responsive.
6. Dual Immersion Field Experiences. Field experiences for dual immersion are planned and sequenced so that candidates develop the knowledge, skills and professional dispositions necessary to promote the development and learning of pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children in a dual immersion classroom. Candidates shall:
(i) Observe and participate under the supervision of qualified professionals in dual immersion settings in which children are served (such as public and private centers, schools, and community agencies);
(ii) Work effectively over time with dual language learners of different ages (preschoolers, or school-age), with children with varying abilities, and with children reflecting culturally and linguistically different family systems; and
(iii) Analyze and evaluate the dual immersion field experience, including supervised experience in working with families, and supervised experience in working with interdisciplinary teams of professionals.

Rule 505-3-.108 Personalized Learning Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to model personalized learning in the field and at the grade level of their base certification and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Asset-Based Language: language or speech that expresses value for individual differences, and focuses on the strengths and potential of peers and other educators rather than emphasize differences as deficits.
(b) Competency of Focus: an individual competency which the learner and the Learning Coach have prioritized for immediate focus.
(c) Digital Content Ecosystem: Any dynamic and changing collection of instructional content accessed by either a teacher or a learner using a digital system.
(d) Educator as Instructional Designer: the designer of instructional curricula within his/her content area of expertise.
(e) Educator as Learning Coach: the learner's co-planner and guide within the learning environment.
(f) Executive Function: an umbrella term for the complex cognitive processes that serve ongoing, goal-directed behaviors.
(g) Growth and Mastery Mindset: a perspective or attitude toward learning that views it as an ongoing progression of continuous growth and improvement towards new understanding and mastery of interdependent competencies, and not an end point of either success or failure.
(h) Learner Agency: when learners advocate for their own needs, preferences, and interests to plan and drive their learning.
(i) Personalized Learning: an instructional approach that uses student voice to enact an individual path and pace through a collection of competencies.
(j) Responsive Instructional Design: considers user feedback and data to make real-time, high impact adjustments to the learning environment, curricula, and resources.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Personalized Learning Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competencies to utilize personalized learning practices in the field(s) and at the grade level(s) of their base certification.
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of teachers informed by the Educator Competencies for Personalized, Learner-Centered Teaching published in 2015 by the Council of Chief State School Officers:
1. Prioritized Executive Function. The candidate explicitly teaches students the skills of executive function (self-regulation, emotional responsibility, task completion, working memory, cognitive flexibility, time management, reflection, etc.), teaches practices of metacognition, and prepares the learning environment to promote learner agency. The candidate will:
(i) Prepare learners to take responsibility for their learning through the acquisition and practice of executive function;
(ii) design and transform curricula that supports learner acquisition and practice of executive function by considering the cognitive development of the learner; and
(iii) measure and report growth in learner executive function to coach learners towards independence.
2. Learner Agency. The candidate teaches and encourages learners to advocate for their needs, preferences, and interests to plan and drive their learning. The candidate will:
(i) Support learners in identifying and advocating for their preferred modalities, talents, and interests when co-planning experiences that support mastery;
(ii) create a flexible or innovative learning environment that supports learner agency; and
(iii) ensure learning experiences reflect preferred modalities, talents, and interests when co-planning experiences that support mastery.
3. Asset-Based Dispositions. The candidate uses asset-based language and classroom practices to serve all learners. The candidate will:
(i) Encourage all learners to value his/her own individualities and to view the individualities and differences of peers and other educators as assets rather than deficits;
(ii) practice responsive pedagogy and curriculum design in a way that promotes learner differences as assets rather than deficits; and
(iii) value the differing learner characteristics of all students and demonstrates a belief that all students can learn any competency given adequate resources and time through asset-based language.
4. Growth and Mastery Mindset. The candidate defines learning as an ongoing progression by embracing a growth and mastery mindset, rejecting the binary of success and failure. The candidate will:
(i) Prepare learners to monitor their own pace and progress and persevere towards mastery, embracing mistakes as learning opportunities;
(ii) identify causes of learner struggles, prescribe solutions, and co-plan with learners to set short and long-term goals for growth; and
(iii) design and implement adaptive tools, strategies and learning experiences to support growth towards mastery for all learners.
5. Authentic and Adaptive Assessment. The candidate co-plans with the learner to collect evidence of mastery using varied and data-rich performances that are on-going, authentic, flexible, and relevant. The candidate will:
(i) Prepare learners to self-assess by identifying, documenting, and defending formal and informal learning experiences to build an assessed portfolio as evidence of mastery;
(ii) consider multiple means of demonstration when co-designing assessments aligned to competencies; and
(iii) assess learner experiences (formal and informal) in diagnostic, formative and summative ways as they align to mastery using authentic and adaptive assessments.
6. Flexible Educational Resources. The candidate provides the learner access to flexible resources when co-planning unique ways to master competencies. These include, but are not limited to the resources available in the digital content ecosystem. The candidate will:
(i) Provide opportunity for learners to seek or select content from a curated menu of educational resources that address the competencies;
(ii) employ engaging pedagogies and research-based best practices of instructional design to curate, mine, create, and organize high impact educational resources and make them accessible to learners; and
(iii) monitor and observe the effectiveness of educational resources in real-time and suggest or seek alternatives as needed.
7. Individualized Path. The candidate prepares learners to be aware of competency-based learning progressions and to make informed choices in co-planning a unique pathway and pace towards mastery of the curriculum. The candidate will:
(i) Co-plan and co-design with the learner a challenging learning pathway towards mastery while considering the interdependencies within and across content(s);
(ii) use data of previously assessed competencies to coach and co-plan current and future learning paths; and
(iii) facilitate and coach the learner towards independence in mastering the content.
8. Dynamic Communication. The candidate facilitates communication that flows multi-directionally from all stakeholders to meet learner needs in a variety of flexible formats. The candidate will:
(i) Coach learners to initiate communication with all stakeholders as s/he advocates for her/himself and others;
(ii) communicate curricula to ensure resources are leveraged for best outcomes; and
(iii) model and nurture effective communication strategies to build relationships with all stakeholders.
9. Expanded Collaboration. The candidate values learners as equal contributors in the planning process. The candidate will:
(i) Coach learners to effectively collaborate in all interactions (group work, instructional conversations, sharing ideas, critical feedback, roles, peer feedback, etc.);
(ii) collaborate using tools and strategies to acquire real-time feedback and data from all stakeholders to inform curriculum design and improvement;
(iii) build relationships with all stakeholders that foster success, and
(iv) commit to timely personal interaction (co-plan, monitor progress, provide feedback, reflect and celebrate, etc.) with all learners.
10. Life-Long Professional Learning. The candidate perceives his/her own learning as a life-long pursuit. The candidate will:
(i) Value and participate in professional learning communities and networks for ongoing growth in personalized learning;
(ii) keep abreast of innovative strategies and technologies that hold potential to support personalized learning; and
(iii) seek and create opportunities as a teacher leader, mentor, coach or content expert within the school, district or state to promote personalized learning.

Rule 505-3-.109 Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (PBIS) Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to model PBIS in the field and at the grade level of their base certification and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Interconnected Systems Framework: Represents a proposed and developing interconnection of Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) and School Mental Health (SMH) systems to improve educational outcomes for all student, especially those with or at risk of developing mental health challenges.
(b) Tiered Fidelity Inventory (TFI): A checklist used by school staff engaged in School-Wide PBIS to determine how well the PBIS framework is being implemented by the school staff.
(c) Self-Assessment Survey (SAS): A survey used by school staff to examine the status and need for improvement of four behavior support systems: (a) school-wide discipline systems, (b) non-classroom management systems (e.g., cafeteria, hallway, playground), (c) classroom management systems, and (d) systems for individual students engaging in chronic problem behaviors.
(d) School-wide Evaluation Tool (SET): Is designed to assess and evaluate the critical features of school-wide effective behavior support across each academic school year.
(e) Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS): The practice of providing high-quality instruction and interventions matched to student need, monitoring progress frequently to make decisions about changes in instruction or goals, and data to important educational decisions.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Positive Behavior Intervention and Supports (PBIS) Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competencies to model PBIS in the fields and at the grade levels of their base certification(s).
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. Foundations of PBIS. Providers will prepare candidates who demonstrate the following competencies:
(i) Understanding the role of school culture and climate in student success and effective behavior management;
(ii) Knowledge of interconnected systems framework (e.g., mental health, trauma-informed care, suicide prevention);
(iii) Understanding of behavioral principles, including, but not limited to, schedules of reinforcement and punishment, operant conditioning, and teaching strategies of proactive behavior management; and
(iv) Knowledge of the origins of the tiered public health prevention model and its connection to a tiered behavior supports framework.
2. School Wide Positive Behavior Interventions and Support (SWPBIS). Providers will prepare candidates who demonstrate the following competencies:
(i) Team-based implementation in the context of tiered systems across the continuum of supports;
(ii) Discipline through the PBIS lens of teaching expected behaviors first in all interventions;
(iii) Identification of critical features of School-Wide Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports through the Critical Features as outlined by the Association for Positive Behavior Supports; and
(iv) Assessment of Critical Features at the school-wide level (e.g., Tiered Fidelity Inventory (TFI), Self-Assessment Survey (SAS), School-wide Evaluation Tool (SET)).
3. Data-Based Decision-Making. Providers will prepare candidates who demonstrate the following competencies:
(i) An understanding of data collection systems and/or use of current student information systems (e.g., School-Wide Information System (SWIS), Infinite Campus, PowerSchool, etc.);
(ii) Use of data to determine the impact of intervention on behavioral outcomes;
(iii) Understanding of behavior in context, including the development of precision statements based upon classroom, school-wide and district data; and
(iv) Knowledge of methods of analyzing discipline data (office referrals, out of school suspension and in school suspension) to address disproportionality.
4. Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS). Providers will prepare candidates who demonstrate the following competencies:
(i) At the Universal tier: Candidates will demonstrate skills required for positive school-wide, classroom, and individual behavior management as it relates to the curriculum (or Tier 1 plan) including:
(I) Definition and rationale;
(II) Evidence-based practices; and
(III) Assessment practices and outcomes.
(ii) At the Targeted tier: Candidates will demonstrate an understanding of the process for identifying concerns, developing strategies and targeting students who require behavior support and instruction beyond the Tier I level including:
(I) Definition and rationale;
(II) Evidence-based practices;
(III) Assessment practices and outcomes; and
(IV) Progress monitoring and evaluation.
(iii) At the Intensive tier: Candidates will demonstrate the application of "functional behavioral assessment" and "behavior support planning" in the context of Intensive Systems including:
(I) Definition and rationale;
(II) Evidence-based practices;
(III) Assessment practices and outcomes; and
(IV) Progress monitoring and evaluation.
5. Creating Positive Learning Environments. Providers will prepare candidates who demonstrate the following competencies:
(i) Competencies for PBIS classroom management include:
(I) Maximize structure;
(II) Teach expectations, rules and procedures;
(III) Actively engage students;
(IV) Acknowledge appropriate behavior; and
(V) Respond to inappropriate behavior.
(ii) Competencies for culturally responsive practices include:
(I) Use students' cultures and experiences to enhance their participation in the classroom culture; and
(II) Provide all students with access to effective instruction and adequate resources for learning.

Rule 505-3-.110 Urban Education Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to teach in an urban setting in the field and at the grade level of their base certification and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Urban Education Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competency to teach in an urban setting in the field(s) and at the grade level(s) of their base certification.
(3) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (3) (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of educators:
1. Context of Urban Education. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to:
(i) Demonstrate an understanding of the dynamic context of urban schools and classrooms (e.g. classroom management, motivation, supportive and welcoming classrooms, relevance to all student experiences) as different from other contexts, and apply that understanding in their instructional practices;
(ii) Demonstrate a deep understanding of the ways in which social and contextual factors shape human learning and development in urban school communities and learning environments; and
(iii) Demonstrate an understanding of background, class, language, and ability and the potential impact of these characteristics on students' educational experiences and apply that understanding in their instructional practices.
2. Culturally Relevant Pedagogy, Curriculum, and Leadership. The program shall prepare candidates who are able to:
(i) Demonstrate an understanding of the definition of culturally relevant pedagogy and leadership;
(ii) Evaluate, develop, and implement culturally relevant and linguistically responsive curriculum;
(iii) Demonstrate an understanding of evidence-based models of culturally relevant teaching, learning, and assessment practices;
(iv) Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of students' characteristics, backgrounds, and experiences on teaching, learning, assessment practices, and academic success, and use this understanding to inform, plan, and implement culturally relevant teaching, learning, assessment, and classroom management practices; and
(v) Research, evaluate and apply leadership and advocacy strategies that support a positive and culturally relevant environment for learners.
3. Urban Learner and Learning in the 21st Century. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Recognize and validate how the funds of knowledge of urban students may be used to create supportive, welcoming, and responsive educational opportunities aimed at meeting the unique learning needs of each student;
(ii) Explore and experience the contexts in which students from urban communities live and develop; and
(iii) Address the knowledge, skills, and digital literacy needs of students in urban environments and the student-centered technological advancements that impact their learning.
4. Communication, Engagement, and Partnerships with Families, Schools, and Communities. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of school partnerships between families, home and communities;
(ii) Establish, elicit, and maintain clear two-way communication between school, families, home and communities;
(iii) Increase knowledge and understanding of the beliefs and values of students' families and communities; and
(iv) Demonstrate an understanding of how to engage and establish authentic partnerships between families, schools, and communities to support student learning and wellbeing.
5. The Impact of Educational Policies and Practices on Urban Education. The program shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Demonstrate an understanding of the social and educational issues impacting students in urban communities, and incorporate that awareness into instructional practices;
(ii) Demonstrate an understanding of the evolution of law and policies and apply that understanding in their instructional practices;
(iii) Demonstrate an understanding of institutional, structural, and environmental impacts on urban education;
(iv) Demonstrate an understanding of how educational policy and practices contribute to the achievement and opportunity challenges facing students, families, teachers, and leaders working and living in urban communities;
(v) Demonstrate an understanding of the implications of student discipline policies and practices on student retention, dropout rates, and the school to prison pipeline; and
(vi) Analyze the implications of school, district and/or state policies and practices on the overrepresentation of students in special education with specific backgrounds, communities, or language use.

Rule 505-3-.111 Elementary Agriculture Education (P-5) Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving initial educator preparation programs that prepare individuals to teach agriculture in grades P-5 and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Elementary Agriculture Education (P-5) Endorsement program are qualified to teach Agriculture Education courses in grades P-5.
(3) Requirements.
(a) GaPSC approved professional educator preparation providers may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Educator Preparation Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) The program shall consist of two options, one to prepare individuals certified in Elementary Education (P-5) to teach Agriculture Education content in grades P-5, and another option to prepare individuals certified in Agriculture Education (6-12) to teach children in grades P-5 Agriculture Education content. The EPP will determine the coursework appropriate for each candidate.
(c) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards.
1. The EPP shall ensure individuals certified in Agriculture Education (6-12) preparing to teach children in grades P-5 Agriculture Education content demonstrate mastery of the following Elementary Education standards, which are informed by standards published by the National Association for the Education of Young Children (2012):
(i) Promoting Child Development and Learning: Candidates prepared in P-5 agriculture education endorsement programs are grounded in a child development knowledge base. They use their understanding of children's characteristics and needs, and of multiple interacting influences on children's development and learning, to create environments that are healthy, respectful, supportive, and challenging for each child. The indicators are as follows:
(I) Knowing and understanding pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children's characteristics and needs;
(II) Knowing and understanding the multiple influences on early development and learning; and
(III) Using developmental knowledge to create healthy, respectful, supportive, and challenging learning environments for all pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children.
(ii) Using Developmentally Effective Approaches: Candidates prepared in P-5 agriculture education endorsement programs understand that teaching and learning with children is a complex enterprise, and that details vary depending on children's ages, characteristics, and the setting within which teaching and learning occur. They understand and use positive relationships and supportive interactions as the foundation for their work with children and families. Candidates know, understand, and use a wide array of developmentally appropriate approaches, instructional strategies, and tools to connect with children and families and positively influence each child's development and learning. The indicators are as follows:
(I) Establishing a classroom environment grounded in positive relationships and supportive interactions as the foundation of their work with children;
(II) Knowing and using effective research based strategies and tools for pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children including the appropriate use of technology;
(III) Using a broad repertoire of developmentally appropriate research-based teaching/learning approaches (play, small group projects, open-ended questioning, group discussion, problem solving, cooperative learning, reflection, and inquiry experiences) to help pre-Kindergarten through 5th grade children develop intellectual curiosity, solve problems, and make decisions; and
(IV) Reflecting on one's own practice to promote positive outcomes for each child.
(iii) Using Content Knowledge to Build Meaningful Curriculum: Candidates prepared in P-5 agriculture education endorsement programs use their knowledge of agriculture education to design, implement, and evaluate experiences that promote positive development and learning for each and every child. Candidates understand the importance of developmental domains and academic (or content) disciplines in agriculture education curriculum. They know the essential concepts, inquiry tools, and structure of agriculture education, and can identify resources to deepen their understanding. Candidates use their own knowledge and other resources to design, implement, and evaluate meaningful, challenging curriculum that promotes comprehensive development and learning outcomes for every child. The indicators are as follows:
(I) Understanding content knowledge and resources in agriculture education;
(II) Knowing and using the central concepts, inquiry tools, and structures of agriculture education;
(III) Using content knowledge, appropriate content standards, and other resources to design, implement, and evaluate developmentally meaningful and challenging curriculum for each child; and
(IV) Recognizing and utilizing opportunities for appropriate curriculum integration.
2. The EPP shall ensure individuals certified in Elementary Education (P-5) preparing to teach Agriculture Education content in grades P-5 demonstrate mastery of the following Agriculture Education standards:
(i) Foundations of Agriculture
(I) Importance of agriculture
(II) Impact of agriculture on daily life
(III) Misconceptions of agriculture
(ii) Agriculture Systems
(I) Agricultural mechanics
(II) Plant systems
(III) Animal systems
(IV) Food systems
(iii) Environmental/Natural Resources
(I) Forestry
(II) Environmental
(III) Wildlife
(IV) Natural resource systems
(iv) Leadership and Career Readiness
(I) Leadership skills
(II) Characteristics for career readiness
(III) Youth leadership opportunities
(IV) Careers in agriculture as indicated by the National FFA Organization

Rule 505-3-.112 Dyslexia Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare individuals to recognize the characteristics of dyslexia and support students with dyslexia in the field and at the grade levels of their base certification and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Definitions.
(a) Articulatory: Motor movements that are involved in the production of speech sounds.
(b) Curriculum-Based Measures (CBMs): A set of individually administered, standardized procedures designed to assess basic skills in reading, mathematics, writing, and spelling.
(c) Dyslexia: A specific learning disability that is neurobiological in origin. It is characterized by difficulties with accurate and/or fluent word recognition and by poor spelling and decoding abilities. These difficulties typically result from a deficit in the phonological component of language that is often unexpected in relation to other cognitive abilities and the provision of effective classroom instruction. Secondary consequences may include problems in reading comprehension and reduced reading experience that can impede growth of vocabulary and background knowledge.
(d) Expressive Language: Ability to speak and understand language. It encompasses verbal and nonverbal communication skills and how an individual uses language. Expressive language skills include facial expressions, gestures, intentionality, vocabulary, semantics (word/sentence meaning), morphology, and syntax (grammar rules).
(e) Morphology: The study of how the aspects of language structure are related to the ways words are formed from prefixes, roots, and suffixes, and how words are related to each other to understand meanings of words and word combination.
(f) Multisensory and Multimodal Language-learning Techniques: Use of two or more sensory pathways (auditory, visual, kinesthetic, and tactile).
(g) Orthographic: The ability to perceive and manipulate aspects of a writing system and the visual aspects of reading and spelling, such as letter, letter patterns, and words.
(h) Phonics: The understanding and use of the alphabetic principle, that there is a predictable relationship between phonemes (the sounds in spoken language) and graphemes (the letters that represent those sounds) in written language and that this information is used to decode and spell words.
(i) Phonemic Awareness: The most complex of phonological awareness skills. It is the ability to notice, think about, and work with the individual phonemes (sounds) in spoken words. The ability to recognize that a spoken word consists of a sequence of individual sounds and the ability to manipulate individual sounds.
(j) Phonological Awareness: Encompasses a broad spectrum of processes that comprise a range of understandings related to large chunks of speech (e.g., words within sentences, syllables within words), as well as phonemes (sounds) within words.
(k) Phonological Sensitivity: Phonemic and phonological awareness difficulties.
(l) Receptive Language: Ability to understand words and language. Involves attention, listening, and processing the message to gain information. Areas of receptive language skills include attention, receptive vocabulary, following directions, and understanding questions.
(m) Semantic: Ability to understand meanings of words and word combination.
(n) Syntactic: Ability to arrange words in sentences.
(3) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Dyslexia Endorsement have strengthened and enhanced competency for recognizing the characteristics of dyslexia and for supporting students with dyslexia in the field(s) and at the grade levels of their base certificate(s).
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved professional educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 3. (ix) of GaPSC Rule REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards for the preparation of teachers adapted from the International Dyslexia Association (2018).
1. Foundations of Literacy Acquisition. Programs shall prepare candidates who are able to:
(i) Understand the five (5) language processing requirements of proficient reading and writing: phonological, orthographic, semantic, syntactic, and discourse;
(ii) Understand that learning to read, for most people, requires explicit instruction;
(iii) Understand the reciprocal relationships among phonemic awareness, decoding, word recognition, spelling, and vocabulary knowledge;
(iv) Identify and explain aspects of cognition and behavior that affect reading and writing development;
(v) Identify (and explain how) environmental, cultural, and social factors contribute to literacy development;
(vi) Explain major research findings regarding the contribution of linguistic and cognitive factors to the prediction of literacy outcomes;
(vii) Understand the most common intrinsic differences between good and poor readers (i.e., linguistic, cognitive, and neurobiological);
(viii) Know phases in the typical developmental progression of oral language, phonemic awareness, decoding skills, printed word recognition, spelling, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and written expression; and
(ix) Understand the changing relations among the major components of literacy development in accounting for reading achievement.
2. Knowledge of Varied Reading Profiles, Including Dyslexia. Programs shall prepare candidates who are able to:
(i) Recognize the tenets of the (2003) International Dyslexia Association definition of dyslexia, or any accepted revisions thereof;
(ii) Know fundamental provisions of federal and state laws that pertain to learning disabilities, including dyslexia and other reading and language disability subtypes;
(iii) Identify the distinguishing characteristics of dyslexia and other language difficulties including expressive and receptive language;
(iv) Understand how reading disabilities vary in presentation and degree; and
(v) Understand how and why symptoms of reading difficulty are likely to change over time in response to development and instruction.
3. Assessments. Programs shall prepare candidates who are able to:
(i) Understand the differences among and purposes for screening, progress monitoring, and diagnostic and outcome assessments;
(ii) Understand basic principles of test construction and formats (e.g., reliability, validity, criterion, normed);
(iii) Interpret basic statistics commonly utilized in formal and informal assessments;
(iv) Know and utilize in practice well-validated screen tests designed to identify students at risk for reading difficulties;
(v) Understand and apply the principles of progress monitoring and reporting with Curriculum-Based Measures (CBMs) including graphing techniques;
(vi) Know and utilize in practice informal diagnostic surveys of phonological and phonemic awareness, decoding skills, oral reading fluency, comprehension, spelling and writing;
(vii) Know how to read and interpret the most common diagnostic tests used by psychologists, speech-language pathologists, and education evaluators;
(viii) Integrate, summarize, and communicate (orally and in writing) the meanings of educational assessment data for sharing; and
(ix) Understand the developmental aspects of reading abilities and how they impact the purpose of assessment, the areas of literacy that should be focused upon, and the interpretation of assessment results.
4. Structured Literacy Instruction. Programs shall prepare candidates who demonstrate an understanding of:
(i) The essential principles and practices of structured literacy instruction, as indicated by the following:
(I) Understand and apply in practice the general principles and practices of structured language and literacy teaching, including explicit, systematic, cumulative, and teacher-directed;
(II) Understand and apply in practice the rationales for multisensory and multimodal language-learning techniques; and
(III) Understand the rationale for and adapt instruction to accommodate individual differences in cognitive, linguistic, sociocultural, and behavioral aspects of learning.
(ii) Phonological and phonemic awareness, as indicated by the following:
(I) Understand the rationale for and identify, pronounce, classify, and compare all the consonant phonemes and all vowel phonemes of English;
(II) Understand and apply in practice considerations for levels of phonological sensitivity;
(III) Understand and apply in practice considerations for phonemic awareness difficulties;
(IV) Know and apply in practice consideration for the progression of phonemic awareness skill development, across age and grade;
(V) Know and apply in practice considerations for the general and specific goals of phonemic awareness instruction;
(VI) Know and apply in practice considerations for the principles of phonemic awareness instruction: brief, multisensory, conceptual, articulatory and auditory verbal; and
(VII) Know and apply in practice considerations for the utility of print and online resources for obtaining information about languages other than English.
(iii) Phonics and word recognition, as indicated by the following:
(I) Know and apply in practice considerations for the structure of English orthography and the patterns and rules that inform the teaching of single-and multisyllabic regular word reading;
(II) Know and apply in practice considerations for systematically, cumulatively, and explicitly teaching basic decoding and spelling skills;
(III) Know and apply in practice considerations for organizing word recognition and spelling lessons by following a structured phonics lesson plan;
(IV) Know and apply in practice considerations for using multisensory routines to enhance student engagement and memory;
(V) Know and apply in practice considerations for adapting instruction for students with weaknesses in working memory, attention, executive function, or processing speed;
(VI) Know and apply in practice considerations for teaching irregular words in small increments using special techniques;
(VII) Know and apply in practice considerations for systematically teaching the decoding of multisyllabic words; and
(VIII) Know and apply in practice considerations for the different types and purposes of texts.
(iv) Automatic, fluent reading of text as indicated by the following:
(I) Know and apply in practice considerations for the role of fluent word-level skills in automatic word reading, oral reading fluency, reading comprehension, and motivation to read;
(II) Know and apply in practice considerations for varied techniques and methods for building reading fluency;
(III) Know and apply in practice considerations for text reading fluency as an achievement of normal reading development that can be advanced through informed instruction and progress-monitoring practices; and
(IV) Know and apply in practice considerations for appropriate uses of assistive technology for students with serious limitations in reading fluency.
(v) Vocabulary, as indicated by the following:
(I) Know and apply in practice considerations for the role of vocabulary development and vocabulary knowledge in oral and written language comprehension;
(II) Know and apply in practice considerations for the sources of wide differences in students' vocabularies;
(III) Know and apply in practice considerations for the role and characteristics of indirect (contextual) methods of vocabulary instruction; and
(IV) Know and apply in practice considerations for the role and characteristics of direct, explicit methods of vocabulary instruction.
(vi) Listening and reading comprehension, as indicated by the following:
(I) Know and apply in practice considerations for factors that contribute to deep comprehension;
(II) Know and apply in practice considerations for instructional routines appropriate for each major genre: informational text, narrative text, and argumentation;
(III) Know and apply in practice considerations for the role of sentence comprehension in listening and reading comprehension;
(IV) Know and apply in practice considerations for the use of explicit comprehension strategy instruction, as supported by research; and
(V) Know and apply in practice considerations for the teacher's role as an active mediator of text-comprehension processes.
(vii) Written expression, as indicated by the following:
(I) Understand the major skill domains that contribute to written expression;
(II) Know and apply in practice considerations for research-based principles for teaching letter formation, both manuscript and cursive;
(III) Know and apply in practice considerations for research-based principles for teaching written spelling and punctuation;
(IV) Know and apply in practice considerations for the developmental phases of the writing process; and
(V) Know and apply in practice considerations for the appropriate uses of assistive technology in written expression.
5. Professional Dispositions and Practices. Programs shall prepare candidates who:
(i) Establish and maintain collaborative relationships with relevant professionals (e.g., speech-language pathologist, school psychologist, curriculum specialist) providing intervention to individuals with dyslexia;
(ii) Strive to do no harm and to act in the best interests of struggling readers and readers with dyslexia and related language based learning disabilities;
(iii) Maintain the public trust by providing accurate information about currently accepted and evidence-based best practices in the field;
(iv) Avoid misrepresentation of the efficacy of educational or other treatments or the proof for or against those treatments;
(v) Respect objectivity by reporting assessment and treatment results accurately, and truthfully;
(vi) Support responsive treatment of individuals with dyslexia and related language-based learning disabilities;
(vii) Respect confidentiality of students or clients; and
(viii) Respect the intellectual property of others.

Rule 505-3-.113 Financial Literacy Endorsement Program

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving programs that prepare individuals to teach financial literacy in grades 6-12 and supplements requirements in GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial 6-12 preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program as described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi, based on the following standards adapted from the Voluntary National Content Standards in Economics (2021) and Personal Finance Standards (2021) from the Council for Economic Education.
1. Fundamentals of Economic Decision Making.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates to analyze how scarcity affects the choices of individual, businesses, and governments as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain that scarcity is a basic, permanent condition that exists because unlimited wants exceed limited productive resources;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare and contrast strategies for allocating scarce resources such as by price, majority rule, contests, force, sharing, lottery, authority, first-come-first-served, and personal characteristics;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can define and give examples of productive resources (i.e., factors of production): natural resources (i.e., land), human resources (i.e., labor and human capital), physical capital and entrepreneurship; and
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can apply the concept of opportunity cost (the forgone next best alternative) to personal choices, as well as business and government decisions.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates to provide examples of how rational decision-making entails comparing the marginal benefits and the marginal costs of an action as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain that rational decisions occur when the marginal benefits of an action equal or exceed the marginal costs; and
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain that individuals, businesses, and governments respond to positive and negative incentives in predictable ways.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who analyze how economic systems influence the choices of individuals, businesses, and governments as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze how command, market and mixed economic systems answer the three basic economic questions (what to produce, how to produce, and for whom to produce) to prioritize various social and economic goals such as freedom, security, equity, growth, efficiency, price stability, full employment, and sustainability; and
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare the roles of government in different economic systems with regards to providing public goods and services, redistributing income, protecting property rights, resolving market failures, regulation, and providing consumer protections.
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who analyze factors that influence the standard of living of individuals and nations as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how investments in human capital (e.g., education, job training, and healthcare) can lead to a higher standard of living;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how investment in equipment and technology can lead to economic growth;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how individuals, businesses, and governments benefit from specialization and voluntary, non-fraudulent trade; and
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can illustrate economic growth using a production possibilities curve.
2. Personal Finance.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who analyze major life decisions using economics-based decision-making skills as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can apply a rational decision-making model to evaluate the costs and benefits of post-high school life choices (i.e., college, technical school, military enlistment, workforce participation, or other option);
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can evaluate costs and benefits of various ways to pay for post-high school life including scholarships, the HOPE scholarship, employment, work-study programs, loans, grants, savings, prior investments, and other options;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify necessary documents needed to complete forms like the FAFSA or scholarship applications;
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can apply a rational decision-making model to evaluate other major life choices like employment opportunities, renting a home vs. buying, selecting a mortgage, and buying a car; and
(V) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe how individual financial decisions can help create generational wealth.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who analyze income as a scarce resource that can be allocated effectively through budgeting as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare different types of income including hourly wages, salary, tips, independent contractor services (Form 1099), dividends, and capital gains;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can review and complete a sample federal individual income tax form 1040;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the basic components of a paystub including gross pay, net pay, and common deductions (i.e., federal and state income tax, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA which includes Social Security and Medicare), and elective deductions like 401K, insurance and tax-deferred savings);
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze the basic components of a personal budget including income, expenses (fixed and variable), and the importance of short-term and long-term savings;
(V) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how to reconcile a checking account, either online or on paper, including how to account for transactions that have not been posted (i.e., checks, weekend debit card transactions, or monthly auto-pay transactions) and how this helps avoid overdraft fees; and
(VI) Describe how to determine a person's net worth.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who explain how the financial system channels funds from savers to investors as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the roles/functions of money as a medium of exchange, store of value, and unit of account/standard of value;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare services offered by different financial institutions, including banks, credit unions, payday lenders, and title pawn lenders;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare and contrast cash, debit cards, credit cards, prepaid cards and mobile payment apps in terms of how they work, acceptability, and the costs and benefits associated with each;
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can evaluate the risk and return of a variety of savings and investment options, including: savings accounts, certificates of deposit, retirement accounts (i.e., Roth IRA, 401K, 403b), stocks, bonds, 529 accounts, and mutual funds and explain the importance of diversification when investing; and
(V) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the role of speculative investments (i.e., cryptocurrency and historical examples like buying on margin in the 1920's).
(iv) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how interest rates affect various consumer decisions as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare interest rates on loans and credit cards from different institutions including banks, credit unions, pay-day loan facilities, and title-pawn companies;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can define annual percentage rate and describe how different interest rates can affect monthly payments on loans;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can use an online amortization tool to show how payments on a fixed loan like a mortgage are applied to interest and principal;
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the difference between simple and compound interest and the difference between fixed and variable interest; and
(V) Define nominal and real returns and explain how inflation affects interest-earning savings and investment accounts.
(v) The program shall prepare candidates who explain can how changes in taxation can have an impact on an individual's spending and saving choices as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe income, sales, property, capital gains, and estate taxes in the U.S.; and
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the difference between progressive, regressive, and proportional taxes.
(vi) The program shall prepare candidates who can evaluate the costs and benefits of using credit as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can differentiate between and explain how to access one's credit report and credit score;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the basic components of a credit score including payment history, debt to income ratio, amount owed, length of credit history, types of credit used, amount of available credit, and recent credit applications;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze and evaluate a sample loan application for credit worthiness and the ability to receive favorable interest rates;
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the difference between revolving credit and installment credit; and
(V) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain causes of personal bankruptcy and describe consequences of declaring bankruptcy.
(vii) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze how insurance and other risk-management strategies protect against financial loss as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain why people buy insurance;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe various types of insurance such as automobile, health, life (whole and term), disability, renters, flood and property;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the costs and benefits associated with different types of insurance, including deductibles, premiums, coverage limits shared liability, and asset protection; and
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can define insurability and explain why insurance rates can vary.
(viii) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe how the earnings of workers are determined in the marketplace as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify skills that are required to be successful in the workplace, including positive work ethic, punctuality, time management, teamwork, and communication skills;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the impact a person's social media footprint can have on their career and finances; and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can evaluate job and career options and explain the significance of investment in education, training, and skill development as it relates to future earnings.
(ix) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain ways consumers are protected by rules and regulations as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe how government agencies offer protection in banking, investments, borrowing, and buying goods and services;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare different methods for lodging consumer complaints (e.g., Better Business Bureau, online methods, and direct contact with business); and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the primary purpose of important consumer legislation (i.e., the Truth in Lending Act, Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Housing Act, and the Dodd-Frank Act).
(x) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain sources of and protection against identity theft as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe common ways identity theft happens including dumpster diving, skimming, phishing, stealing, and data breaches;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe ways to protect yourself from identity theft including shredding important documents, not opening attachments to unknown emails, not revealing personal information over the phone or email, using secure networks, regularly monitoring your credit report, changing passwords on accounts, and carefully managing social media;
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe steps that should be taken if a person is the victim of identity theft including getting replacement credit cards, freezing credit histories, alerting appropriate officials, and changing passwords; and
(IV) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the basic characteristics of investment scams such as Ponzi schemes, pump and dumps, and "advance fee" scams and how to avoid them.
3. Microeconomics.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe how households and businesses are interdependent and interact through flows of goods, services, resources, and money as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain, using a circular flow diagram, the real flow of goods and services, resources, and money through the product market and the resource (factor) market.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how the law of demand, the law of supply, and prices work to determine production and distribution in a market economy as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can define the law of supply and the law of demand;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe various determinants (shifters) of supply and demand and illustrate on a graph how they can change equilibrium price and quantity; and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain and illustrate on a graph how prices set too high (e.g., price floors) create surpluses, and prices set too low (e.g., price ceilings) create shortages.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the organization and role of business and analyze the four types of market structures in the U.S. economy as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can compare and contrast three forms of business organization-sole proprietorship, partnership, and corporation with regards to number of owners, liability, lifespan, decision-making, and taxation; and
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can identify the basic characteristics of monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, and pure (perfect) competition with regards to number of sellers, barriers to entry, price control, and product differentiation.
4. Macroeconomics.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the methods by which economic activity is measured as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe key economic outcomes and how they are measured including economic growth using Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and real GDP; price stability using the Consumer Price Index (CPI); and full employment using the unemployment rate;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the differences between seasonal, structural, cyclical, and frictional unemployment; and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the stages of the business cycle and its relation to economic measurement, including: peak, contraction, trough, recovery/expansion as well as recession.
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the role and functions of the Federal Reserve System as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the organization of the Federal Reserve System (12 Districts, Federal Open Market Committee [FOMC], and Board of Governors);
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe the Federal Reserve Bank's roles in payment processing, bank supervision, and monetary policy including the dual mandate of price stability and full employment; and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe how the Federal Reserve uses various tools of monetary policy to target the federal funds rate and how this rate influences other interest rates in the economy.
(iii) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze how the government uses fiscal policy and its effects on national debt as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the effect on the economy of the government's taxing and spending decisions in promoting price stability, full employment, and economic growth; and
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how government budget deficits or surpluses impact national debt.
5. International.
(i) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain the benefits of international trade and the role of trade barriers as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how nations benefit when they specialize in producing goods and services in which they have a comparative advantage;
(II) The program shall prepare candidates who can explain how trade barriers create costs and benefits to consumers and producers over time; and
(III) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze Georgia's role in the international economy (i.e., the ports of Savannah and Brunswick, the Northeast inland port, the presence of multinational corporations in the state, and the impact of trade on the state's economy).
(ii) The program shall prepare candidates who can analyze how changes in exchange rates can have an impact on groups in the United States and in other countries as indicated by the following:
(I) The program shall prepare candidates who can describe factors that cause changes in exchange rates; and
(II) Explain how appreciation and depreciation of currency affects net exports and benefits some groups and hurts others.

Rule 505-3-.114 Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement

(1) Purpose. This rule states field-specific content standards for approving endorsement programs that prepare certified educators and individuals employed in education adjacent settings to understand, use, and model Artificial Intelligence in the field and at the grade level of their base certification and supplements requirements in Rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(2) In-Field Statement. Completers of the Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement program have strengthened and enhanced competency in the Foundations of Artificial Intelligence in Education, Classroom Application for Using Artificial Intelligence in Education, and Leadership of Artificial Intelligence in Education. Completers of the Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement program are qualified to provide direct instruction to students in the grade levels and/or field(s) of their base teaching certificate(s), or to serve as a resource for schools, districts, and other education settings.
(3) Definitions.
(a) Artificial Intelligence (AI) is defined as the capability of machines to perform tasks that typically require human intelligence, such as learning, reasoning, and problem-solving.
(b) AI Literacy refers to the knowledge and skills necessary for students and educators to effectively understand, evaluate, and use artificial intelligence technologies in a responsible and ethical manner.
(c) AI System is defined as a software application that uses generative models to produce new content such as text, images, audio, or video based on input data, supporting teaching and learning while requiring human oversight for accuracy, ethics, and alignment with educational goals.
(d) AI Tools are software applications that utilize artificial intelligence techniques to perform tasks that typically require human intelligence, enhancing productivity and creativity across fields.
(e) Iterative Prompting is the process of refining and improving AI responses through successive rounds of prompts, using each output to inform and adjust the next prompt until you achieve the desired result.
(f) Micro-Endorsement is a credential indicating a candidate has successfully demonstrated competence in a defined portion of endorsement program content standards.
(g) Prompt Engineering is defined as the practice of crafting and refining input instructions (prompts) to get AI systems to produce desired outputs.
(h) Prompting is the act of providing instructions, questions, or context to an AI system to guide it toward generating a specific response or completing a particular task.
(4) Requirements.
(a) A GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider may seek state approval to offer this field as either a stand-alone endorsement program or as an endorsement program embedded in a GaPSC-approved initial preparation program or an advanced (degree-only) preparation program. In addition to meeting all applicable approval requirements and standards, embedded endorsement programs must meet requirements specified in paragraph (3) (e) 4. (ix) of GaPSC educator preparation rule , REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS FOR APPROVING EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROVIDERS AND EDUCATOR PREPARATION PROGRAMS.
(b) Approval to offer the Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement qualifies the EPP to recommend for the micro-endorsement: Foundations of Artificial Intelligence in Education Micro-Endorsement, candidates who are actively enrolled in the program and who demonstrate mastery of standards 1-4.
(c) Program Admission Requirements.
1. Stand-alone Programs.
(i) Candidates admitted to a stand-alone Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement must hold a valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, Life certificate, Induction, or Provisional certificate. Candidates holding a Provisional certificate at program completion will not earn the Endorsement until their certificate is converted to a Renewable Professional certificate or a 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher.
(ii) Prospective candidates who are currently employed in an education or education adjacent setting, yet who are not certified, may be admitted to a stand-alone Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement at the discretion of the EPP. For such candidates, completion of the program will not earn the endorsement until a 5-Year Induction Certificate at level 4 or higher or a Renewable Professional Certificate is obtained.
2. Embedded Programs.
(i) Candidates admitted to an Artificial Intelligence for Endorsement embedded in an initial preparation program must hold the Pre-Service certificate or Provisional certificate. Candidates holding a Pre-Service certificate at program completion will not earn the endorsement until their certificate is converted to the 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher. Candidates holding a Provisional certificate at program completion will not earn the endorsement until their certificate is converted to a Renewable Professional certificate.
(ii) Candidates admitted to an Artificial Intelligence for Educators Endorsement embedded in an advanced (degree only) preparation program must hold a valid, level 4 or higher Professional, Advanced Professional, or Lead Professional teaching certificate, Life certificate, or 5-Year Induction certificate at level 4 or higher to obtain the endorsement.
(d) To receive approval, a GaPSC-approved educator preparation provider shall offer a preparation program described in program planning forms, catalogs, and syllabi addressing the following standards:
1. AI Foundational Concepts and Systems Thinking. The candidate demonstrates how AI systems work, their capabilities and limitations, and implications for educational practice.
2. Implementation and Sustained Use of AI. The candidate evaluates, selects, and implements AI tools using evidence-based criteria that prioritize pedagogy, privacy, and long-term viability.
3. Responsible and Ethical Use of AI. The candidate understands responsible and ethical use of Artificial Intelligence in education:
(i) Candidates understand and critically apply fair, ethical, and legal principles in all uses of AI in education.
(ii) Candidates identify and address bias and potential harm when using AI in education.
(iii) Candidates understand how to protect student privacy and data when using AI tools for education.
(iv) Candidates ensure informed consent is acquired when necessary while using AI tools for education, aligned with local, state, and federal guidelines.
(v) Candidates select and use AI tools that meet accessibility requirements for all learners.
(vi) Candidates maintain transparency with students, families, colleagues, and administrators when using AI for educational purposes.
4. Assessing AI Performance and Ensuring Quality. The candidate recognizes and responds to the evaluation and quality assurance of Artificial Intelligence output in education:
(i) Candidates critically evaluate AI systems and outputs for transparency, reliability, bias, accuracy, fairness, and appropriateness.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate accountability for the use of AI tools and their impacts.
(iii) Candidates make informed decisions about when and how to use AI to support student learning.
(iv) Candidates demonstrate prompt engineering as a skill, using iterative prompts to increase the usability of differentiated outputs.
5. AI for Planning and Differentiation. The candidate demonstrates the ability to use Artificial Intelligence for informed planning and differentiation of instruction aligned to Georgia Standards for Excellence.
(i) Candidates use AI to plan and differentiate instruction ensuring accessibility and human oversight to meet learner needs.
(ii) Candidates leverage AI to create varied, accessible, and engaging learning materials across text, image, audio, and video formats while maintaining instructional quality and accessibility standards.
(iii) Candidates apply AI in ways that honor disciplinary thinking (i.e. scientific inquiry, mathematical reasoning, historical analysis, writing process, etc.), practices, and standards specific to their content area(s) to prepare students for field-specific AI uses.
6. Using AI for Assessment Design. The candidate applies academic integrity when evaluating assessment practices using Artificial Intelligence:
(i) Candidates design authentic assessments that account for student access to AI and protect academic integrity.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate how to use AI responsibly for feedback and rubric design, clearly distinguishing AI-generated feedback from teacher-generated feedback.
7. AI and Data Literacy. The candidate applies data literacy and ethical decision-making when using Artificial Intelligence to interpret data responsibly:
(i) Candidates demonstrate how to use AI to generate insights that guide differentiated and effective instruction while protecting student privacy and data.
(ii) Candidates understand the statistical limitations of AI including when it is inappropriate to use AI for data analysis while protecting student privacy and data.
8. Digital Citizenship and Learner Use of AI. The candidate implements age-appropriate use of AI (P-5, 6-8, and 9-12) when using Artificial Intelligence:
(i) Candidates teach students to protect their personal data and how to recognize and avoid unsafe AI practices.
(ii) Candidates teach students to question AI outputs for accuracy, bias, and fairness.
(iii) Candidates teach students to use AI as a learning partner rather than a replacement for personal understanding and communication.
(iv) Candidates teach students the importance of adhering to copyright and intellectual property concerns related to AI-generated content.
9. Advocate and Model Ethical AI Practices. The candidate applies knowledge of collaboration, communication, and policy alignment when using Artificial Intelligence in Education:
(i) Candidates engage colleagues, families, and stakeholders in transparent and informed AI use aligned with ethical and legal policies.
(ii) Candidates demonstrate the ability to model transparency while leading and/or supporting professional learning related to AI uses.
(iii) Candidates demonstrate the ability to communicate and collaborate with colleagues, families, and stakeholders about ethical and effective AI uses aligned with local, state, and federal guidelines.
(iv) Candidates demonstrate the ability to advocate for policies and practices that promote ethical, equitable, and effective AI uses in educational settings.
10. Professional Practice in AI Innovation. The candidate sustains professional growth by staying informed about emerging AI tools, research, limitations, and instructional implications, and by evaluating how these developments may enhance or challenge existing practices.
(i) Candidates thoughtfully reflect on how AI tools support or influence their work while maintaining professional integrity in the field of education.

Rule 505-3-.115 Reserved